ML16280A437: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
||
(2 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown) | |||
Line 15: | Line 15: | ||
=Text= | =Text= | ||
{{#Wiki_filter:ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 | {{#Wiki_filter:ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 Facility: River Bend Nuclear Station Date of Examination: 9/12/2016 Examination Level: RO SRO Operating Test Number: LOT-2016 Administrative Topic Type Describe activity to be performed (see Note) Code* | ||
Conduct of Operations R-N CRD pump clearance Conduct of Operations R-N Calculation for leakage Electrical Print Reading (Determine effect of Equipment Control R-N removing fuses in RPS system) | |||
* Type Codes & Criteria: | Determine emergency entry requirements for high Radiation Control R-N dose Emergency Plan NOTE: All items (5 total) are required for SROs. RO applicants require only 4 items unless they are retaking only the administrative topics, when all 5 are required. | ||
(C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from (N)ew or (M)odified from | * Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs; 4 for SROs & RO retakes) | ||
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1) | |||
(P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected) | |||
ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 | ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 Facility: River Ben Nuclear Station Date of Examination: 9/12/2016 Examination Level: RO SRO Operating Test Number: LOT-2016 Administrative Topic Type Describe activity to be performed (see Note) Code* | ||
9/12/ | Print Reading (RPS fuse removal) | ||
Conduct of Operations R-N Leakage calculation and TS call associated with Conduct of Operations R-N leakage. | |||
Evaluate a CRD pump clearance Equipment Control R-N Emergency entry for high dose and who authorizes Radiation Control R-N the entry. | |||
Emergency Classification Emergency Plan R-N NOTE: All items (5 total) are required for SROs. RO applicants require only 4 items unless they are retaking only the administrative topics, when all 5 are required. | |||
* Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs; 4 for SROs & RO retakes) | |||
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1) | |||
(P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected) | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Perform a Manual Tagout for Control Rod Drive Pump B CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 20 PERFORMANCE TIME: | |||
Time Critical No Alt Path No License Level RO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | |||
X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: June 29, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative) | |||
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant identified the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration for a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B IAW the attached key. | |||
Synopsis: eSOMS Clearance Module is unavailable due to a network failure. This task will have the applicant write a paper tagout using the form found in the attachments of EN-OP-102-01. Only three columns are required to be filled out in accordance with the initiating cue. | |||
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. | |||
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
: 2) Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to perform a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B using Attachment 9.3 of EN-OP-102-01, Tagout Tags Sheet. Identify the following on the manual Tagout Tags Sheet: | |||
* Tag Type | |||
* Equipment/Equipment Description, and | |||
* Placement Configuration | |||
: 3) Initial Conditions: | |||
The plant is Mode 1, 100%. | |||
Maintenance is scheduled to replace pump oil on CRD-PC001B, Control Rod Drive Pump B. | |||
The eSOMS Clearance Module is unavailable due to problems with the network. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 2 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 ANSWER KEY Critical Items are: | |||
* | * Danger NNS-SWG1B ACB18 OPEN, RACKED OUT or REM | ||
* Danger SCA-PNL8B1 BKR14 OFF | |||
* Danger C11-VF014B CLOSED | |||
* Danger C11-VF015B CLOSED RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 3 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 DATA SHEET TASK | ||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Perform Hand Written Tagout for 300095003001 G 2.1.29 4.1 CRD Pump B Oil Replacement Rev 2 included recommendation made by the ops validation team. | |||
Rev 3 clarified the task standard and initiating cue to better direct the applicant. | |||
==REFERENCES:== | |||
: The applicant identified the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration for a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B IAW the attached key. | APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES PID-36-01A, Rev 21 RLP-HLO-0201, Obj 4 SOP-0002, Rev 47 EE-001G, Rev 11 ESK-05RDS02, Rev 18 ESK-07RDS01, Rev 04 EN-OP-0102, Rev 18 EN-OP-0102-01, Rev 10 Archived Tagout 1-C15-01 052-001-C11-PC001B REQUIRED MATERIALS: | ||
PID-36-01A, Rev 21 SOP-0002, Rev 47 EE-001G, Rev 11 ESK-05RDS02, Rev 18 ESK-07RDS01, Rev 04 EN-OP-0102, Protective and Caution Tagging, Rev 18 .3 of EN-OP-0102-1, Rev 10 (attached) | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: RO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
: 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams must be developed for the applicants use. | |||
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | |||
* are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
TASK STANDARD: The applicant identified the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration for a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B IAW the attached key. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 4 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 PERFORMANCE: | |||
START TIME: | |||
: 1. Procedure Step: Applicant uses drawings and EN-OP102-01 Att 9.3 to complete required tagout list Standard Applicant uses Att 9.3 to complete the task Cue Notes | |||
: 2. *Procedure Step: Identify the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration to be tagged for a manual tagout of Control Rod Drive Pump B. | |||
Standard Applicant identified the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration for a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B IAW the attached key. The critical items are as follows: | |||
Danger NNS-SWG1B ACB18 OPEN, RACKED OUT or REM Danger SCA-PNL8B1 BKR14 OFF Danger C11-VF014B CLOSED Danger C11-VF015B CLOSED Cue Notes Provide applicant with attachments as necessary Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: The applicant identified the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration for a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B IAW the attached key. | |||
RJPM-NRC- | |||
: 1. Procedure Step: | |||
Applicant uses drawings and EN | |||
-OP102-01 Att 9.3 to complete required tagout list Standard Applicant uses Att 9.3 to complete the task Cue | |||
Identify the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration to be tagged for a manual tagout of Control Rod Drive Pump B. | |||
Standard Applicant identified the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration for a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B IAW the attached key. The critical items are as follows: | |||
Danger | |||
This completes this JPM. | This completes this JPM. | ||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 5 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | |||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 6 of 11 | ||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | |||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 7 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to perform a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B using Attachment 9.3 of EN-OP-102-01, Tagout Tags Sheet. Identify the following on the manual Tagout Tags Sheet: | |||
* Tag Type | |||
* Equipment/Equipment Description, and | |||
* Placement Configuration Initial Conditions: | |||
The plant is mode 1, 100%. | |||
Maintenance is scheduled to replace pump oil on CRD-PC001B, Control Rod Drive Pump B. | |||
The eSOMS Clearance Module is unavailable due to problems with the network. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 8 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 9 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 10 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 11 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC- | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Determine Unidentified Leakage and Leak Rates Manually CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 8 Actual Time (min): | ||
Required Time (min): | |||
NA Actual Time (min): | |||
NA PERFORMANCE TIME: | |||
Average Time (min): | |||
8 Actual Time (min): | |||
VALIDATION TIME: | VALIDATION TIME: | ||
Time Critical No | Time Critical No Alt Path No License Level RO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | ||
: EVALUATION LOCATION | X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: July 9, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative) | ||
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant calculated the identified and unidentified leakage rates IAW the attached key. | |||
Synopsis: The Drains Process Computer is inoperable due to a component failure. | |||
This task will have the applicant perform a manual leakage calculation using SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drain System, Section 5.2.3.5. The applicant will use attachment 6 in the procedure to calculate values for leakage using columns D through J; K will not be performed for this JPM. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | |||
: 2) Initial Conditions: | |||
* The plant is operating at 100% power | |||
* The Drains Process Computer is inoperable due to a component failure | |||
* Sumps have been pumped down IAW section 5.2.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System, and the appropriate data entered on Attachment 6 | |||
: 3) Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to determine identified and unidentified leakage rates manually. Complete columns D through J of Attachment 6 IAW Section 5.2.3.5.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 2 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK | |||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Determine Unidentified Leakage and 231014001001 G2.1.23 4.3 / 4.4 Leak Rates Manually 295036 EA1.01 3.2 / | |||
==3.3 REFERENCES== | |||
: APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drain RLP-HLO-405, Obj 1 System, Rev 39 Tech Spec 3.4.5 REQUIRED MATERIALS: | |||
SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drain System, with marked up Attachments 5 & 6 LICENSE LEVEL: RO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
: 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams must be developed for the applicants use. | |||
: | CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | ||
* are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
TASK STANDARD: The applicant calculated the identified and unidentified leakage rates IAW the attached key. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 3 of 10 | |||
. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 ANSWER KEY Evaluator Notes: | |||
* Column H acceptable range can be calculated between 2.24 and 2.26 | |||
* Column J acceptable range can be calculated between 4.40 and 4.43 RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 4 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | |||
Column H acceptable range can be calculated between 2. | |||
24 and 2.26 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE: | ||
START TIME: | |||
SOP-0104 Section 5.2.3.5, Perform the following to calculate Primary Containment Leakage Rates: | SOP-0104 Section 5.2.3.5, Perform the following to calculate Primary Containment Leakage Rates: | ||
: 3) | : 3) Record the following on Attachment 6, Manual Calculation - Current Leak Rate History on the hour: | ||
- Current | : 1. Procedure Step: a) Present time under PUMP STOP TIME Standard NA Cue Notes The handout of Attachment 6 already has the current sump pumpdown data. | ||
: 1. Procedure Step: | : 2. *Procedure Step: b) Under column D calculate the Unidentified Leakage (UL) by adding the changes in levels of column A to the changes in levels of column B since the previous hourly calculations Standard Applicant calculated the delta from column A (250-150) as 100 gallons, then calculated the delta from column B (225-190) as 35 gallons; applicant then added 100 plus 35 and recorded 135 gallons in column D Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 5 of 10 | ||
a) | |||
: 2. | |||
b) | |||
-150) as 100 gallons, then calculated the delta from column B ( | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 5.2.3.5. 3) continued | ||
: 3. | : 3. *Procedure Step: c) Under column E calculate the Identified Leakage (IL) by entering the changes in level of column C since the previous hourly calculations Standard Applicant calculated the delta from column C (280-150) and recorded 130 gallons in column E Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
c) | : 4. Procedure Step: d) Under column F calculate the Total Leakage by adding the values of UL column D and IL column E. | ||
d) | Standard Applicant calculated the sum of column D and E (135+130) and recorded 265 gallons in column F Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
: 5. Procedure Step: e) Record 60 minutes in column G. | |||
e) | |||
Standard Applicant recorded 60 minutes in column G. | Standard Applicant recorded 60 minutes in column G. | ||
Cue | Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 6 of 10 | ||
: 6. | |||
f) | RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 5.2.3.5. 3) continued | ||
: 6. *Procedure Step: f) Calculate Unidentified Leakage Rate (ULR) in column H by dividing the UL from column D by column G. | |||
Cue | Standard Applicant calculated the quotient of column D by column G (135 / 60) and recorded a value of between 2.24 and 2.26 gallons per hour in column H. | ||
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
Cue | : 7. Procedure Step: g) Calculate Total Leakage Rate (TLR) in column J by dividing the TL in column F by column G. | ||
Standard Applicant calculated the quotient of column F by column G (265 / 60) and recorded a value of between 4.40 and 4.43 gallons per hour in column H. | |||
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: The applicant calculated the identified and unidentified leakage rates IAW the attached key. | |||
This completes this JPM. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 7 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 8 of 10 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 9 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* The plant is operating at 100% power | |||
* The Drains Process Computer is inoperable due to a component failure | |||
* Sumps have been pumped down IAW section 5.2.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System, and the appropriate data entered on Attachment 6. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to determine identified and unidentified leakage rates manually. Complete columns D through J of Attachment 6 IAW Section 5.2.3.5.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System. | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 10 of 10 | |||
CONTINUOUS USE ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 1 MANUAL CALCULATION - CURRENT LEAK RATE HISTORY DATE:____9/12/2016___ | |||
Pump Stop A B C D E F G *H J K Time DRYWELL PEDESTAL DRYWELL UN- IDENTIFIED UN- TOTAL FLOOR DR FLOOR DR EQPT DR IDENTIFIED LEAKAGE TOTAL DELTA IDENTIFIED LEAKAGE TLR SUMP SUMP SUMP LEAKAGE LEAKAGE TIME LEAKAGE RATE IL 24 AVG LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL UL (D+E) (min) RATE F/G DFR-LI105 DFR-LI128 DER-LI118 (DA + DB) DC D/ G I F I F I F 0030 160 150 NA 190 270 150 10 120 130 60 0.17 2.17 2.12 0130 160 150 NA 190 270 150 10 120 130 60 0.17 2.17 2.12 0230 170 150 195 190 280 150 25 130 155 60 0.42 2.58 2.14 0330 165 150 195 190 270 150 20 120 140 60 0.33 2.33 2.15 0430 175 150 195 190 270 150 30 120 150 60 0.50 2.50 2.16 0530 175 150 195 190 280 150 30 130 160 60 0.50 2.67 2.19 0630 180 150 195 190 270 150 35 120 155 60 0.58 2.58 2.21 0730 180 150 195 190 270 150 35 120 155 60 0.58 2.58 2.23 0830 190 150 195 190 280 150 45 130 175 60 0.75 2.92 2.26 0930 190 150 200 190 280 150 50 130 180 60 0.83 3.00 2.30 1030 195 150 200 190 270 150 55 120 175 60 0.92 2.92 2.33 1130 200 150 200 190 270 150 60 120 180 60 1.00 3.00 2.37 1230 220 150 200 190 280 150 80 130 210 60 1.33 3.50 2.43 1330 230 150 210 190 280 150 100 130 230 60 1.67 3.83 2.50 1430 250 150 225 190 280 150 | |||
* TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION LIMITING CONDITIONS SOP-0104 REV - 039 PAGE 105 OF 119 | |||
. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Determine the Effect of Removing a Fuse in RPS System CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 28 Actual Time (min): | |||
Required Time (min): | |||
NA Actual Time (min): | |||
NA PERFORMANCE TIME: | |||
Average Time (min): | |||
28 Actual Time (min): | |||
VALIDATION TIME: | VALIDATION TIME: | ||
Time Critical No | Time Critical No Alt Path No License Level RO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | ||
: EVALUATION LOCATION | X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: June 30, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative) | ||
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 8 | |||
( | RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P692 in accordance with the attached key. | ||
Synopsis: The applicant will use plant drawings to determine the effects of removing a fuse in the RPS system to support a maintenance activity. | |||
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. | |||
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
: 2) Initiating Cues: | |||
Given the appropriate drawings, the CRS has directed you to determine the following upon the removal of the fuse: | |||
: 1. the scram condition of the RPS system: (circle one) no scram condition 1/2 scram full scram | |||
: 2. Complete the following table: | |||
Component Affected? Associated Effect (position or condition) | |||
: 1. SDV Vent and Drain Valves (F010, F011, Y / N F180, F181) | |||
: 2. 3-way Vent Valves for SDV Vent and Drain Y / N Valves (F009 & F182) | |||
: 3. Div 2 solenoid valves for Y / N 3-way Vent Valves | |||
: 4. White Lights for Backup Y / N Scram Valve B | |||
: 3) Initial Conditions: | |||
A maintenance activity requires the removal of a fuse in the RPS system. | |||
Electricians are ready to remove fuse F50B in Panel P692 for work to begin. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 2 of 8 | |||
( | RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 ANSWER KEY Critical Steps are marked with an asterisk (*) | ||
Initiating Cues: | |||
Given the appropriate drawings, the CRS has directed you to determine the following upon the removal of the fuse: | |||
* 1. The scram condition of the RPS system: (circle one) no scram condition 1/2 scram full scram | |||
: 2. Complete the following table: | |||
Component Affected? Associated Effect (position or condition) | |||
*1. SDV Vent and Drain Valves (F010, F011, Y / N None - will not re-position F180, F181) | |||
: 2. 3-way Vent Valves for SDV Vent and Drain Y / N None - will not re-position Valves (F009 & F182) | |||
*3. Div 2 solenoid valves Y / N Solenoids will de-energize for 3-way Vent Valves | |||
: 4. White Lights for Backup Y / N One light will extinguish Scram Valve B RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 3 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK | ||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Use Plant Drawings to Determine 300246003001 G 2.2.15 3.9 Effect of Fuse Removal 299003001001 | |||
==REFERENCES:== | |||
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES GE-828E531AA RLP-HLO-542-1, Obj 5, 6, 7 REQUIRED MATERIALS: | |||
: | GE-828E531AA Sheets 1, 2, 6, 9, and 11 LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | ||
- | : 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams must be developed for the applicants use. | ||
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | |||
* are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
TASK STANDARD: The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P692 in accordance with the attached key. | |||
: | RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 4 of 8 | ||
: 1. | |||
: | |||
. | |||
RJPM-NRC- | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE: | ||
START TIME: | |||
: 1. *Procedure Step: Determine the scram condition of the RPS system. | |||
Standard Applicant determined that is it not a scram condition (as indicated in the attached key). | |||
Cue Notes Provide applicant with drawings and procedures as necessary Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 2. *Procedure Step: Complete the table affected by removal of fuse F50B. | |||
Standard Applicant determined that: | |||
* the Vent and Drain valves do not re-position and | |||
* the Div 2 solenoids for SDV vent and drain valves de-energize (as indicated in the attached key). | |||
Cue Notes Provide applicant with drawings and procedures as necessary Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P692 in accordance with the attached key. | |||
This completes this JPM. | |||
: 1. | |||
Determine the scram condition of the RPS system | |||
Cue | |||
Complete the table affected by removal of fuse F50B. Standard Applicant determined | |||
-position and the Div 2 solenoids for SDV vent and drain valves de | |||
-energize | |||
The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P692 in accordance with the attached key | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 5 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | |||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 6 of 8 | ||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 7 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
A maintenance activity requires the removal of a fuse in the RPS system. | |||
Electricians are ready to remove fuse F50B in panel H13-P692 for work to begin. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
Given the appropriate drawings, the CRS has directed you to determine the following upon the removal of the fuse: | |||
: 1. the scram condition of the RPS system: (circle one) no scram condition 1/2 scram full scram | |||
: 2. Complete the following table: | |||
Component Affected? Associated Effect (position or condition) | |||
: 1. SDV Vent and Drain Valves (F010, F011, Y / N F180, F181) | |||
: 2. 3-way Vent Valves for SDV Vent and Drain Y / N Valves (F009 & F182) | |||
: 3. Div 2 solenoid valves for Y / N 3-way Vent Valves | |||
: 4. White Lights for Backup Y / N Scram Valve B RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 8 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Determine Emergency Entry Requirements for a High Dose Situation CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min): | |||
Required Time (min): | |||
NA Actual Time (min): | |||
NA PERFORMANCE TIME: | |||
Average Time (min): | |||
VALIDATION TIME: | VALIDATION TIME: | ||
Time Critical No | Time Critical No Alt Path No License Level RO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | ||
: EVALUATION LOCATION | X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: July 6, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative) | ||
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 8 | |||
(Operations Representative) | |||
Approved: Dan James | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant determined admin dose limits are suspended and that the allowed dose for performing this task in a high rad area during an emergency is 4350 mrem exactly. | |||
RJPM-NRC- | |||
: The applicant determined admin dose limits are suspended and that | |||
Synopsis: | Synopsis: | ||
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom | NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom. | ||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. | |||
-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | ||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | Inform me when you have completed the task. | ||
: 2) Initial Conditions: | |||
* The Emergency Response Organization is operational and the site has declared a Site Area Emergency due to a station blackout. | |||
An entry must be made to the RWCU Pump Room to stop a steam leak. | * An entry must be made to the RWCU Pump Room to stop a steam leak. | ||
Dose rates in the vicinity of the steam leak isolation valves are 3 rem per hour. | * Dose rates in the vicinity of the steam leak isolation valves are 3 rem per hour. | ||
: 3) Initiating Cues | : 3) Initiating Cues: | ||
The CRS has directed you to determine the following: | |||
: 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _____ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is _____ per year. | : 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _____ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is _____ per year. | ||
: 2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits for River Bend Station are applicable | : 2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits for River Bend Station are applicable / suspended. (circle one) | ||
: 3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit. | : 3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit. | ||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have | : 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | ||
. | RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 2 of 8 | ||
RJPM-NRC- | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 ANSWER KEY Complete the following: | ||
: | : 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _2 R (2000 mR)_ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is __5R (5000 mR)__ per year. | ||
*2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits for River Bend Station are applicable / suspended. (circle one) | |||
*3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit. | |||
5000 mrem (10CFR limit) | |||
- 650 mrem (current dose) 4350 mrem (allowed dose) | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 3 of 8 | |||
* | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK TITLE: Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | ||
Determine Emergency Entry 300241004002 G 2.3.4 3.2 Requirements for a High Dose 301023005003 G 2.3.12 3.2 Situation. | |||
: 1. Procedure Step: | Rev 2 corrected the initiating cue to better reflect task standard, per the NRC validation. | ||
Identify the Administrative and 10CFR dose limits. | |||
Standard Applicant identified the Administrative and 10CFR dose limits are 2000mR and 5000mR (respectively), in accordance with the attached key. Cue | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Determine Administrative Dose Limits should be suspended | APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES EN-RP-201, Dosimetry Administration, Rev 4 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls, Rev 21 10CFR20.1201, Occupational Dose Limits REQUIRED MATERIALS: | ||
EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls, Rev 21 Calculator LICENSE LEVEL: RO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
Cue | : 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams may need to be developed for the applicants use. | ||
Calculate the allowed dose for a task during emergency conditions | CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | ||
* are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
Cue | TASK STANDARD: The applicant determined admin dose limits are suspended and that the allowed dose for performing this task in a high rad area during an emergency is 4350 mrem exactly. | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 4 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE: | |||
START TIME: | |||
: 1. Procedure Step: Identify the Administrative and 10CFR dose limits. | |||
Standard Applicant identified the Administrative and 10CFR dose limits are 2000mR and 5000mR (respectively), in accordance with the attached key. | |||
Cue Notes | |||
: 2. *Procedure Step: Determine Administrative Dose Limits should be suspended. | |||
Standard Applicant determined that Administrative Dose Limits should be suspended in accordance with the attached key. | |||
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 3. *Procedure Step: Calculate the allowed dose for a task during emergency conditions. | |||
Standard Applicant calculated allowed dose to be 4350 mrem (in accordance with attached key). No error bars allowed. | |||
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: The applicant determined admin dose limits are suspended and that the allowed dose for performing this task in a high rad area during an emergency is 4350 mrem exactly. | |||
This completes this JPM. | This completes this JPM. | ||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 5 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | |||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | |||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 6 of 8 | ||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 7 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* The Emergency Response Organization is operational and the site has declared a Site Area Emergency due to a station blackout. | |||
* An entry must be made to the RWCU Pump Room to stop a steam leak. | |||
* Dose rates in the vicinity of the steam leak isolation valves are 3 rem per hour. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to determine the following: | |||
: 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _____ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is _____ per year. | |||
: 2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits for River Bend Station are applicable / suspended. (circle one) | |||
: 3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 8 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Evaluate a Manual Tagout for Control Rod Drive Pump B CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 12 Actual Time (min): | |||
RJPM-NRC- | |||
Required Time (min): | |||
NA Actual Time (min): | |||
NA PERFORMANCE TIME: | |||
Average Time (min): | |||
12 Actual Time (min): | |||
VALIDATION TIME: | VALIDATION TIME: | ||
Time Critical No | Time Critical No Alt Path NA License Level SRO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | ||
: EVALUATION LOCATION | X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: June 29, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative) | ||
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: Applicant reviewed the prepared tagout and determined that it is (1) not approved (2) due to not including: | |||
* Danger C11-VF015B, CRD Pump B Recirc Line Isolation Valve CLOSED | |||
* Danger CKTBRK-SCA-PNL8B1 BKR 14 OFF Rev 2 incorporated comments from NRC Prep Week to clarify task standards Synopsis: eSOMS Clearance Module is unavailable due to a network failure. This task will have the applicant review a paper tagout using the form found in the attachments of EN-OP-102-01 and determine if the tagout could be approved. | |||
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. | |||
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
: 2) Initiating Cues: | |||
You are the CRS. Review the attached manual tagout (non-shaded areas only) and approve or disapprove as appropriate. | |||
If disapproved, list the reason(s) why. | |||
: 3) Initial Conditions: | |||
The plant is Mode 1, 100%. | |||
Maintenance is scheduled to replace pump oil on CRD-PC001B, Control Rod Drive Pump B. | |||
The eSOMS Clearance Module is unavailable due to problems with the network. | |||
A Reactor Operator has prepared a manual tagout using Attachment 9.3 of EN-OP-102-01, Tagout Tags Sheet. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 2 of 10 | |||
( | RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 ANSWER KEY Critical Items are: | ||
* (1) Tagout is approved / not approved. (circle one) | |||
* (2) Applicant adds the following: | |||
Danger C11-VF015B, CRD PUMP B RECIRC LINE ISOL VLV CLOSED Danger SCA-PNL8B1 BKR 18, CRD Aux Oil Pump B OFF RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 3 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK | |||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Perform Hand Written Tagout for 300095003001 G 2.1.29 4.1 CRD Pump B Oil Replacement | |||
==REFERENCES:== | |||
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES PID-36-01A, Rev 21 RLP-HLO-0201, Obj 4 SOP-0002, Rev 47 EE-001G, Rev 11 ESK-05RDS02, Rev 18 ESK-07RDS01, Rev 04 EN-OP-0102, Rev 18 and EN-OP-0102-01, Forms, Rev 10 Archived Tagout 1-C15-01 052-001-C11-PC001B REQUIRED MATERIALS: | |||
PID-36-01A, Rev 21 SOP-0002, Rev 47 EE-001G, Rev 11 ESK-05RDS02, Rev 18 ESK-07RDS01, Rev 04 EN-OP-102, Protective and Caution Tagging, Rev 18 .3 of EN-OP-0102-1 (attached) | |||
- | LICENSE LEVEL: SRO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | ||
: 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams must be developed for the applicants use. | |||
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | |||
* are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
TASK STANDARD: The applicant reviewed the prepared tagout and determined that it is (1) not approved, (2) due to not including: | |||
* Danger C11-VF015B, CRD Pump B Recirc Line Isolation Valve CLOSED | |||
* Danger CKTBRK-SCA-PNL8B1 BKR 14 OFF RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 4 of 10 | |||
-OP- | |||
: | |||
Danger C11-VF015B, CRD | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE: | |||
START TIME: | |||
: 1. *Procedure Step: Determine if Tagout is approved for Control Rod Drive Pump B. | |||
Standard Applicant used data provided to disapprove the tagout. | |||
Cue Notes Provide applicant with attachments as necessary Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 2. *Procedure Step: List the reason(s) why this tagout is not approved. | |||
Standard Applicant used data provided to state that the tagout did not include valve C11-VF015B or Circuit Breaker 14 on SCA Panel 8B1. | |||
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: Applicant reviewed the prepared tagout and determined that it is (1) not approved (2) due to not including: | |||
* Danger C11-VF015B, CRD Pump B Recirc Line Isolation Valve CLOSED | |||
* Danger CKTBRK-SCA-PNL8B1 BKR 14 OFF This completes this JPM. | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 5 of 10 | |||
Determine if Tagout is approved for Control Rod Drive Pump B | |||
List the reason(s) why this tagout is not approved. | |||
Standard Applicant used data provided to state that the tagout did not include valve C11-VF015B or Circuit Breaker 14 on SCA Panel 8B1 | |||
Applicant reviewed the prepared tagout and determined that it is (1) not approved (2) due to not including | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | |||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 6 of 10 | ||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 7 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initiating Cues: | |||
You are the CRS. Review the attached manual tagout (shaded areas only) and approve or disapprove as appropriate. | |||
RJPM-NRC- | |||
If disapproved, list the reason(s) why. | If disapproved, list the reason(s) why. | ||
Initial Conditions: | |||
The plant is Mode 1, 100%. | |||
Maintenance is scheduled to replace pump oil on CRD-PC001B, Control Rod Drive Pump B. | |||
The eSOMS Clearance Module is unavailable due to problems with the network. | |||
A Reactor Operator has prepared a manual tagout using Attachment 9.3 of EN-OP-102-01, Tagout Tags Sheet. | |||
(1) Tagout is approved / not approved. (circle one) | |||
(2) If disapproved, list the reason(s) why: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 8 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 9 of 10 | |||
- | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 10 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Determine Unidentified Leakage and Leak Rates Manually CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 8 Actual Time (min): | ||
Required Time (min): | |||
NA Actual Time (min): | |||
NA PERFORMANCE TIME: | |||
Average Time (min): | |||
8 Actual Time (min): | |||
VALIDATION TIME: | VALIDATION TIME: | ||
Time Critical No | Time Critical No Alt Path No License level SRO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | ||
: EVALUATION LOCATION | X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: July 9, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative) | ||
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant calculated the identified and unidentified leakage rates and tech spec entry IAW the attached key. | |||
Synopsis: The Drains Process Computer is inoperable due to a component failure. | |||
This task will have the applicant perform a manual leakage calculation using SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drain System, 5.2.3.5. The applicant will use attachment 6 in the procedure to calculate values for leakage using columns D through J; K will not be performed for this JPM. | |||
The SRO applicant will then go on to determine that Tech Specs 3.4.5 Condition B should be entered. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | |||
: 2) Initial Conditions: | |||
* The plant is operating at 100% power | |||
* The Drains Process Computer is inoperable due to a component failure | |||
* Sumps have been pumped down IAW section 5.2.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System, and the appropriate data entered on Attachment 6 | |||
: 3) Initiating Cues: | |||
The Shift Manager has directed you to determine identified and unidentified leakage rates manually. Complete columns D through J of Attachment 6 IAW Section 5.2.3.5.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System and determine any tech spec entries (if any) that are required, with a basis for your conclusion. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 2 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET TASK | |||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Determine Unidentified Leakage and 231014001001 G2.1.23 4.3 / 4.4 Leak Rates Manually 295036 EA1.01 3.2 / | |||
==3.3 REFERENCES== | |||
: APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drain RLP-HLO-405, Obj 1 System, Rev 39 Tech Spec 3.4.5 REQUIRED MATERIALS: | |||
SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drain System, with marked up Attachments 5 & 6 Copy of Tech Specs LICENSE LEVEL: SRO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
: 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams must be developed for the applicants use. | |||
: | CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | ||
-up | * are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | ||
TASK STANDARD: The applicant calculated the identified and unidentified leakage rates and tech spec entry IAW the attached key. | |||
: | RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 3 of 10 | ||
. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 ANSWER KEY Evaluator Notes: | |||
* Column H acceptable range can be calculated between 2.24 and 2.26 | |||
* Column J acceptable range can be calculated between 4.40 and 4.43 | |||
* Critical Task: (The reason may be paraphrased) | |||
Enter Tech Spec 3.4.5 Condition B. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | |||
Column H acceptable range can be calculated between 2.24 and 2.26 Column J acceptable range can be calculated between 4.40 and 4.43 | |||
* Critical Task: | |||
(The reason may be | |||
Due to RCS Leakage where there must be less than or equal to a 2 gallon per minute increase in unidentified leakage within the previous 24 hour period in mode 1. | Due to RCS Leakage where there must be less than or equal to a 2 gallon per minute increase in unidentified leakage within the previous 24 hour period in mode 1. | ||
According to the 1430 calculations, a 2.08 gpm increase has occurred. | According to the 1430 calculations, a 2.08 gpm increase has occurred. | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 4 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 PERFORMANCE: | ||
START TIME: | |||
: 3) | SOP-0104 Section 5.2.3.5, Perform the following to calculate Primary Containment Leakage Rates: | ||
- Current | : 3) Record the following on Attachment 6, Manual Calculation - Current Leak Rate History on the hour: | ||
: 1. Procedure Step: | : 1. Procedure Step: a) Present time under PUMP STOP TIME Standard NA Cue Notes The handout of Attachment 6 already has the current sump pumpdown data. | ||
a) | : 2. *Procedure Step: b) Under column D calculate the Unidentified Leakage (UL) by adding the changes in levels of column A to the changes in levels of column B since the previous hourly calculations Standard Applicant calculated the delta from column A (250-150) as 100 gallons, then calculated the delta from column B (225-190) as 35 gallons; applicant then added 100 plus 35 and recorded 135 gallons in column D Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 5 of 10 | ||
: 2. | |||
b) | |||
-150) as 100 gallons, then calculated the delta from column B ( | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 5.2.3.5. 3) continued | ||
: 3. | : 3. *Procedure Step: c) Under column E calculate the Identified Leakage (IL) by entering the changes in level of column C since the previous hourly calculations Standard Applicant calculated the delta from column C (280-150) and recorded 130 gallons in column E Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
c) | : 4. Procedure Step: d) Under column F calculate the Total Leakage by adding the values of UL column D and IL column E. | ||
d) | Standard Applicant calculated the sum of column D and E (135+130) and recorded 265 gallons in column F Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
e) | : 5. Procedure Step: e) Record 60 minutes in column G. | ||
Standard Applicant recorded 60 minutes in column G. | Standard Applicant recorded 60 minutes in column G. | ||
Cue | Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 6 of 10 | ||
: 6. | |||
f) | RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 5.2.3.5. 3) continued | ||
: 6. *Procedure Step: f) Calculate Unidentified Leakage Rate (ULR) in column H by dividing the UL from column D by column G. | |||
Cue | Standard Applicant calculated the quotient of column D by column G (135 / 60) and recorded a value of between 2.24 and 2.26 gallons per minute in column H. | ||
g) | Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
: 7. Procedure Step: g) Calculate Total Leakage Rate (TLR) in column J by dividing the TL in column F by column G. | |||
Cue | Standard Applicant calculated the quotient of column F by column G (265 / 60) and recorded a value of between 4.40 and 4.43 gallons per hour in column H. | ||
Determine Tech Spec entry (if any) and reason for entry | Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 7 of 10 | ||
Cue | RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 | ||
: 8. *Procedure Step: Determine Tech Spec entry (if any) and reason for entry. | |||
Standard Applicant determined that TS 3.4.5 Condition B should be entered based on greater than 2 gpm increase in unidentified leakage within the previous 24 hour period. | |||
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: The applicant calculated the identified and unidentified leakage rates and tech spec entry IAW the attached key. | |||
This completes this JPM. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 8 of 10 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 9 of 10 | |||
OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* The plant is operating at 100% power | |||
* The Drains Process Computer is inoperable due to a component failure | |||
* Sumps have been pumped down IAW section 5.2.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System, and the appropriate data entered on Attachment 6. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
The Shift Manager has directed you to determine identified and unidentified leakage rates manually. Complete columns D through J of Attachment 6 IAW Section 5.2.3.5.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System and determine any tech spec entries (if any) that are required, with a basis for your conclusion. | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 10 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Determine the Effect of Removing a Fuse in RPS CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 22 Actual Time (min): | |||
RJPM-NRC- | |||
Required Time (min): | |||
NA Actual Time (min): | |||
NA PERFORMANCE TIME: | |||
Average Time (min): | |||
22 Actual Time (min): | |||
VALIDATION TIME: | VALIDATION TIME: | ||
Time Critical No | Time Critical No Alt Path NA License Level SRO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | ||
: EVALUATION LOCATION | X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: June 30, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2014 (Operations Representative) | ||
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 7 | |||
( | RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P692 in accordance with the attached key. | ||
Synopsis: The applicant will use plant drawings to determine the effects of removing a fuse in the RPS system to support a maintenance activity. | |||
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. | |||
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
: 2) Initiating Cues: | |||
Given the appropriate drawings, the CRS has directed you to determine the following upon the removal of the fuse: | |||
: 1. The scram condition of the RPS system: (circle one) no scram condition 1/2 scram full scram | |||
: 2. Complete the following table: | |||
Component Affected? Associated Effect (position or condition) | |||
: 1. SDV Vent and Drain Valves (F010, F011, Y / N F180, F181) | |||
: 2. 3-way Vent Valves for SDV Vent and Drain Y / N Valves (F009 & F182) | |||
: 3. Div 2 solenoid valves for Y / N 3-way Vent Valves | |||
: 4. White Lights for Backup Y / N Scram Valve B | |||
: 3) Initial Conditions: | |||
A maintenance activity requires the removal of a fuse in the RPS system. | |||
Electricians are ready to remove fuse F50B in panel H13-P692 for work to begin. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Page 2 of 7 | |||
( | RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev. 1 ANSWER KEY Critical Steps are marked with an asterisk (*) | ||
Initiating Cues: | |||
Given the appropriate drawings, the CRS has directed you to determine the following upon the removal of the fuse: | |||
* 1. The scram condition of the RPS system: (circle one) no scram condition 1/2 scram full scram | |||
: 2. Complete the following table: | |||
Component Affected? Associated Effect (position or condition) | |||
*1. SDV Vent and Drain Valves (F010, F011, Y / N None - will not re-position F180, F181) | |||
: 2. 3-way Vent Valves for SDV Vent and Drain Y / N None - will not re-position Valves (F009 & F182) | |||
*3. Div 2 solenoid valves Y / N Solenoids will de-energize for 3-way Vent Valves | |||
: 4. White Lights for Backup Y / N One light will extinguish Scram Valve B RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Page 3 of 7 | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET TASK | ||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Use Plant Drawings to Determine 300246003001 G 2.2.15 3.9 Effect of Fuse Removal 299003001001 | |||
: | |||
: | |||
. | |||
==REFERENCES:== | |||
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES GE-828E531AA RLP-HLO-542-1, Obj 5, 6, 7 REQUIRED MATERIALS: | |||
GE-828E531AA Sheets 1, 2, 6, 9, and 11 SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
: 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams must be developed for the applicants use. | |||
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | |||
* are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
TASK STANDARD: The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P692 in accordance with the attached key. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Page 4 of 7 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev. 1 PERFORMANCE: | |||
START TIME: | |||
: 1. *Procedure Step: Determine the scram condition of the RPS system. | |||
Standard Applicant determined the fail position in accordance with the attached key. | |||
Cue Notes Provide applicant with attachments as necessary Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 2. *Procedure Step: Determine component positions affected by removal of fuse F50B. | |||
Standard Applicant determined the position(s) of other components affected in accordance with the attached key. | |||
Cue Notes Provide applicant with attachments as necessary Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P652 in accordance with the attached key. | |||
This completes this JPM. | |||
RJPM-NRC- | STOP TIME: | ||
: 1. | |||
Determine the scram condition of the RPS system | |||
Cue | |||
Determine component positions affected by removal of fuse | |||
Cue | |||
The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse | |||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | |||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Page 5 of 7 | ||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Page 6 of 7 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev. 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
A maintenance activity requires the removal of a fuse in the RPS system. | |||
Electricians are ready to remove fuse F50B in panel H13-P692 for work to begin. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
Given the appropriate drawings, the CRS has directed you to determine the following upon the removal of the fuse: | |||
: 1. the scram condition of the RPS system: (circle one) no scram condition 1/2 scram full scram | |||
: 2. Complete the following table: | |||
Component Affected? Associated Effect (position or condition) | |||
: 1. SDV Vent and Drain Valves (F010, F011, Y / N F180, F181) | |||
: 2. 3-way Vent Valves for SDV Vent and Drain Y / N Valves (F009 & F182) | |||
: 3. Div 2 solenoid valves for Y / N 3-way Vent Valves | |||
: 4. White Lights for Backup Y / N Scram Valve B RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Page 7 of 7 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Determine Emergency Entry Requirements for a High Dose Situation and Identify Who Authorizes the Entry CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min): | |||
Required Time (min): | |||
NA Actual Time (min): | |||
NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): | |||
VALIDATION TIME: | VALIDATION TIME: | ||
Time Critical No | Time Critical No Alt Path No License Level SRO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | ||
: EVALUATION LOCATION | X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: July 6, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative) | ||
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant determined emergency allowed dose of 9350 mrem for performing a task in a high rad area and identified the Emergency Director or the Emergency Plant Manager as authorized to allow the entry IAW the attached key. | |||
Synopsis: | |||
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. | |||
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
: 2) Initial Conditions: | |||
* The Emergency Response Organization is operational and the site has declared a Site Area Emergency due to a station blackout. | |||
* An entry must be made to the RWCU Pump Room to stop a steam leak. | |||
* Dose rates in the vicinity of the steam leak isolation valves are 13 rem per hour. | |||
: 3) Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to determine the following: | |||
: 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _______ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is _______ per year; and the Emergency TEDE limit for immediate actions taken to prevent major damage to equipment, prevent the release of radioactive materials, or control fires is | |||
: 2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits of the RBS Radiation Protection Plan, RBNP-024 and RBNP-202 are applicable / suspended. (circle one) | |||
: 3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 2 of 8 | |||
( | RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 ANSWER KEY Complete the following: | ||
: 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _2 R (2000 mR)_ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is __5R (5000 mR)__ per year; and the Emergency TEDE limit for immediate actions taken to prevent major damage to equipment, prevent the release of radioactive materials, or control fires is | |||
__10R (10,000 mR)__. | |||
*2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits of the RBS Radiation Protection Plan are applicable / suspended. (circle one) | |||
*3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit. | |||
10000 mrem (10CFR limit) | |||
- 650 mrem (current dose) 9350 mrem (allowed dose) | |||
*4. Identify who must authorize this entry. | |||
One of the following: Emergency Director or Emergency Plant Manager RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 3 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK TITLE: Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Determine Emergency Entry 300241004002 G 2.3.4 3.7 Requirements for a High Dose 301023005003 G 2.3.12 3.7 Situation. | |||
Rev 2 corrected the initiating cue to better reflect task standard, per the NRC validation. | |||
==REFERENCES:== | |||
: The applicant determined emergency allowed dose of 9350 mrem for performing a task in a high rad area and identified the Emergency Director or the Emergency Plant Manager as | APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES EN-RP-201, Dosimetry Administration, Rev 4 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls, Rev 21 10CFR20.1201, Occupational Dose Limits REQUIRED MATERIALS: | ||
EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls, Rev 21 Calculator LICENSE LEVEL: SRO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
: 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams may need to be developed for the applicants use. | |||
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | |||
* are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
TASK STANDARD: The applicant determined emergency allowed dose of 9350 mrem for performing a task in a high rad area and identified the Emergency Director or the Emergency Plant Manager as authorized to allow the entry IAW the attached key. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 4 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE: | ||
: | START TIME: | ||
: | : 1. Procedure Step: Identify the Administrative, 10CFR, and emergency dose limits. | ||
Standard Applicant identified the Administrative and 10CFR dose limits (2R, 5R, and 10R) in accordance with the attached key. | |||
Cue Notes | |||
: | : 2. *Procedure Step: Determine if Administrative Dose Limits should be suspended. | ||
Standard Applicant determined that Administrative Dose Limits should be suspended in accordance with the attached key. | |||
Cue Notes | |||
: 3. *Procedure Step: Calculate the allowed dose for a task during emergency conditions. | |||
Standard Applicant calculated allowed dose (9350 mrem) in accordance with attached key. | |||
* | Cue Notes RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 5 of 8 | ||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 | ||
: 4. *Procedure Step: Identify who must authorize this entry. | |||
Standard Applicant identified position of person who must authorize dose (the ED or the EPM) in accordance with attached key. | |||
Cue Notes Terminating Cue: The applicant determined emergency allowed dose of 9350 mrem for performing a task in a high rad area and identified the Emergency Director or the Emergency Plant Manager as authorized to allow the entry IAW the attached key. | |||
Identify who must authorize this entry | |||
Cue | |||
This completes this JPM. | This completes this JPM. | ||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | |||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 6 of 8 | ||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 7 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* The Emergency Response Organization is operational and the site has declared a Site Area Emergency due to a station blackout. | |||
* An entry must be made to the RWCU Pump Room to stop a steam leak. | |||
* Dose rates in the vicinity of the steam leak isolation valves are 13 rem per hour. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to determine the following: | |||
: 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _______ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is _______ per year; and the Emergency TEDE limit for immediate actions taken to prevent major damage to equipment, prevent the release of radioactive materials, or control fires is | |||
: 2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits of the RBS Radiation Protection Plan are applicable / suspended. (circle one) | |||
: 3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit. | |||
: 4. Identify who must authorize this entry: _____________________________________ | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 8 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 Classify an Emergency CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): Actual Time (min): | |||
VALIDATION TIME: | |||
Time Critical Yes Alt Path No License Level SRO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | |||
RJPM-NRC- | X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: June 16, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative) | ||
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 6 | |||
: | |||
: | |||
: | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET This is a Time Critical JPM Task Standard: Applicant classified the event as an ALERT (FA1, RC3) within fifteen minutes. | ||
Synopsis: This JPM is based on simulator scenario #RSMS-OPS-508. The task will have the applicant determine the classification of an event. This is a TIME CRITICAL JPM. | |||
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. | |||
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
: 2) Initiating Cues: | |||
You are the Emergency Director. Classify the event. | |||
: | : 3) Initial Conditions: | ||
The plant was operating at 100% power APRM G was in bypass due to its flow biased trip card requiring replacement Standby Gas Treatment B was tagged out for decay heat removal fan replacement APRM C failed downscale; CRD Flow Control Valve B failed closed and FCV A was placed in service; A steam leak occurred in the Drywell which forced the crew to insert a scram; EOP-1 was entered due to the steam leak; EOP-2 was entered due to High Drywell Temperature A fault developed on EJS-ACB 066 which caused 3 DW coolers to be unavailable Bypass Leakage was observed EOP-2 was entered for High Containment Pressure The highest unidentified leakage report was 50 gpm Emergency Depressurization was performed due to Pressure Suppression Pressure | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 Page 2 of 6 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 DATA SHEET TASK | |||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Classify an Emergency 300001005003 G 2.4.41 | |||
==4.6 REFERENCES== | |||
. | : APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES EIP-2-001, Rev 26 RCBT-EP-SRORMED Obj 16 REQUIRED MATERIALS: | ||
: | EIP-2-001, Rev 26 (Simulator Copy) | ||
- | LICENSE LEVEL: SRO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS &/or SETUP: | ||
: 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup 2. | |||
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | |||
: | * are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | ||
: | TASK STANDARD: | ||
Applicant classified the event as an ALERT (FA1, RC3) within fifteen minutes. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 Page 3 of 6 | |||
: | |||
. | |||
RJPM-NRC- | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 PERFORMANCE: | |||
START TIME: | |||
: 1. *Procedure Step: 1 Classify the event. | |||
Standard Applicant classified the event as an ALERT (FA1, RC3) within 15 minutes. | |||
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: Applicant classified the event as an ALERT (FA1, RC3) within fifteen minutes. | |||
This completes this JPM. | |||
RJPM-NRC- | |||
: 1. | |||
1 | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 Page 4 of 6 | |||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 JPM COMMENT SHEET CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | |||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 Page 5 of 6 | ||
RJPM-NRC- | RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET This is a Time Critical JPM Initiating Cues: | ||
You are the Emergency Director. Classify the event. | |||
Initial Conditions: | |||
The plant was operating at 100% power APRM G was in bypass due to its flow biased trip card requiring replacement Standby Gas Treatment B was tagged out for decay heat removal fan replacement APRM C failed downscale; CRD Flow Control Valve B failed closed and FCV A was placed in service; A steam leak occurred in the Drywell which forced the crew to insert a scram; EOP-1 was entered due to the steam leak; EOP-2 was entered due to High Drywell Temperature A fault developed on EJS-ACB 066 which caused 3 DW coolers to be unavailable Bypass Leakage was observed EOP-2 was entered for High Containment Pressure The highest unidentified leakage report was 50 gpm Emergency Depressurization was performed due to Pressure Suppression Pressure Answer Below: | |||
The Emergency Action Level (EAL) Classification is: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 Page 6 of 6 | |||
ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 Facility: RIVER BEND NUCLEAR STATION Date of Examination: 9/12/2016 Exam Level: RO SRO-I SRO-U Operating Test No.: LOT 2016 Control Room Systems* 8 for RO; 7 for SRO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-U Safety System / JPM Title Type Code* | |||
: | Function S1. Perform Rod Withdrawal Limiter Test with a MSIV 1 A-N-S inadvertent closure. | ||
; | S2. Align SU FRV and controller drifts open. A-N-S-L 2 S3. Open MSIVs per SOP-011. M-S-L 3 S4. Align Division 3 DG to power ENS-SWGR1A E-N-S-L 4 | ||
- | ** S5. SBGT fails to start with dampers fail to open. A - EN - N - S 9 | ||
** S6. Swap electrical bus power supplies N-S 6 S7. Drive In IRM/SRM Detectors Following a SCRAM D-S-L 7 | |||
** S8. Start RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling Mode with high A-D-5 pump amps. S-L In-Plant Systems* (3 for RO); (3 for SRO-I); (3 or 2 for SRO-U) | |||
** P1. CRD filter swap with new filter clogged (CR-2016-1724) A-N-R 1 | |||
** P2. ATC actions to Man the RSP. AOP 31 Att 12 Section N-E-L 2 1.1.4-1.1.6 P3. Place Inverter ENB-IV01B in Service M 6 | |||
* All RO and SRO-I control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; all five SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room. | |||
** and bolded indicates SRO-U selected JPMs. | |||
Shaded JPM indicates RO only JPM. | |||
* Type Codes Criteria for RO / SRO-I / SRO-U | |||
(A)lternate path 4-6 / 4-6 / 2-3 (C)ontrol room (D)irect from bank 9/8/4 (E)mergency or abnormal in-plant 1/1/1 (EN)gineered safety feature 1 / 1 / 1 (control room system) | |||
(L)ow-Power / Shutdown 1/1/1 (N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A) 2/2/1 (P)revious 2 exams 3 / 3 / 2 (randomly selected) | |||
(R)CA 1/1/1 (S)imulator | |||
- | |||
-plant | |||
(P)revious 2 exams | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 RWL Functional Test CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min): | ||
ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST is completed and reactor power is reduced with critical steps completed satisfactory. | LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES (MANUAL TRIGGER) | ||
Synopsis: Operator performs ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST and when the ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK clears, a MSIV will close requiring reactor power to be reduced to 75%. | SIMULATOR IC: 68 with S6 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | ||
NOTE: | X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative) | ||
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 11 | |||
-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST is completed and reactor power is reduced with critical steps completed satisfactory. | |||
Synopsis: Operator performs ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST and when the ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK clears, a MSIV will close requiring reactor power to be reduced to 75%. NOTE: This will be a MANUAL trigger. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | Inform me when you have completed the task. | ||
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | |||
: 2) Initial Conditions | : 2) Initial Conditions: | ||
* The reactor is at 87%. | |||
: 3) Initiating Cues: | |||
-500-0704, ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST, section 7.1 and restore per 7.3. | The CRS has directed you to perform STP-500-0704, ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST, section 7.1 and restore per 7.3. | ||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have | : 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | ||
. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 2 of 11 | ||
==3.8 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK | ||
: | |||
: | ==Title:== | ||
STP-500-0704 | Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | ||
Perform Rod Withdrawal Limiter 214001002001 201005 A3.03 3.4 / 3.3 Functional Test 295020 AK1.02 3.5 / | |||
==3.8 REFERENCES== | |||
: APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES STP-500-0704, RLP-STM-0500, Obj 7, 9, 13, 22 ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION: | |||
STP-500-0704 __1__ | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): NEW EMERGENCY: NO ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: NO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
: 1. IC # 68 Run this with S6 | |||
: 2. Rx Power: above the RPCS high power set point (67.9%) | : 2. Rx Power: above the RPCS high power set point (67.9%) | ||
: 3. Insert MSS016 (Closes B21 | : 3. Insert MSS016 (Closes B21-F022A) when control rod block alarm clears. | ||
-F022A) when control rod block alarm clears. | : 4. STP-500-0704: | ||
: 4. STP-500-0704: | Step 6.4 3087 MWt Step 6.6 28-13 Start Position 10, Final Position 14 N/A section 7.2 | ||
-13 Start Position 10, Final Position | |||
: 5. INDIVID DRIVE light on. | : 5. INDIVID DRIVE light on. | ||
: 6. Select rod 28 | : 6. Select rod 28-13 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | ||
-13 | * are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | ||
* | TASK STANDARD: ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST is completed and reactor power is reduced with critical steps completed satisfactory. | ||
Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 3 of 11 | ||
TASK | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE: | ||
START TIME: | |||
STP-500-0704, ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST Section 7.1, Reactor Power Above RPCS High Power Set Point | STP-500-0704, ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST Section 7.1, Reactor Power Above RPCS High Power Set Point | ||
: 1. Procedure Step: | : 1. Procedure Step: 7.1.1. Verify the selected rod is in the start position recorded in Step 6.6. | ||
7.1.1. Verify the selected rod is in the start position recorded in Step 6.6. Record rod position. | Record rod position. | ||
Standard Operator | Standard Operator depressed the two numbers (28-13) corresponding to the rod to be withdrawn. The full core display showed the rod position for the selected rod (Start Position 10). | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
7.1.2. On the ROD SELECT module, perform the following: | : 2. *Procedure Step: 7.1.2. On the ROD SELECT module, perform the following: | ||
: 1. Deselect the rod. | : 1. Deselect the rod. | ||
Standard Operator depressed the Rod Select Clear pushbutton | Standard Operator depressed the Rod Select Clear pushbutton. | ||
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 4 of 11 | |||
: 2. Select the rod that corresponds to the rod coordinate position recorded in Step 6.6. Standard Operator depressed the two numbers (28-13) corresponding to the rod to be withdrawn. The full core display showed the rod position for the selected rod. Cue N/A Notes | |||
7.1.3. Withdraw the rod two notches in the notch withdrawal mode. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 | ||
Standard Operator depressed the WITHDRAW pushbutton until the IN indicator was on or the start of rod motion was observed. | : 3. *Procedure Step: 2. Select the rod that corresponds to the rod coordinate position recorded in Step 6.6. | ||
Released the WITHDRAW pushbutton until SETTLE light extinguished. Operator verified the rod notch position was at the next highest even number. Then depressed the WITHDRAW pushbutton until the IN indicator was on or the start of rod motion was observed to move the rod the second notch. | Standard Operator depressed the two numbers (28-13) corresponding to the rod to be withdrawn. The full core display showed the rod position for the selected rod. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
7.1.4. Check Annunciator P680-07A-C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK alarms. | : 4. *Procedure Step: 7.1.3. Withdraw the rod two notches in the notch withdrawal mode. | ||
Standard Operator verified the Annunciator P680-07A-C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK is in alarm. | Standard Operator depressed the WITHDRAW pushbutton until the IN indicator was on or the start of rod motion was observed. Released the WITHDRAW pushbutton until SETTLE light extinguished. Operator verified the rod notch position was at the next highest even number. Then depressed the WITHDRAW pushbutton until the IN indicator was on or the start of rod motion was observed to move the rod the second notch. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 5 of 11 | ||
7.1.5. Check the rod withdrawal limiter stops rod motion at the second notch by attempting to withdraw the rod a third notch and verifying the rod does not move. Standard Operator depressed the WITHDRAW pushbutton and verified no rod motion. | |||
Cue N/A Notes | RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 | ||
7.3 Restoration 7.3.1. On the ROD SELECT module, perform the following: | : 5. Procedure Step: 7.1.4. Check Annunciator P680-07A-C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK alarms. | ||
Standard Operator verified the Annunciator P680-07A-C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK is in alarm. | |||
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 6. *Procedure Step: 7.1.5. Check the rod withdrawal limiter stops rod motion at the second notch by attempting to withdraw the rod a third notch and verifying the rod does not move. | |||
Standard Operator depressed the WITHDRAW pushbutton and verified no rod motion. | |||
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 6 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 | |||
: 7. *Procedure Step: 7.3 Restoration 7.3.1. On the ROD SELECT module, perform the following: | |||
: 1. Deselect the rod. | : 1. Deselect the rod. | ||
Standard Operator depressed the Rod Select Clear pushbutton. | Standard Operator depressed the Rod Select Clear pushbutton. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
: 2. Select the rod that corresponds to the rod coordinate position recorded in Step 6.6. Standard Operator depressed the two numbers (28-13) corresponding to the rod to be withdrawn. The full core display showed the rod position for the selected rod. Cue N/A Notes | : 8. *Procedure Step: 2. Select the rod that corresponds to the rod coordinate position recorded in Step 6.6. | ||
7.3.2. Check Annunciator P680 | Standard Operator depressed the two numbers (28-13) corresponding to the rod to be withdrawn. The full core display showed the rod position for the selected rod. | ||
-07A-C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK is clear. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 7 of 11 | ||
Standard Operator verified Annunciator P680 | |||
-07A-C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK is clear. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 | ||
Cue N/A Notes When the alarm is clear, the MSIV will close and H13 | : 9. Procedure Step: 7.3.2. Check Annunciator P680-07A-C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK is clear. | ||
-P680/06A/B06 will alarm. | Standard Operator verified Annunciator P680-07A-C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK is clear. | ||
Results | Cue N/A Notes When the alarm is clear, the MSIV will close and H13-P680/06A/B06 will alarm. (NOTE: This is a manual trigger from the booth. This requires no cueing when the alarm clears the booth will trigger open MSIV.) | ||
: 10. Procedure Step: | Results SAT UNSAT ALTERNATE PATH | ||
Operator verifies Main Steam Isolation Valve Closure on P601. | : 10. Procedure Step: Operator verifies Main Steam Isolation Valve Closure on P601. | ||
Per H13-P680/06A/B06, MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VLVS CLOSURE: | Per H13-P680/06A/B06, MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VLVS CLOSURE: | ||
: 1. If a Reactor Scram has occurred, THEN enter AOP | : 1. If a Reactor Scram has occurred, THEN enter AOP-0001, Reactor Scram. | ||
-0001, Reactor Scram. | |||
: 2. Determine cause of MSIV closure. | : 2. Determine cause of MSIV closure. | ||
: 3. If operating with a Main Steam Line isolated, THEN reduce power to less than or equal to 75% per SOP | : 3. If operating with a Main Steam Line isolated, THEN reduce power to less than or equal to 75% per SOP-11, Main Steam System. | ||
-11, Main Steam System. SOP-11, MAIN STEAM SYSTEM Precautions and Limitations 2.4 Reactor power shall be limited to less than or equal to 75% RTP with one Main Steam Line out of service. | SOP-11, MAIN STEAM SYSTEM Precautions and Limitations 2.4 Reactor power shall be limited to less than or equal to 75% RTP with one Main Steam Line out of service. | ||
Standard Operator may dispatch SNEO or maintenance to investigate MSIV closure. | Standard Operator may dispatch SNEO or maintenance to investigate MSIV closure. | ||
Operator should inform CRS to reduce flow to 75%. | Operator should inform CRS to reduce flow to 75%. | ||
Cue If required, concur with recommendation to reduce flow to 75% using Recirc Flow Control Valves. | Cue If required, concur with recommendation to reduce flow to 75% using Recirc Flow Control Valves. | ||
Notes | Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 8 of 11 | ||
Per the Reactivity Management Plan, Casualty Step Reduce reactor recirculation flowrate to reduce reactor power to 75%. | |||
Standard Operator toggles B33-K603A(B), RECIRC LOOP A(B) FLOW CONTROL down and to the left to reduce flow in slow speed. The operator will alternate between A and B Recirc Loop Flow Control Valves to reduce power. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 | ||
Cue N/A Notes The first step of the RMP casualty step requires recirc flow to be lowered to 80%. Then rods must be inserted to lower power to 75%. | : 11. *Procedure Step: Per the Reactivity Management Plan, Casualty Step Reduce reactor recirculation flowrate to reduce reactor power to 75%. | ||
Standard Operator toggles B33-K603A(B), RECIRC LOOP A(B) FLOW CONTROL down and to the left to reduce flow in slow speed. The operator will alternate between A and B Recirc Loop Flow Control Valves to reduce power. | |||
Cue N/A Notes The first step of the RMP casualty step requires recirc flow to be lowered to 80%. Then rods must be inserted to lower power to 75%. | |||
ONCE THE OPERATOR REDUCES FLOW 1% WITH FIRST FCV END THE JPM. | ONCE THE OPERATOR REDUCES FLOW 1% WITH FIRST FCV END THE JPM. | ||
Results | Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST is completed and reactor power is reduced with critical steps completed satisfactory. | ||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
Line 1,097: | Line 989: | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 9 of 11 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | |||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 10 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* The reactor is at 87%. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to perform STP-500-0704, ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST, section 7.1 and restore per 7.3. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Align SU FRV in Auto CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 7 Actual Time (min): | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES (MANUAL TRIGGER) | |||
SIMULATOR IC: 67 with S8 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | |||
RJPM-NRC- | X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative) | ||
: | Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer) | ||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 8 | |||
: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: SU FRV placed in manual after control failure, restore reactor water level prior to Narrow Range Level 8 trip (51 inches) with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | |||
Synopsis: SU FRV placed in AUTO per SOP-9, Section 4.7. Once FRV is in AUTO, the FRV will drift open requiring the operator to place the FRV back to MANUAL to restore reactor water level, per AOP-6. (Note: This will require a manual trigger when the operator begins adjusting controller to raise reactor water level.) | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 | |||
SU FRV placed in manual after control failure, restore reactor water level prior to Narrow Range Level 8 trip (51 inches) with all critical steps completed satisfactory. Synopsis: SU FRV placed in AUTO per SOP | |||
-9, Section 4.7. Once FRV is in AUTO, the FRV will drift open requiring the operator to place the FRV back to MANUAL to restore reactor water level, per AOP | |||
-6. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator | |||
-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | Inform me when you have completed the task. | ||
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | |||
: 2) Initial Conditions | : 2) Initial Conditions: | ||
* The reactor is being shut down. | |||
* Feed system is aligned to the vessel through the startup level control valve | |||
-9, Section 4.7. | * The startup level control valve is in manual per SOP-9, section 4.6 and tape is set at 25 inches. | ||
Adjust reactor water level to 36 inches narrow range. | : 3) Initiating Cues: | ||
* The CRS has directed you to place the Startup Level Control in Automatic per SOP-9, Section 4.7. | |||
* Adjust reactor water level to 36 inches narrow range. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | : 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev | RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Page 2 of 8 | ||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM | |||
: K&A RATING | RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET TASK | ||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
SU FRV placed in manual after control 259010001001 259001 K6.07 3.8 / 3.8 failure 259023001001 259001 A2.07 3.7 / 3.8 295008 AA1.01 3.7 / | |||
==3.7 REFERENCES== | ==3.7 REFERENCES== | ||
: | : APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0009, Rev 73 RLP-STM-0107, Obj 7, 10 AOP-0006, Rev 22 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION: | ||
: | SOP-0009, Main Steam System (Sim Copy) __2__ | ||
SOP- | AOP-0006, Condensate/Feedwater Failures (Sim Copy) | ||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): NEW EMERGENCY: NO ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: YES SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: | : 1. IC # 67 Run with S8. | ||
: 2. Reactor is critical. | : 2. Reactor is critical. | ||
: 3. Trigger 1 AO_FWVFF002 to 100 ramped over 2 minutes. | : 3. Trigger 1 AO_FWVFF002 to 100 ramped over 2 minutes. | ||
: 4. Trigger 2 Delete malfunction. | : 4. Trigger 2 Delete malfunction. | ||
: 5. Event 1 AUTO Pushbutton for SUFRV zdi6(73) | : 5. Event 1 AUTO Pushbutton for SUFRV zdi6(73) | ||
: 6. Event 2 MANUAL Pushbutton zdi6(74) | : 6. Event 2 MANUAL Pushbutton zdi6(74) | ||
: 7. STEAM TO AIR EJECT LOW P870_52A:H_3 to OFF nuisance alarm. | : 7. STEAM TO AIR EJECT LOW P870_52A:H_3 to OFF nuisance alarm. | ||
: 8. Thumbwheel 0 to 100% 35 | : 8. Thumbwheel 0 to 100% 35 = 58.4% 30=50.3% (0-60) | ||
-60 | : 9. AI_C33_R602_CTW to 100 on event 1 ramped 30 seconds | ||
: 10. Event 1 zdi6(74) SUFRV AUTO pushbutton | |||
: 11. AI_C33_R602_CTW delete in 1 on event 2 | : 11. AI_C33_R602_CTW delete in 1 on event 2 | ||
: 12. Event 2 zdi6(73) SU FRV Man P/B CRITICAL ELEMENTS: | : 12. Event 2 zdi6(73) SU FRV Man P/B CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | ||
Items marked with an | * and gray box are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | ||
* | TASK STANDARD: SU FRV placed in manual after control failure, restore reactor water level prior to Narrow Range Level 8 trip (51 inches) with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | ||
Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Page 3 of 8 | ||
TASK | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev | RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 START TIME: | ||
SOP-9 Section 4.7, Placing Startup Level Control in Automatic | SOP-9 Section 4.7, Placing Startup Level Control in Automatic | ||
: 1. | : 1. *Procedure Step: 4.7.1. Return C33 R602, START UP FWREG VALVE FLOW CONTROLLER to AUTO as follows: | ||
4.7.1. Return C33 R602, START UP FWREG VALVE FLOW CONTROLLER to AUTO as follows: | |||
: 1. Adjust tape set 2 inches above actual vessel level and observe the deviation signal is positive. | : 1. Adjust tape set 2 inches above actual vessel level and observe the deviation signal is positive. | ||
Standard Uses thumbwheel to adjust tape set to 2 inches above actual vessel level and verify the deviation signal is positive. | Standard Uses thumbwheel to adjust tape set to 2 inches above actual vessel level and verify the deviation signal is positive. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
: 2. *Procedure Step: 2. Lower tape set 2 inches below actual vessel level and observe the deviation signal is negative. | |||
Standard Uses thumbwheel to adjust tape set to 2 inches below actual vessel level and verify the deviation signal is negative. | Standard Uses thumbwheel to adjust tape set to 2 inches below actual vessel level and verify the deviation signal is negative. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Page 4 of 8 | ||
: 3. Match tape set to actual vessel level in order to null the deviation signal. | |||
Standard Uses thumbwheel to adjust tape set to actual vessel level and verify the deviation signal is approximately zero. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 | ||
Cue N/A Notes | : 3. *Procedure Step: 3. Match tape set to actual vessel level in order to null the deviation signal. | ||
: 4. Depress the AUTO Pushbutton and check green light above the pushbutton is on. | Standard Uses thumbwheel to adjust tape set to actual vessel level and verify the deviation signal is approximately zero. | ||
Standard Operator depresses the AUTO pushbutton and verifies the green light is on. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Cue N/A Notes | : 4. *Procedure Step: 4. Depress the AUTO Pushbutton and check green light above the pushbutton is on. | ||
4.7.2. Adjust C33 R602, START UP FWREG VALVE FLOW CONTROLLER Tape Set to maintain the level requested by the OSM/CRS. | Standard Operator depresses the AUTO pushbutton and verifies the green light is on. | ||
Standard Adjust C33 R602, START UP FWREG VALVE FLOW CONTROLLER Tape Set to 36 inches. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Cue N/A Notes When the thumbwheel is moved, the booth will manually trigger the controller failure and Reactor Water Level will continue to go up. | : 5. *Procedure Step: 4.7.2. Adjust C33 R602, START UP FWREG VALVE FLOW CONTROLLER Tape Set to maintain the level requested by the OSM/CRS. | ||
Results | Standard Adjust C33 R602, START UP FWREG VALVE FLOW CONTROLLER Tape Set to 36 inches. | ||
: 6. | Cue N/A Notes When the thumbwheel is moved, the booth will manually trigger the controller failure and Reactor Water Level will continue to go up. | ||
AOP-6, 5.1, (Immediate Action) Manually control the feedwater level control system and/or reduce reactor power to mitigate any level transient. | Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Page 5 of 8 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 ALTERNATE PATH | |||
: 6. *Procedure Step: AOP-6, 5.1, (Immediate Action) Manually control the feedwater level control system and/or reduce reactor power to mitigate any level transient. | |||
AOP-6, 6.2, IF any of the following flow control valves have failed, THEN attempt to take manual control or isolate the flow control valve to control reactor vessel level: | AOP-6, 6.2, IF any of the following flow control valves have failed, THEN attempt to take manual control or isolate the flow control valve to control reactor vessel level: | ||
Place C33 R602, START UP FWREG VALVE FLOW CONTROLLER in MANUAL. FWS FV104, START UP RECIRC FCV isolated by closing FWS MOV103, LONG CYCLE CLEANUP ISOL Standard Start Up FWREG Valve Flow Controller MANUAL pushbutton is depressed. Operator is able to manually restore reactor water level by depressing the open / closed pushbuttons on the controller to open / close the valve prior to reaching Narrow Range Level 8 trip (51 inches) | Place C33 R602, START UP FWREG VALVE FLOW CONTROLLER in MANUAL. | ||
FWS FV104, START UP RECIRC FCV isolated by closing FWS MOV103, LONG CYCLE CLEANUP ISOL Standard Start Up FWREG Valve Flow Controller MANUAL pushbutton is depressed. | |||
Results | Operator is able to manually restore reactor water level by depressing the open / closed pushbuttons on the controller to open / close the valve prior to reaching Narrow Range Level 8 trip (51 inches). | ||
.. STOP TIME: | Cue N/A Notes Narrow Range A/B/C gages are located at P680, Insert 3, Vertical Section, top row, and on the right. They are labeled with large 4A, 4B, and 4C on top. | ||
Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: SU FRV placed in manual after control failure, restore reactor water level prior to Narrow Range Level 8 trip (51 inches) with all critical steps completed satisfactory.. | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
Line 1,207: | Line 1,094: | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Page 6 of 8 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | |||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Page 7 of 8 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* The reactor is being shut down. | |||
* Feed system is aligned to the vessel through the startup level control valve | |||
* The startup level control valve is in manual per SOP-9, section 4.6. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
* The CRS has directed you to place the Startup Level Control in Automatic per SOP-9, Section 4.7. | |||
* Adjust reactor water level to 36 inches narrow range. | |||
Time | RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Reopen MSIVs Following Automatic Isolation CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 20 Actual Time (min): | ||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No IC: 66 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | |||
X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative) | |||
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 18 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: Inboard MSIVs are open with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | |||
Synopsis: The reactor is shutdown, pressurized with the MSIVs closed following an automatic isolation. This task will re-open inboard MSIVs using SOP-0011, Main Steam System, Section 4.2, Opening MSIVs During Hot Startup/Recovery From Automatic Isolation. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | : 1) Read to the operator: | ||
: | I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | ||
- | Inform me when you have completed the task. | ||
Initiating | NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | ||
- | : 2) Initial Conditions: | ||
* The reactor is scrammed and pressurized. | |||
* All MSIVs are closed (NSSSS isolation is clear). | |||
* Main Condenser vacuum is established. | |||
* The Circulating Water System is lined up in accordance with SOP-0006. | |||
: 3) Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to open the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs) in accordance with SOP-0011, Main Steam, Section 4.2. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 2 of 18 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK | ||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Open MSIVs During Recovery from 239007001001 239001 A4.01 4.2 / 4.0 Automatic Isolation 295020 AA1.01 3.6 / | |||
==3.6 REFERENCES== | |||
: APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0011, Rev 29 RLP-STM-0109, Obj 7, 12 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION: | |||
SOP-0011, Main Steam System (Sim Copy) __3__ | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): Modified (Removed alternate path) | |||
EMERGENCY: NO ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: YES SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
: 1. IC # 66 | |||
: 2. Rx Power: Shutdown. pressurized | |||
: 3. MSIVs closed on an initiation signal; (MSS021A&B) signal has been cleared. | |||
: 4. Condenser Vacuum established, with Condenser Air Removal Pump A. | |||
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | |||
* are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
TASK STANDARD: Inboard MSIVs are open with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 3 of 18 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE: | ||
START TIME: | |||
SOP-0011, Main Steam System Section 4.2, Opening MSIVs During Hot Startup/Recovery From Automatic Isolation CAUTION Bypassing the Condenser Low Vacuum trip and opening the MSIVs following an Automatic Isolation could result in a Condenser overpressurization condition. The Condenser Low Vacuum Bypass switches should only be used during startup. | |||
-0011, Main Steam System | : 1. Procedure Step: 4.2.1. IF Main Condenser vacuum is not established, THEN place the following switches in BYPASS: | ||
: 1 | * B21H S24A, DIV 1 CONDENSER LOW VACUUM BYPASS | ||
: | * B21H S24B, DIV 2 CONDENSER LOW VACUUM BYPASS | ||
* B21H S24C, DIV 3 CONDENSER LOW VACUUM BYPASS | |||
* B21H S24D, DIV 4 CONDENSER LOW VACUUM BYPASS Standard N/A Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 2. Procedure Step: 4.2.2. Verify the current alignment of the Circulating Water Pumps, Cooling Towers and Condenser Waterboxes is in accordance with SOP-0006, Circulating Water System. | |||
: 2 | Standard N/A Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 4 of 18 | ||
: | |||
-0006 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | |||
: 3. Procedure Step: 4.2.3. At H13 P601, place the following control switches in the CLOSE position: | |||
* B21 AOVF022A, MSL A INBD MSIV | |||
* B21 AOVF022B, MSL B INBD MSIV | |||
* B21 AOVF022C, MSL C INBD MSIV | |||
* B21 AOVF022D, MSL D INBD MSIV | |||
* B21 AOVF028A, MSL A OUTBD MSIV | |||
* B21 AOVF028B, MSL B OUTBD MSIV | |||
* B21 AOVF028C, MSL C OUTBD MSIV | |||
* B21 AOVF028D, MSL D OUTBD MSIV Standard No switch manipulation required. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | |||
: | |||
4.2.3. At H13 P601, place the following control switches in the CLOSE position: | |||
Operator verified all four Inboard MSIV control switches to CLOSE. | Operator verified all four Inboard MSIV control switches to CLOSE. | ||
Operator verified all four Outboard MSIV control switches to CLOSE. | Operator verified all four Outboard MSIV control switches to CLOSE. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 5 of 18 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 NOTE Step 2.11 contains the MSIV isolation signals. | |||
2.11 The Main Steam System automatically isolates when any of the following conditions exist: | 2.11 The Main Steam System automatically isolates when any of the following conditions exist: | ||
Reactor Low | Reactor Low-Low-Low Water Level, Level 1 (-143 in.) | ||
-Low-Low Water Level, Level 1 (-143 in.) Main Steam Line High Flow MSL A, 185 psid MSL B, 189 psid MSL C, 189 psid MSL D, 189 psid Main Steam Line Low Pressure, 849 psig, bypassed when Reactor Mode Switch not in RUN position. Steam Tunnel High Temperature, | Main Steam Line High Flow | ||
Manual Isolation via B21H | * MSL A, 185 psid | ||
-S25(A)(B)(C)(D), MANUAL ISOLATION Pushbuttons. | * MSL B, 189 psid | ||
: 4. Procedure Step: | * MSL C, 189 psid | ||
4.2.4. Check that an MSIV isolation signal is not present. Standard Applicant verified that all MSIV isolation signals listed in Step 2.11 are clear. | * MSL D, 189 psid Main Steam Line Low Pressure, 849 psig, bypassed when Reactor Mode Switch not in RUN position. | ||
Cue As backpanel operator, report that Main Steam Line Flow is zero psid. | Steam Tunnel High Temperature, 173oF Low Condenser Vacuum, 8.5 inches Hg, may be bypassed during startup. | ||
As backpanel operator, report that Steam Tunnel Temperature is 126°F Notes | Manual Isolation via B21H-S25(A)(B)(C)(D), MANUAL ISOLATION Pushbuttons. | ||
4.2.5. At H13 P680, check the Turbine Pressure Regulator setpoint is greater than RPV pressure. | : 4. Procedure Step: 4.2.4. Check that an MSIV isolation signal is not present. | ||
Standard Applicant compared RPV Pressure to the Turbine Pressure Regulator Setpoint. Cue N/A Notes Turbine Pressure Regulator Setpoint is located P680, Insert 7, | Standard Applicant verified that all MSIV isolation signals listed in Step 2.11 are clear. | ||
Results | Cue As backpanel operator, report that Main Steam Line Flow is zero psid. | ||
4.2.6. Depress the following pushbuttons to reset the inboard and outboard MSIV isolation logic: | As backpanel operator, report that Steam Tunnel Temperature is 126°F Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 6 of 18 | ||
B21H S33, INBD ISOLATION SEAL IN RESET B21H S32, OUTBD ISOLATION SEAL IN RESET Standard Applicant depressed the B21H | |||
-S33, Inboard Isolation Seal | RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | ||
-In Reset Pushbutton. Applicant depressed the B21H | : 5. Procedure Step: 4.2.5. At H13 P680, check the Turbine Pressure Regulator setpoint is greater than RPV pressure. | ||
-S32, Outboard Isolation Seal | Standard Applicant compared RPV Pressure to the Turbine Pressure Regulator Setpoint. | ||
-In Reset Pushbutton | Cue N/A Notes Turbine Pressure Regulator Setpoint is located P680, Insert 7, 3rd and 4th squint meter above the red pushbuttons. | ||
Results SAT UNSAT | |||
Indications after action | : 6. *Procedure Step: 4.2.6. Depress the following pushbuttons to reset the inboard and outboard MSIV isolation logic: | ||
, MSL Drains white light is on Results | * B21H S33, INBD ISOLATION SEAL IN RESET | ||
4.2.7. Verify open the following to equalize pressure across the outboard MSIVs: | * B21H S32, OUTBD ISOLATION SEAL IN RESET Standard Applicant depressed the B21H-S33, Inboard Isolation Seal-In Reset Pushbutton. Applicant depressed the B21H-S32, Outboard Isolation Seal-In Reset Pushbutton. | ||
-MOVF068, the valve should be cracked open a few percent and then slowly opened over a period of greater than a minute to allow any condensate to clear upstream of the valve. (Ref: EC | Cue N/A Notes The pushbuttons S33 and S32 need not be pressed in any particular order, but both must be pushed. | ||
-63114) | Indications after action, MSL Drains white light is on Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 7 of 18 | ||
Applicant verified open the keylock B21 | |||
-MOVF086 drain valve open, by verifying red light is ON and green light is OFF. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | ||
No manipulation was required. Applicant opened B21 | : 7. *Procedure Step: 4.2.7. Verify open the following to equalize pressure across the outboard MSIVs: | ||
-MOVF068 drain valve by turning the switch to open and holding it until the red light is on and the green light is off. | * B21 MOVF067A, MSL A DRAIN VALVE | ||
This is a throttle valve so the operator must hold the handswitch in the open position until the valve is open. Valve stroke takes about 65 seconds. Cue N/A Notes The 6 valves in step 4.2.7 may be verified in any order. | * B21 MOVF067B, MSL B DRAIN VALVE | ||
* B21 MOVF067C, MSL C DRAIN VALVE | |||
* B21 MOVF067D, MSL D DRAIN VALVE | |||
* B21 MOVF086, MSL DRAIN HDR SHUTOFF VALVE PROCEDURE NOTE When opening B21-MOVF068, the valve should be cracked open a few percent and then slowly opened over a period of greater than a minute to allow any condensate to clear upstream of the valve. (Ref: EC-63114) | |||
* B21-MOVF068, MSL DRAIN HDR COND DRAIN BYP VALVE Standard Applicant verified open the 67A, B, C, and D drain valves. No manipulation was required. | |||
Applicant verified open the keylock B21-MOVF086 drain valve open, by verifying red light is ON and green light is OFF. No manipulation was required. | |||
Applicant opened B21-MOVF068 drain valve by turning the switch to open and holding it until the red light is on and the green light is off. This is a throttle valve so the operator must hold the handswitch in the open position until the valve is open. Valve stroke takes about 65 seconds. | |||
Cue N/A Notes The 6 valves in step 4.2.7 may be verified in any order. | |||
Valve is open when red light is ON and green light is OFF. | Valve is open when red light is ON and green light is OFF. | ||
Results | Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 8 of 18 | ||
4.2.8. Verify B21 MOVF020, MSL WARMUP HDR SUPPLY VALVE is | |||
No manipulation required. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | ||
Cue N/A Notes | : 8. Procedure Step: 4.2.8. Verify B21 MOVF020, MSL WARMUP HDR SUPPLY VALVE is closed. | ||
4.2.9. IF the differential pressure across the outboard MSIVs is greater than 50 psid as indicated by the difference between MSS PI101, MAIN STEAM HEADER PRESSURE and Main Condenser Vacuum, THEN perform the following to reduce the differential pressure: | Standard Applicant verified the B21 MOVF020 valve was closed as indicated by the green light on and the red light off. No manipulation required. | ||
Standard Applicant identified that differential pressure is less than 50 psid as seen by comparing Main Steam Header Pressure and Condenser Vacuum. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Cue N/A Notes Main Condenser Vacuum is on the process computer to the left of the full core display in the middle of the screen. | : 9. Procedure Step: 4.2.9. IF the differential pressure across the outboard MSIVs is greater than 50 psid as indicated by the difference between MSS PI101, MAIN STEAM HEADER PRESSURE and Main Condenser Vacuum, THEN perform the following to reduce the differential pressure: | ||
Standard Applicant identified that differential pressure is less than 50 psid as seen by comparing Main Steam Header Pressure and Condenser Vacuum. | |||
Cue N/A Notes Main Condenser Vacuum is on the process computer to the left of the full core display in the middle of the screen. | |||
Main steam header pressure is read on MSS PI101 on P870 Insert 52 in the middle of the panel. | Main steam header pressure is read on MSS PI101 on P870 Insert 52 in the middle of the panel. | ||
Results | Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 9 of 18 | ||
4.2.10. Place the following control switches in AUTO: | |||
B21 AOVF028A, MSL A OUTBD MSIV B21 AOVF028B, MSL B OUTBD MSIV B21 AOVF028C, MSL C OUTBD MSIV B21 AOVF028D, MSL D OUTBD MSIV Standard Applicant rotated four Outboard MSIV control switches clockwise to AUTO. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | ||
: 10. *Procedure Step: 4.2.10. Place the following control switches in AUTO: | |||
* B21 AOVF028A, MSL A OUTBD MSIV | |||
* B21 AOVF028B, MSL B OUTBD MSIV | |||
* B21 AOVF028C, MSL C OUTBD MSIV | |||
* B21 AOVF028D, MSL D OUTBD MSIV Standard Applicant rotated four Outboard MSIV control switches clockwise to AUTO. | |||
These valves can be placed in AUTO in any order. | These valves can be placed in AUTO in any order. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Standard Applicant checked all four outboard MSIVs indicate open by observing red lights on and green lights off. | : 11. Procedure Step: 4.2.11. Check outboard MSIVs are open. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Standard Applicant checked all four outboard MSIVs indicate open by observing red lights on and green lights off. | ||
4.2.12. On H13 P623, observe the indicating lights and ammeters to confirm the energization of both solenoids on each outboard MSIV. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 10 of 18 | ||
Standard N/A Cue Examiner role play as a backpanel operator, report MSIV solenoid lights are energized and ammeters readings are normal. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | |||
: 12. Procedure Step: 4.2.12. On H13 P623, observe the indicating lights and ammeters to confirm the energization of both solenoids on each outboard MSIV. | |||
Standard N/A Cue Examiner role play as a backpanel operator, report MSIV solenoid lights are energized and ammeters readings are normal. | |||
Notes No actions are taken by the applicant except to simulate going to the backpanel. | Notes No actions are taken by the applicant except to simulate going to the backpanel. | ||
This panel is not in the simulator. | This panel is not in the simulator. | ||
Results | Results SAT UNSAT | ||
4.2.13. Verify closed the following: | : 13. *Procedure Step: 4.2.13. Verify closed the following: | ||
B21 MOVF021, MSL WARMUP HDR COND DRAIN BYP VALVE B21 AOVF033, MSL WARMUP HDR COND DRAIN VALVE B21 MOVF068, MSL DRAIN HDR COND DRAIN BYP VALVE B21 AOVF069, MSL DRAIN HDR COND DRAIN VALVE Standard B21 MOVF021 is verified closed. No manipulation required. | * B21 MOVF021, MSL WARMUP HDR COND DRAIN BYP VALVE | ||
* B21 AOVF033, MSL WARMUP HDR COND DRAIN VALVE | |||
* B21 MOVF068, MSL DRAIN HDR COND DRAIN BYP VALVE | |||
* B21 AOVF069, MSL DRAIN HDR COND DRAIN VALVE Standard B21 MOVF021 is verified closed. No manipulation required. | |||
Applicant closed the drain valve by rotating the control switch from AUTO to CLOSE and verified the green light on and the red light off. | Applicant closed the drain valve by rotating the control switch from AUTO to CLOSE and verified the green light on and the red light off. | ||
Applicant closed the drain bypass valve by rotating and holding the control switch in the close direction until the red light is off and the green light is on. | Applicant closed the drain bypass valve by rotating and holding the control switch in the close direction until the red light is off and the green light is on. | ||
Applicant closed the drain valve by placing the control switch to CLOSE and verified the green light on and the red light off. | Applicant closed the drain valve by placing the control switch to CLOSE and verified the green light on and the red light off. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 11 of 18 | ||
4.2.14. Verify open the following: | |||
B21 MOVF016, MSL WARMUP HDR INBD CONTMT ISOL VLV B21 MOVF019, MSL WARMUP HDR OUTBD CONTMT ISOL VLV B21 MOVF085, MSL WARMUP HDR SHUTOFF VALVE Standard Applicant verified the two warmup header valves open by checking the red lights on and the green lights off. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | ||
Applicant verified | : 14. Procedure Step: 4.2.14. Verify open the following: | ||
Cue N/A Notes | * B21 MOVF016, MSL WARMUP HDR INBD CONTMT ISOL VLV | ||
-MOVF020 slowly, the valve should be cracked open a few percent and then slowly opened over a period of greater than a minute to allow any condensate to clear upstream of the valve. (Ref: EC | * B21 MOVF019, MSL WARMUP HDR OUTBD CONTMT ISOL VLV | ||
-63114) | * B21 MOVF085, MSL WARMUP HDR SHUTOFF VALVE Standard Applicant verified the two warmup header valves open by checking the red lights on and the green lights off. | ||
4.2.15. Open slowly B21 MOVF020, MSL WARMUP HDR SUPPLY VALVE to equalize pressure across the inboard MSIVs. | Applicant verified the B21 F085 valve open by checking the red light on and the green light off. | ||
Standard Applicant throttled opened the warmup header supply valve. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT PROCEDURE NOTE When opening B21-MOVF020 slowly, the valve should be cracked open a few percent and then slowly opened over a period of greater than a minute to allow any condensate to clear upstream of the valve. (Ref: EC-63114) | ||
Cue N/A Notes Applicant will move back and forth between throttling the 20 valve and checking pressures per the next step. | : 15. *Procedure Step: 4.2.15. Open slowly B21 MOVF020, MSL WARMUP HDR SUPPLY VALVE to equalize pressure across the inboard MSIVs. | ||
How aggressively the applicant is willing to open the 20 valve will determine the time it takes to equalize pressure; It takes about 7 minutes to equalize pressure Results | Standard Applicant throttled opened the warmup header supply valve. | ||
4.2.16. Monitor differential pressure across the inboard MSIVs using the following: | Cue N/A Notes Applicant will move back and forth between throttling the 20 valve and checking pressures per the next step. | ||
C33 R605, REACTOR PRESSURE MSS PI101, MAIN STEAM HEADER PRESSURE Standard Applicant monitored differential pressure across the inboard MSIVs using the appropriate meters. | How aggressively the applicant is willing to open the 20 valve will determine the time it takes to equalize pressure; It takes about 7 minutes to equalize pressure Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 12 of 18 | ||
Cue N/A Notes The Reactor Pressure meter is on insert 3 of the 680 panel The Main Steam pressure meter is on insert 52 of the 870 panel. | |||
Results | RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | ||
: 16. Procedure Step: 4.2.16. Monitor differential pressure across the inboard MSIVs using the following: | |||
* C33 R605, REACTOR PRESSURE | |||
* MSS PI101, MAIN STEAM HEADER PRESSURE Standard Applicant monitored differential pressure across the inboard MSIVs using the appropriate meters. | |||
Cue N/A Notes The Reactor Pressure meter is on insert 3 of the 680 panel The Main Steam pressure meter is on insert 52 of the 870 panel. | |||
Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 13 of 18 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 NOTES Opening an MSIV can cause a Reactor water level transient. | |||
Slowly opening the MSIV using the OPEN/SLOW TEST position and intermittent release of the TEST Pushbutton can mitigate the level transient. | |||
If only one Main Steam Line is to be unisolated, then Main Steam Line A should be unisolated to ensure a vent path for the Reactor Vessel. | If only one Main Steam Line is to be unisolated, then Main Steam Line A should be unisolated to ensure a vent path for the Reactor Vessel. | ||
: 17. | : 17. *Procedure Step: 4.2.17. WHEN differential pressure across the inboard MSIVs is less than or equal to 50 psid, THEN place the following switches in AUTO to open the inboard MSIVs: | ||
4.2.17. WHEN differential pressure across the inboard MSIVs is less than or equal to 50 psid, THEN place the following switches in AUTO to open the inboard MSIVs: | * B21 AOVF022A, MSL A INBD MSIV | ||
B21 AOVF022A, MSL A INBD MSIV B21 AOVF022B, MSL B INBD MSIV B21 AOVF022C, MSL C INBD MSIV B21 AOVF022D, MSL D INBD MSIV Standard Applicant placed the A, B, C, and D inboard MSIV | * B21 AOVF022B, MSL B INBD MSIV | ||
These may be placed in AUTO in any order. | * B21 AOVF022C, MSL C INBD MSIV | ||
Cue N/A Notes The applicant may use the test pushbutton in accordance with the note listed above. The test pushbutton is not required to complete the step. | * B21 AOVF022D, MSL D INBD MSIV Standard Applicant placed the A, B, C, and D inboard MSIV switches to AUTO (AFTER d/p was equal or less than 50 psid). These may be placed in AUTO in any order. | ||
Results | Cue N/A Notes The applicant may use the test pushbutton in accordance with the note listed above. The test pushbutton is not required to complete the step. | ||
4.2.18. Check inboard MSIVs are open. | Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 14 of 18 | ||
Standard Applicant checked all four inboard MSIVs indicate open (Red lights on/Green lights off) | |||
Cue N/A Notes | RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | ||
4.2.19. On H13 P622, observe the indicating lights and ammeters to confirm the energization of both solenoids on each inboard MSIV. | : 18. *Procedure Step: 4.2.18. Check inboard MSIVs are open. | ||
Standard N/A Cue If requested, the lights are on and the ammeters are indicating normal. | Standard Applicant checked all four inboard MSIVs indicate open (Red lights on/Green lights off) | ||
Notes NOTE: | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Results | : 19. Procedure Step: 4.2.19. On H13 P622, observe the indicating lights and ammeters to confirm the energization of both solenoids on each inboard MSIV. | ||
Standard N/A Cue If requested, the lights are on and the ammeters are indicating normal. | |||
Notes NOTE: Once the inboard MSIVs are open the JPM is complete. Examiner should end JPM prior to next step. | |||
Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: Inboard MSIVs are open with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | |||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | |||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. | |||
* RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 15 of 18 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | |||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 16 of 18 | |||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 17 of 18 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* The reactor is shutdown and pressurized. | |||
* All MSIVs are closed. | |||
* Main Condenser vacuum is established. | |||
* The Circulating Water System is lined up in accordance with SOP-0006. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
* The CRS has directed you to open the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs) in accordance with SOP-0011, Main Steam, Section 4.2. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev 2 Align Division 3 DG to power ENS-SWGR1A CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min): | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No IC: 69 (Instructor needed on floor to silence alarms.) | |||
EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative) | ||
: | Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer) | ||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 11 | |||
: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: ENS-SWG1A is aligned to Division 3 Diesel Generator completing all critical steps satisfactory. | |||
Synopsis: Division 3 Diesel Generator is aligned to ENS-SWG1A. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 | |||
ENS- | |||
. | |||
Synopsis: Division 3 Diesel Generator is aligned to ENS-SWG1A. 1) Read to the operator | |||
-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | Inform me when you have completed the task. | ||
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | ||
: 2) Initiating Cues | : 2) Initiating Cues: | ||
: | |||
The CRS has directed you to energize ENS SWGR 1A from Division 3 Diesel Generator per AOP-50, Attachment 9, starting with step 2.5. | The CRS has directed you to energize ENS SWGR 1A from Division 3 Diesel Generator per AOP-50, Attachment 9, starting with step 2.5. | ||
: 3) Initial Conditions | : 3) Initial Conditions: | ||
* Station Blackout in progress. | |||
RCIC maintaining Reactor Water level. AOP-50, Steps 2.1 | * RCIC maintaining Reactor Water level. | ||
-2.4 are complete. | * AOP-50, Steps 2.1-2.4 are complete. | ||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have | : 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | ||
. | RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 2 of 11 | ||
RJPM- | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK | |||
: K&A RATING | |||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Manually tie HPCS Diesel Generator 258013001001 239003 AA1.02 4.2 / 4.3 to Dead Bus 1E22*S004 | |||
== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES AOP-50, Rev. 55 RLP-STM-0309H, Obj 8 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION: | |||
: | AOP-50, Rev. 55 __3__ | ||
AOP-50, Rev. 55 | LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): New EMERGENCY: Yes ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: YES SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | ||
: 1. IC # 69 | |||
: | : 2. Station instructor at P680 to silence alarms as they come in. Turns horns off after the expected alarm for the fast transfer. | ||
: 3. Rx Power: Shutdown. pressurized | : 3. Rx Power: Shutdown. pressurized | ||
: 4. MSIVs closed on an initiation signal | : 4. MSIVs closed on an initiation signal; (MSS021A&B) signal has been cleared. | ||
; (MSS021A&B) signal has been cleared. | : 5. Condenser Vacuum established, with Condenser Air Removal Pump A. | ||
: 5. Condenser Vacuum established | : 6. RHR-A in Suppression Pool Cooling | ||
, with Condenser Air Removal Pump A | : 7. Several Alarms are forced on (they continue to come in and out, causing distraction) | ||
P680_4-A5, A11, _5-C6 P870_52-E4, F1, G3, H1, H3 INSTALL ATTACHMENT FOR AOP ATTACHMENT 9. | |||
: 7. Several Alarms are forced on (they continue to come in and out, causing distraction | CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | ||
* and gray box are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
-C6 P870_52-E4, F1, G3, H1, H3 INSTALL ATTACHMENT FOR AOP ATTACHMENT 9. | TASK STANDARD: ENS-SWG1A is aligned to Division 3 Diesel Generator completing all critical steps satisfactory. | ||
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: | RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 3 of 11 | ||
Items marked with an | |||
* | RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 START TIME: | ||
Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | AOP-0050 Attachment 9, Using the Division 3 Diesel Generator to supply power to ENS-SWG1A. | ||
TASK | : 1. *Procedure Step: 2.5 On H13-P870, depress the STOP and LOCKOUT push buttons for the following pumps: | ||
. | |||
RJPM- | |||
-SWG1A. 1. | |||
2.5 | |||
* SWP-P2A, STBY SVCE WTR PUMP 2A | * SWP-P2A, STBY SVCE WTR PUMP 2A | ||
* CCS-P1A, TPCCW PUMP 1A | * CCS-P1A, TPCCW PUMP 1A | ||
* CCS-P1B, TPCCW PUMP 1B | * CCS-P1B, TPCCW PUMP 1B | ||
* CCS-P1C, TPCCW PUMP 1C Standard Operator depresses the STOP pushbutton and then the LOCKOUT pushbuttons for the associated pumps. | * CCS-P1C, TPCCW PUMP 1C Standard Operator depresses the STOP pushbutton and then the LOCKOUT pushbuttons for the associated pumps. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 4 of 11 | ||
2.6 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 | |||
: 2. *Procedure Step: 2.6 On H13-P808, verify the following breaker alignment: | |||
* NNS-ACB23, NNS SWGR 1C/1A BRKR is open. | * NNS-ACB23, NNS SWGR 1C/1A BRKR is open. | ||
* NNS-ACB25, HPCS BUS S004 BRKR is closed. | * NNS-ACB25, HPCS BUS S004 BRKR is closed. | ||
Line 1,487: | Line 1,391: | ||
* NNS-ACB14, NORM SUPPLY BRKR is open. | * NNS-ACB14, NORM SUPPLY BRKR is open. | ||
* NNS-ACB15, 4160V PFD SUPPLY BRKR is open. | * NNS-ACB15, 4160V PFD SUPPLY BRKR is open. | ||
Standard NNS-ACB23, 24, 20, and 15 switches must be operated to OPEN/CLOSE the breakers. | Standard NNS-ACB23, 24, 20, and 15 switches must be operated to OPEN/CLOSE the breakers. | ||
NNS-ACB-25, 28, and 14 only require verification. No manipulation required. | NNS-ACB-25, 28, and 14 only require verification. No manipulation required. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
-ACB04, ALTERNATE SUPPLY BRKR is open. Standard ENS-ACB04 is verified open. No manipulation required. | : 3. Procedure Step: 2.7 On H13-P877, verify ENS-ACB04, ALTERNATE SUPPLY BRKR is open. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Standard ENS-ACB04 is verified open. No manipulation required. | ||
2.8 | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 5 of 11 | ||
-ACB13, STBY BUS A ALTN SUPPLY. Standard NNS-ACB13 is closed. No manipulation is required. | |||
Cue N/A Notes | RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 | ||
2.9 WHEN Steps 2.2 through 2.8 have been completed, THEN in the Main Control Room, on H13 | : 4. Procedure Step: 2.8 On H13-P808, close NNS-ACB13, STBY BUS A ALTN SUPPLY. | ||
-P601, energize NNS | Standard NNS-ACB13 is closed. No manipulation is required. | ||
-SWG1C and NNS-SWG1B from Div III Diesel Generator as follows: | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
: 5. *Procedure Step: 2.9 WHEN Steps 2.2 through 2.8 have been completed, THEN in the Main Control Room, on H13-P601, energize NNS-SWG1C and NNS-SWG1B from Div III Diesel Generator as follows: | |||
2.9.1. Place E22-ACB04, SYNC SWITCH in NRM/BUS. | 2.9.1. Place E22-ACB04, SYNC SWITCH in NRM/BUS. | ||
Standard Operator rotates E22-ACB04, SYNC SWITCH to NRM/BUS. Cue N/A Notes | Standard Operator rotates E22-ACB04, SYNC SWITCH to NRM/BUS. | ||
2.9.2. Close E22-ACB04, HPCS BUS SUPPLY BRKR. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 6 of 11 | ||
Standard Operator rotates E22-ACB04, HPCS BUS SUPPLY BRKR to trip then to close. Cue N/A Notes | |||
2.9.3. Place E22-ACB04, SYNC SWITCH in OFF. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 | ||
Standard Operator rotates E22 | : 6. *Procedure Step: 2.9.2. Close E22-ACB04, HPCS BUS SUPPLY BRKR. | ||
-ACB04, SYNC SWITCH to OFF. Cue N/A Notes | Standard Operator rotates E22-ACB04, HPCS BUS SUPPLY BRKR to trip then to close. | ||
2.10 Shutdown the HPCS Pump per SOP | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
-0030, High Pressure Core Spray. Standard N/A. HPCS is not running. | : 7. Procedure Step: 2.9.3. Place E22-ACB04, SYNC SWITCH in OFF. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Standard Operator rotates E22-ACB04, SYNC SWITCH to OFF. | ||
-SWG1A will allow the automatic sequencing of loads on the buses. The HPCS Diesel Generator load must be maintained less than 2850 KW. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
: 9. | : 8. Procedure Step: 2.10 Shutdown the HPCS Pump per SOP-0030, High Pressure Core Spray. | ||
2.11 On H13-P877, energize ENS | Standard N/A. HPCS is not running. | ||
-SWG1A, EJS | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 7 of 11 | ||
-SWG1A, and EJS | |||
-SWG2A as follows: | RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 PROCEDURE NOTE Energizing ENS-SWG1A will allow the automatic sequencing of loads on the buses. The HPCS Diesel Generator load must be maintained less than 2850 KW. | ||
: 9. *Procedure Step: 2.11 On H13-P877, energize ENS-SWG1A, EJS-SWG1A, and EJS-SWG2A as follows: | |||
2.11.1. Place ENS SWG1A SYNCHRONIZING Switch in ALTN. | 2.11.1. Place ENS SWG1A SYNCHRONIZING Switch in ALTN. | ||
Standard Operator rotates ENS SWG1A SYNCHRONIZING Switch to ALTN. Cue N/A Notes | Standard Operator rotates ENS SWG1A SYNCHRONIZING Switch to ALTN. | ||
2.11.2. Close ENS ACB04, ALTERNATE SUPPLY BRKR. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Standard Operator rotates hand switch for ENS ACB04, ALTERNATE SUPPLY BRKR to close. Cue N/A Notes | : 10. *Procedure Step: 2.11.2. Close ENS ACB04, ALTERNATE SUPPLY BRKR. | ||
2.11.3. On V 1EGSA08, STBY BUS A VOLTS Indication, verify standby bus voltage normal. | Standard Operator rotates hand switch for ENS ACB04, ALTERNATE SUPPLY BRKR to close. | ||
Standard Bus voltage will indicate in normal range (green band). | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 8 of 11 | ||
Cue N/A Notes | |||
2.11.4. Place ENS SWG1A SYNCHRONIZING Switch in OFF. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 | ||
Standard Operator rotates t | : 11. Procedure Step: 2.11.3. On V 1EGSA08, STBY BUS A VOLTS Indication, verify standby bus voltage normal. | ||
-handle switch to OFF. | Standard Bus voltage will indicate in normal range (green band). | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
ENS-SWG1A is aligned to Division 3 Diesel Generator completing all critical steps satisfactory | : 12. Procedure Step: 2.11.4. Place ENS SWG1A SYNCHRONIZING Switch in OFF. | ||
Standard Operator rotates t-handle switch to OFF. | |||
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: ENS-SWG1A is aligned to Division 3 Diesel Generator completing all critical steps satisfactory. | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 9 of 11 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 10 of 11 | |||
RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to energize ENS SWGR 1A from Division 3 Diesel Generator per AOP-50, Attachment 9, starting with step 2.5. | |||
Initial Conditions: | |||
* Station Blackout in progress. | |||
* RCIC maintaining Reactor Water level. | |||
* AOP-50, Attachment 9 Steps 2.1-2.4 are complete. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Isolate Auxiliary Building CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 10 Actual Time (min): | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES IC: 67 with S7 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | |||
Date: | X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative) | ||
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 9 | |||
Initial Conditions: | RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: Isolate auxiliary building (HVR AOD 143 and HVR AOD 262 manually shut) and start both trains of standby gas systems with all critical tasks completed satisfactory. | ||
Synopsis: Auxiliary building HVAC is required to be isolated due to high radiation levels per EOP-3 and OSP-53 Attachment 21. The ventilation system isolation is manually initiated with two dampers failing to close and both of the standby gas systems fails to automatically start (must be manually started). | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | |||
: 2) Initial Conditions: | |||
* The reactor scrammed one hour ago. | |||
* Auxiliary Building rad levels have raised to EOP-3 entry conditions. | |||
* Reactor pressure 390 psig. | |||
: 3) Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to isolate the auxiliary building per OSP-53, Attachment 21 in order to reduce radiation levels and allow re-entry. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 2 of 9 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET TASK | |||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Restore Affected Systems to Service 400007004001 295034 EA1.03 4.0 / 3.9 Following Isolation | |||
==REFERENCES:== | |||
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES OSP-53, Attachment 21 RLP-STM-0409, Obj 6 SOP-53, Section 4.1 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION: | |||
OSP-53, Attachment 21 __9__ | |||
SOP-53, Section 4.1 LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: Yes LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): New EMERGENCY: No ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: Yes LOW POWER: No SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
: 1. IC # 67 Performed with S7 | |||
: 2. Note: GTS Reset/Lockout is labeled backwards in the computer. 2(448) GTS Fan A start and 2(466) GTS Fan B start. | |||
: 3. P863_73a:e6 Off - SGT Filter Train INOP | |||
: 4. P863_73a:d6 Off - SGT Filter Train INOP | |||
: 5. LO_GTS_FN1A_W ON - SGT EXH FAN A WHITE CONTROL POWER LIGHT | |||
: 6. LO_GTS_FN1B_W ON - SGT EXH FAN B WHITE CONTROL POWER LIGHT | |||
: 7. DI-GTS_FN1AL RESET - GTS FN 1 A LOCKOUT SWITCH | |||
: 8. DI-GTS_FN1BL RESET - GTS FN 1 B LOCKOUT SWITCH | |||
: 9. DI_GTS_FN1AL RESET - Delete in 1 sec on event 3 | |||
: 10. DI_GTS_FN1BL RESET - Delete in 1 sec on event 4 | |||
: 11. Event 3: zdi2(448) GTS FN 1A Start Switch | |||
: 12. Event 4: zdi2(466) GTS FN 1B Start Swith CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | |||
* are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
TASK STANDARD: Isolate auxiliary building (HVR AOD 143 and HVR AOD 262 manually shut) and start both trains of standby gas systems with all critical tasks completed satisfactory. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 3 of 9 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 PERFORMANCE: | ||
START TIME: | |||
OSP-53, EMERGENCY AND TRANSIENT RESPONSE SUPPORT PROCEDURE Attachment 21, Operating Auxiliary Building Ventilation | |||
: 1. Isolate Auxiliary Building as follows | |||
: 1. *Procedure Step: 1.1 Perform the following: | |||
: | * Place HVR-AOD22A, ANNULUS MIX SPLY TO SGT in Man Init. | ||
- | Standard HVR-AOD22A, ANNULUS MIX SPLY TO SGT hand switch rotated to Man Init. | ||
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 2. *Procedure Step: | |||
: 2 | * Place HVR-AOD22B, ANNULUS MIX SPLY TO SGT in Man Init. | ||
: | Standard HVR-AOD22B, ANNULUS MIX SPLY TO SGT hand switch rotated to Man Init. | ||
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 4 of 9 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 | |||
: 3. *Procedure Step: | |||
: | * Depress AUX BLDG TO SGT FLTR A MANUAL INITIATION Man Initiate Pushbutton. | ||
Standard AUX BLDG TO SGT FLTR A MANUAL INITIATION Man Initiate Pushbutton is depressed. | |||
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 4. *Procedure Step: | |||
* Depress AUX BLDG TO SGT FLTR B MANUAL INITIATION Man Initiate Pushbutton. | |||
Standard AUX BLDG TO SGT FLTR B MANUAL INITIATION Man Initiate Pushbutton is depressed. | |||
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT ALTERNATE PATH RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 5 of 9 | |||
: 4. | |||
- | |||
- | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 | ||
: | : 5. *Procedure Step: 1.2 Verify the following dampers are closed: | ||
* HVR AOD143, DN STREAM ISOL SUPPLY | |||
* HVR AOD164, UP STREAM ISOL SUPPLY | |||
* HVR AOD263, SGT UPSTREAM SPLY ISOL | |||
1. | * HVR AOD264, SGT DNSTREAM SPLY ISOL | ||
* HVR AOD262, AUX/CNTMT BLDG EXH ISOL | |||
* HVR AOD214, AUX/CNTMT BLDG EXH ISOL | |||
* HVR AOD161, ANNULUS PRESS CONT SUCT | |||
Standard | * HVR AOD142, APC UP STREAM DISCH | ||
* HVR AOD261, APC DN STREAM DISCH Standard The bolded dampers have to be manually closed. | |||
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 6. *Procedure Step: 1.3 Verify both divisions of GTS Start. | |||
Standard Operator depressed GTS A(B) start and holds it until suction damper GTS-AOD1A(B) is full open. | |||
Cue N/A Notes RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 6 of 9 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: Isolate auxiliary building (HVR AOD 143 and HVR AOD 262 manually shut) and start both trains of standby gas systems with all critical tasks completed satisfactory. | ||
Isolate auxiliary building (HVR AOD 143 and HVR AOD 262 manually shut) and start both trains of standby gas systems with all critical tasks completed satisfactory. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
Line 1,653: | Line 1,552: | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 7 of 9 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | |||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 8 of 9 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* The reactor scrammed one hour ago. | |||
* Auxiliary Building rad levels have raised to EOP-3 entry conditions. | |||
* Reactor pressure 390 psig. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to isolate the auxiliary building per OSP-53, Attachment 21 in order to reduce radiation levels and allow re-entry. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Transfer NPS SWG1A and NPS SWG1B from preferred to normal CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min): | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No IC: 65 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | |||
X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative) | |||
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 14 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: NPS-SWG1A and NPS-SWG1B are aligned to Normal completing all critical steps satisfactory. | |||
Synopsis: NPS SWG1A and NPS SWG1B are swapped from preferred to normal sources of power. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | |||
: 2) Initial Conditions: | |||
* Reactor power is approximately 9%. | |||
* Fast transfer function has been verified OPERABLE by verifying STP-302-0603 has been performed and is current. | |||
* Currently performing actions in GOP-1, Attachment 1. | |||
: 3) Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to transfer NPS SWG1A and NPS SWG1B from preferred to normal sources of power per SOP-45, Sections 5.1.1 and 5.1.2. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 2 of 14 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET Task Title Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Transfer NPS SWG1A 262006001001 262001 A4.01 3.4 / 3.7 From Preferred to Normal 262001 A4.04 3.6 / | |||
==3.7 REFERENCES== | |||
: APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-46, Rev 51 RLP-STM-0300, Obj 9 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION: | |||
SOP-0046, 4.16 KV SYSTEM (Sim Copy) __6__ | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): New EMERGENCY: No ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: No LOW POWER: No SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
: 1. IC # 65 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | |||
* are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
TASK STANDARD: NPS-SWG1A and NPS-SWG1B are aligned to Normal completing all critical steps satisfactory. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 3 of 14 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 PERFORMANCE: | |||
START TIME: | |||
SOP-0045 Section 5.1, Transfer of Power Source from Preferred Station Service Transformers to Normal Station Service Transformers NOTE Operation of the tap changer on RTX-XSR1E and RTX-XSR1F in the automatic mode or the electrically driven manual mode can be prevented if the manual operating handle is not fully inserted into its storage apparatus. With this handle not fully inserted, the tap changer will not operate in automatic or electrically driven manual mode which does not allow movement of the tap changer from its current position. The storage apparatus is designed to prevent automatic and electrically driven manual operation when the crank handle is removed, because the removed handle could be in use manually operating the tap changer. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | : 1. *Procedure Step: 5.1.1. Transfer NPS SWG1A from preferred to normal source as follows: | ||
: | : 1. Turn 13.8KV SYNC SELECT Switch to NORM for NPS SWG1A. | ||
Standard Operator placed handle in sync select notch. Then rotated handle clockwise to NORM. | |||
. | Cue N/A. | ||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 4 of 14 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 | |||
: 2. Procedure Step: 2. On V 1NPSA08, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY VOLTS Indication, check voltage is in normal band. | |||
Standard Operator verifies voltage is in normal band. | |||
Cue N/A. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 3. Procedure Step: 3. Check sync scope pointer is at approximately 12 O'clock and motionless. | |||
Standard Operator verifies sync scope is at 12 Oclock and motionless. | |||
Cue N/A. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 5 of 14 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 | ||
N | : 4. Procedure Step: 4. Check breaker sync permissive red light above the breaker indicating lights is on. | ||
. | Standard Operator verifies breaker sync permissive red light is on. | ||
Cue N/A. | |||
: | Notes Results SAT UNSAT NOTE Due to switchgear rating, both supply breakers should only remain closed for the minimum possible time and in all cases less than 15 seconds. | ||
: 5. *Procedure Step: 5. Close NPS ACB09, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY BRKR. | |||
Standard Operator depresses NPS ACB09 breaker close pushbutton. | |||
Cue N/A. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 6 of 14 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 | |||
: 6. Procedure Step: 6. On A 1SPSA03, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY AMPS Indication, check amperage increase. | |||
Standard Operator verified amperage increase on A 1SPSA03, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY AMPS Indication. | |||
Cue N/A. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 7. *Procedure Step: 7. Trip NPS ACB11, 13.8KV PFD SUPPLY BRKR as soon as possible by depressing TRIP Pushbutton. | |||
Standard Operator tripped NPS ACB11, 13.8KV PFD SUPPLY BRKR Cue N/A. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 7 of 14 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 | |||
: | |||
: | |||
: | |||
: | |||
- | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 | ||
: 8. Procedure Step: 8. Place 13.8KV SYNC SCOPE Switch to OFF for NPS SWG1A. | |||
Standard Operator rotates 13.8KV SYNC SCOPE Switch counter clockwise to OFF. | |||
Cue N/A. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT NOTE Operation of the tap changer on RTX-XSR1E and RTX-XSR1F in the automatic mode or the electrically driven manual mode can be prevented if the manual operating handle is not fully inserted into its storage apparatus. With this handle not fully inserted, the tap changer will not operate in automatic or electrically driven manual mode which does not allow movement of the tap changer from its current position. The storage apparatus is designed to prevent automatic and electrically driven manual operation when the crank handle is removed, because the removed handle could be in use manually operating the tap changer. | |||
: 9. Procedure Step: 5.1.2. Transfer NPS SWG1B from preferred to normal source as follows: | |||
: | |||
Standard Operator rotates 13.8KV SYNC SCOPE Switch counter clockwise to OFF. Cue N/A. Notes | |||
-XSR1E and RTX | |||
-XSR1F in the automatic mode or the electrically driven manual mode can be prevented if the manual operating handle is not fully inserted into its storage apparatus. With this handle not fully inserted, the tap changer will not operate in automatic or electrically driven manual mode which does not allow movement of the tap changer from its current position. The storage apparatus is designed to prevent automatic and electrically driven manual operation when the crank handle is removed, because the removed handle could be in use manually operating the tap changer. | |||
: 9. Procedure Step: | |||
5.1.2. Transfer NPS SWG1B from preferred to normal source as follows: | |||
: 1. At RTX XSR1F Transformer Control Cabinet, place the Tap Changer Control Switch in LOCAL CONTROL. | : 1. At RTX XSR1F Transformer Control Cabinet, place the Tap Changer Control Switch in LOCAL CONTROL. | ||
: 2. Hold the MANUAL RAISE/LOWER Switch to move the tap changer to the 3 LOWER position; which is 3 steps counterclockwise from zero. | : 2. Hold the MANUAL RAISE/LOWER Switch to move the tap changer to the 3 LOWER position; which is 3 steps counterclockwise from zero. | ||
Standard Operator contacts SNEO to place the Tap Changer Control Switch in LOCAL CONTROL and the tap changer is in 3 LOWER position. | Standard Operator contacts SNEO to place the Tap Changer Control Switch in LOCAL CONTROL and the tap changer is in 3 LOWER position. | ||
Cue Report as SNEO that the Tap Changer Control Switch is in LOCAL CONTROL and the tap changer is in 3 LOWER position | Cue Report as SNEO that the Tap Changer Control Switch is in LOCAL CONTROL and the tap changer is in 3 LOWER position. | ||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 8 of 14 | |||
: 3. Turn 13.8KV SYNC SELECT Switch to NORM for NPS SWG1B. | |||
Standard Operator moves handle to NPS SWG1B switch and | RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 | ||
: 10. *Procedure Step: 3. Turn 13.8KV SYNC SELECT Switch to NORM for NPS SWG1B. | |||
: 4. On V 1NPSB08, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY VOLTS Indication, check voltage is in normal band. | Standard Operator moves handle to NPS SWG1B switch and turned 13.8KV SYNC SELECT Switch to NORM for NPS SWG1B. | ||
Standard Operator verifies voltage is in normal band. | Cue N/A. | ||
Cue N/A. Notes | Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
: 5. Check sync scope pointer is at approximately 12 | : 11. Procedure Step: 4. On V 1NPSB08, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY VOLTS Indication, check voltage is in normal band. | ||
Standard Operator verifies sync scope is at 12 | Standard Operator verifies voltage is in normal band. | ||
Cue N/A. Notes | Cue N/A. | ||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
Standard Operator verifies breaker sync permissive red light is on. | : 12. Procedure Step: 5. Check sync scope pointer is at approximately 12 Oclock and motionless. | ||
Cue N/A. Notes | Standard Operator verifies sync scope is at 12 Oclock and motionless. | ||
: 14. | Cue N/A. | ||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 9 of 14 | |||
Standard Operator | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 | |||
: 8. On A 1SPSB03, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY AMPS Indication, check amperage increase. | : 13. Procedure Step: 6. Check breaker sync permissive red light above the breaker indicating lights is on. | ||
Standard Operator verified amperage increase on A 1SPSA03, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY AMPS Indication. | Standard Operator verifies breaker sync permissive red light is on. | ||
Cue N/A. Notes | Cue N/A. | ||
: 9. Trip NPS ACB27, 13.8KV PFD SUPPLY BRKR as soon as possible by depressing TRIP Pushbutton. | Notes Results SAT UNSAT NOTE Due to switchgear rating, both supply breakers should only remain closed for the minimum possible time and in all cases less than 15 seconds. | ||
Standard Operator | : 14. *Procedure Step: 7. Close NPS ACB25, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY BRKR. | ||
Standard Operator closed NPS ACB25, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY BRKR. | |||
Standard Operator rotated 13.8KV SYNC SELECT Switch counter clockwise to OFF for NPS SWG1B | Cue N/A. | ||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 10 of 14 | |||
-SWG1B are aligned to Normal completing all critical steps satisfactory. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 | |||
: 15. Procedure Step: 8. On A 1SPSB03, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY AMPS Indication, check amperage increase. | |||
Standard Operator verified amperage increase on A 1SPSA03, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY AMPS Indication. | |||
Cue N/A. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 16. *Procedure Step: 9. Trip NPS ACB27, 13.8KV PFD SUPPLY BRKR as soon as possible by depressing TRIP Pushbutton. | |||
Standard Operator tripped NPS ACB27, 13.8KV PFD SUPPLY BRKR. | |||
Cue N/A. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 11 of 14 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 | |||
: 17. Procedure Step: 10. Place 13.8KV SYNC SELECT Switch to OFF for NPS SWG1B. | |||
Standard Operator rotated 13.8KV SYNC SELECT Switch counter clockwise to OFF for NPS SWG1B. | |||
Cue N/A. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: NPS-SWG1A and NPS-SWG1B are aligned to Normal completing all critical steps satisfactory. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 12 of 14 | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 13 of 14 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* Reactor power is approximately 9%. | |||
* Fast transfer function has been verified OPERABLE by verifying STP-302-0603 has been performed and is current. | |||
* Currently performing actions in GOP-1, Attachment 1. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to transfer NPS SWG1A and NPS SWG1B from preferred to normal sources of power per SOP-45, Sections 5.1.1 and 5.1.2. | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 DRIVE IN IRM/SRM DETECTORS FOLLOWING A SCRAM CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 10 Actual Time (min): | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No IC: 67 with S5 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | |||
Date: | X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative) | ||
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 12 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: SRM and IRM detectors driven full in with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | ||
Synopsis: This task will insert the SRM and IRM detectors following a scram to monitor core power. This task is completed using operator toolbox skills. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | |||
: 2) Initial Conditions: | |||
* A reactor scram has just occurred from extended power operation. | |||
* SRM mode switches are in OPERATE. | |||
: 3) Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to drive in the SRM and IRM detectors (all detectors in parallel), in accordance with AOP-0001. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 2 of 12 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK | |||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
DRIVE IN SRM/IRM DETECTORS 215003001001 215003 A1.01 3.4/3.3 215003 A4.03 3.6/3.4 215003 A4.06 3.0/2.9 215003 A4.07 3.6/3.6 215004 A1.01 3.0/3.1 215004 A4.04 3.2/3.2 215004 A4.07 3.4/ | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM | |||
: K&A RATING | |||
==3.6 | ==3.6 REFERENCES== | ||
: | : APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0074, Rev 307, Section 5.1 RLP-STM-0503 Objective 2, 10, 15 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION: | ||
SOP-0074, Rev 307, Section 5.1 | SOP-0074, Rev 307, Section 5.1 __7__ | ||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): Bank RJPM-AUD12-S6 EMERGENCY: No ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: No LOW POWER: Yes SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
: 1. IC # 67 Performed with S5. | |||
: 2. Reactor scram occurred. | : 2. Reactor scram occurred. | ||
: 3. Reactor pressure 390 psig. | : 3. Reactor pressure 390 psig. | ||
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: | CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | ||
Items marked with an | * are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | ||
* | TASK STANDARD: SRM and IRM detectors driven full in with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | ||
Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires | RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 3 of 12 | ||
TASK | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE: | ||
START TIME: | |||
SOP-0007, Neutron Monitoring System Section 5.1, Inserting SRM/IRM Detectors | SOP-0007, Neutron Monitoring System Section 5.1, Inserting SRM/IRM Detectors | ||
: 1. Procedure Step: | : 1. Procedure Step: 5.1.1. IF undervessel access has been permitted during a plant outage, THEN perform the following: | ||
5.1.1. IF undervessel access has been permitted during a plant outage, THEN perform the following: | : 1. Verify that the CRD Removal Platform is stowed and locked in its proper position. | ||
: 1. Verify that the CRD Removal Platform is stowed and locked in its proper position. 2. Verify that the SRM/IRM cover plates have been removed from the CRD Removal Platform. | : 2. Verify that the SRM/IRM cover plates have been removed from the CRD Removal Platform. | ||
: 3. Verify that the SRM/IRM cables are in the proper position to allow for inserting detectors. | : 3. Verify that the SRM/IRM cables are in the proper position to allow for inserting detectors. | ||
Standard N/A. The detectors are not inserted during a plant outage. | Standard N/A. The detectors are not inserted during a plant outage. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
5.1.2. Depress the SRM/IRM POWER ON Pushbutton. | : 2. *Procedure Step: 5.1.2. Depress the SRM/IRM POWER ON Pushbutton. | ||
Standard The SRM/IRM POWER ON Pushbutton is depressed | Standard The SRM/IRM POWER ON Pushbutton is depressed. Verified POWER ON light is lit. | ||
. Verified POWER ON light is lit. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 4 of 12 | ||
Cue N/A Notes | |||
5.1.3. Check position indication of the detectors. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 | ||
Standard Candidate located/identified the detector position indicating light and verified the detector is OUT by checking the OUT light is ON and the IN light is OFF. | : 3. Procedure Step: 5.1.3. Check position indication of the detectors. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Standard Candidate located/identified the detector position indicating light and verified the detector is OUT by checking the OUT light is ON and the IN light is OFF. | ||
5.1.4. Depress the SRM/IRM SELECT Pushbuttons for the SRM/IRM detectors to be inserted. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Standard Candidate located/identified the SRM/IRM SELECT Pushbuttons and selected all 4 SRMs and all 8 IRMs by depressing the associated pushbutton and verifying the pushbutton light illuminated indicating that it was depressed/selected. | : 4. *Procedure Step: 5.1.4. Depress the SRM/IRM SELECT Pushbuttons for the SRM/IRM detectors to be inserted. | ||
Cue N/A Notes The standard listed here will drive in all detectors simultaneously. The candidate may elect to drive in the SRMs and IRMs separately. Either way is acceptable. | Standard Candidate located/identified the SRM/IRM SELECT Pushbuttons and selected all 4 SRMs and all 8 IRMs by depressing the associated pushbutton and verifying the pushbutton light illuminated indicating that it was depressed/selected. | ||
Results | Cue N/A Notes The standard listed here will drive in all detectors simultaneously. The candidate may elect to drive in the SRMs and IRMs separately. Either way is acceptable. | ||
5.1.5. IF driving in SRMs, THEN depress the DRIVE IN Pushbutton as necessary to maintain SRM counts greater than or equal to 1 x | Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 5 of 12 | ||
Cue N/A Notes Takes approximately 3 minutes 20 seconds from full out to full in. | |||
Results | RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 PROCEDURE NOTE Observation of changing indicated power levels provides verification of detector movement. | ||
: 6. Procedure Step: | : 5. *Procedure Step: 5.1.5. IF driving in SRMs, THEN depress the DRIVE IN Pushbutton as necessary to maintain SRM counts greater than or equal to 1 x 103 and less than or equal to 1 x 105 CPS. | ||
5.1.6. IF driving in IRMs, THEN perform the following: | Standard Candidate located/identified and depressed the DRIVE IN pushbutton and monitored SRM count rate. | ||
Cue N/A Notes Takes approximately 3 minutes 20 seconds from full out to full in. | |||
Results SAT UNSAT PROCEDURE CAUTION Premature down ranging of the IRM Range Switches can result in a Reactor Scram. Do not down range IRMs until the detectors are fully inserted in the core to prevent possible RPS actuation. | |||
: 6. Procedure Step: 5.1.6. IF driving in IRMs, THEN perform the following: | |||
: 1. Place IRM/APRM Recorder Switches to the IRM position. | : 1. Place IRM/APRM Recorder Switches to the IRM position. | ||
Standard Candidate located/identified the IRM/APRM Recorder Switches and placed them all into the IRM position by manipulating the toggle switch to IRM. | Standard Candidate located/identified the IRM/APRM Recorder Switches and placed them all into the IRM position by manipulating the toggle switch to IRM. | ||
Cue N/A Notes Not critical because the SRM detectors are already on service. | Cue N/A Notes Not critical because the SRM detectors are already on service. | ||
Results | Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 6 of 12 | ||
5.1.6. IF driving in IRMs, THEN perform the following: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 | |||
: 7. Procedure Step: 5.1.6. IF driving in IRMs, THEN perform the following: | |||
: 2. Range IRMs as necessary to maintain power level indication greater than or equal to 15/125 and less than or equal to 75/125. | : 2. Range IRMs as necessary to maintain power level indication greater than or equal to 15/125 and less than or equal to 75/125. | ||
Standard N/A. SRMs are on range. | Standard N/A. SRMs are on range. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
5.1.7. Depress the DRIVE IN Pushbutton. | : 8. *Procedure Step: 5.1.7. Depress the DRIVE IN Pushbutton. | ||
Standard Candidate located/identified and depressed the DRIVE IN Pushbutton and monitored IRM power levels. | Standard Candidate located/identified and depressed the DRIVE IN Pushbutton and monitored IRM power levels. | ||
Cue N/A Notes Takes approximately 3 minutes 20 seconds from full out to full in. | Cue N/A Notes Takes approximately 3 minutes 20 seconds from full out to full in. | ||
Results | Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 7 of 12 | ||
5.1.8. Check the DRIVE IN and DRIVING IN Indicator Lights are on. Standard Candidate located/identified and verified the DRIVE IN and DRIVING IN lights are on for all detectors. | |||
Cue N/A Notes | RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 | ||
5.1.9. IF the detector was out of the core, THEN check the OUT Indicator Lights go off. | : 9. Procedure Step: 5.1.8. Check the DRIVE IN and DRIVING IN Indicator Lights are on. | ||
Standard Candidate located/identified and verified the OUT indicating light for each detector extinguished. | Standard Candidate located/identified and verified the DRIVE IN and DRIVING IN lights are on for all detectors. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
5.1.10. WHEN the detectors are fully inserted into the core, THEN perform the following: | : 10. Procedure Step: 5.1.9. IF the detector was out of the core, THEN check the OUT Indicator Lights go off. | ||
: 1. Check the IN Lights are on. | Standard Candidate located/identified and verified the OUT indicating light for each detector extinguished. | ||
: 2. Check the DRIVING IN Light is off. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Standard Candidate located/identified and verified the IN indicating light for each detector was ON. | : 11. Procedure Step: 5.1.10. WHEN the detectors are fully inserted into the core, THEN perform the following: | ||
: 1. Check the IN Lights are on. | |||
: 2. Check the DRIVING IN Light is off. | |||
Standard Candidate located/identified and verified the IN indicating light for each detector was ON. | |||
Candidate located/identified and verified the DRIVING IN indicating light for each detector was OFF. | Candidate located/identified and verified the DRIVING IN indicating light for each detector was OFF. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 8 of 12 | ||
5.1.10. WHEN the detectors are fully inserted into the core, THEN perform the following: | |||
: 3. Depress the DRIVE IN Pushbutton. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 | ||
Standard Candidate located/identified and depressed the DRIVE IN pushbutton. | : 12. *Procedure Step: 5.1.10. WHEN the detectors are fully inserted into the core, THEN perform the following: | ||
Cue N/A Notes | : 3. Depress the DRIVE IN Pushbutton. | ||
5.1.10. WHEN the detectors are fully inserted into the core, THEN perform the following: | Standard Candidate located/identified and depressed the DRIVE IN pushbutton. | ||
: 4. Depress the SRM/IRM SELECT Pushbuttons to de select the detector drive motors. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Standard Candidate located/identified the SRM/IRM SELECT Pushbuttons and de | : 13. *Procedure Step: 5.1.10. WHEN the detectors are fully inserted into the core, THEN perform the following: | ||
-selected all 4 SRMs and all 8 IRMs by depressing the associated pushbutton and verifying the pushbutton light extinguished indicating that it was no longer depressed/de | : 4. Depress the SRM/IRM SELECT Pushbuttons to de select the detector drive motors. | ||
-selected. Cue N/A Notes | Standard Candidate located/identified the SRM/IRM SELECT Pushbuttons and de-selected all 4 SRMs and all 8 IRMs by depressing the associated pushbutton and verifying the pushbutton light extinguished indicating that it was no longer depressed/de-selected. | ||
5.1.11. Depress SRM/IRM POWER ON Pushbutton to turn off power. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 9 of 12 | ||
Standard Candidate located/identified and depressed the SRM/IRM POWER ON Pushbutton to turn the power off and verified the POWER ON light extinguished. | |||
Cue N/A Notes | RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 | ||
: 14. *Procedure Step: 5.1.11. Depress SRM/IRM POWER ON Pushbutton to turn off power. | |||
Standard Candidate located/identified and depressed the SRM/IRM POWER ON Pushbutton to turn the power off and verified the POWER ON light extinguished. | |||
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: SRM and IRM detectors driven full in with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
Line 1,931: | Line 1,836: | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 10 of 12 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | |||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 11 of 12 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* A reactor scram has just occurred from extended power operation. | |||
* SRM mode switches are in OPERATE. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to drive in the SRM and IRM detectors (all detectors in parallel), in accordance with AOP-0001. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 PLACE RHR A IN SUPPRESSION POOL COOLING MODE CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min): | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: Yes IC: 67 with S2 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | |||
X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative) | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer) | ||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 10 | |||
Required Time (min): | |||
NA Actual Time (min): | |||
NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): | |||
15 Actual Time (min): | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: RHR A aligned in suppression pool cooling and RHR A pump secured with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | |||
Synopsis: RHR A aligned in suppression pool cooling. When flow is established the pump amps will be high and require the pump to be secured. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 | |||
RHR A aligned in suppression pool cooling and RHR A pump secured with all critical steps completed satisfactory | |||
: 1) Read to the operator | |||
-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | Inform me when you have completed the task. | ||
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | |||
: 2) Initial Conditions | : 2) Initial Conditions: | ||
* RHR A is filled and vented in Standby. | |||
Suppression Pool temperature is 80ºF | * Suppression Pool temperature is 80ºF. | ||
. | : 3) Initiating Cues: | ||
: 3) Initiating Cues | * The CRS directs you as Unit Operator to place RHR A in Suppression Pool Cooling per SOP-0031 Section 4.6 in preparation for upcoming scheduled RCIC run. | ||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 2 of 10 | ||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have | |||
. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET TASK | |||
4.0/4.1 3.5/3.5 3.7/ | ==Title:== | ||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Place RHR A in Suppression Pool 205012001001 219000K1.01 3.8/3.9 Cooling Mode with high pump amps 21900 A4.02 3.7/3.5 21900 A4.01 3.8/3.7 21900 A4.05 3.4/3.4 21900 K3.01 3.9/4.1 21900 K4.07 3.0/3.1 21900 K4.09 3.3/3.4 21900 G04 3.9/3.9 21900 A1.01 4.0/4.0 21900 G07 4.0/4.1 21900 A1.02 3.5/3.5 21900 A1.08 3.7/ | |||
==3.6 | ==3.6 REFERENCES== | ||
: | : APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0031, Residual Heat Removal HLO-021-07, Obj 2, 3, 6, 8, and 11. | ||
ARP-P601-20 | ARP-P601-20 ALARM RESPONSE REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION: | ||
: | SOP-0031, Residual Heat Removal __3__ | ||
ARP-P601-20 ALARM RESPONSE LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: Yes LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): Bank RJPM-OPS-204-01A EMERGENCY: No ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: No LOW POWER: Yes SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
Required Power: Reactor Shutdown IC No.: 67 Performed with S2 Notes: Set up on trigger 1 the following Annunicator and meter Override on E12-F024A control switch Annunicator Override p601_20a:a_4 RHR PUMPA OVERLOAD PRE-TRIP WARNING t1 d00:0:30 Meter Override AO_E12-C002A-M 601-20B RHR PUMP A MOTOR AMPS MT t1 s-130 r00:00:30 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | |||
Reactor Shutdown IC No.: 67 | * are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | ||
-F024A control switch Annunicator Override p601_20a:a_4 RHR PUMPA OVERLOAD PRE | TASK STANDARD: RHR A aligned in suppression pool cooling and RHR A pump secured with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | ||
-TRIP WARNING t1 d00:0:30 Meter Override AO_E12-C002A-M 601-20B RHR PUMP A MOTOR AMPS MT t1 s | RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 3 of 10 | ||
-130 r00:00:30 | |||
Items marked with an | |||
* | |||
Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
TASK | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 PERFORMANCE: | ||
START TIME: | |||
SOP-0031, Residual Heat Removal Section 4.6, Suppression Pool Cooling Mode Startup | SOP-0031, Residual Heat Removal Section 4.6, Suppression Pool Cooling Mode Startup | ||
: 1. Procedure Step: | : 1. Procedure Step: 4.6.1. IF Standby Service Water is supplying service water loads, THEN verify closed SPC-AOV16, SPC HX SW DISCH VLV. | ||
4.6.1. IF Standby Service Water is supplying service water loads, THEN verify closed SPC | Standard N/A. Normal service water is supplying service water loads. | ||
-AOV16, SPC HX SW DISCH VLV. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT PROCEDURE CAUTION Opening E12-F024A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) TEST RTN TO SUP PL partially or fully, with the associated RHR Pump shutdown can cause water hammer when the pump is started. Do not allow a pump start until the loop has been filled and vented if E12-F024A(B) has been opened with the pump shutdown. | ||
Standard N/A. Normal service water is supplying service water loads. | : 2. Procedure Step: 4.6.2. Verify the RHR Heat Exchangers are being supplied by either Normal or Standby Service Water. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Standard Operator verifies the RHR Heat Exchangers are being supplied by Normal Service Water. | ||
-F024A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) TEST RTN TO SUP PL partially or fully, with the associated RHR Pump shutdown can cause water hammer when the pump is started. Do not allow a pump start until the loop has been filled and vented if E12 | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 4 of 10 | ||
-F024A(B) has been opened with the pump shutdown. | |||
: 2. Procedure Step: | RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 PROCEDURE NOTE Per ER 98-0273 - 5800 gpm of Normal Service Water may be supplied to each Division of the RHR Hxs during ATWS conditions provided the guidelines outlined in the P&Ls are observed. | ||
4.6.2. Verify the RHR Heat Exchangers are being supplied by either Normal or Standby Service Water. | Normal Service Water can be supplied to both RHR Heat Exchangers to support modes of operation in both loops, provided the COMBINED Normal Service Water flow does not exceed 5800 gpm. | ||
Standard Operator verifies the RHR Heat Exchangers are being supplied by Normal Service Water. | |||
Cue N/A Notes | |||
Two Standby Service Water Pumps are required in each loop when operating the Standby Service Water System for heat removal through the RHR Heat Exchangers. | Two Standby Service Water Pumps are required in each loop when operating the Standby Service Water System for heat removal through the RHR Heat Exchangers. | ||
: 3. | : 3. *Procedure Step: 4.6.3. On H13-P870, throttle open E12-F068A, RHR HX A SVCE WTR RTN to establish less than or equal to 5800 gpm flow as indicated on E12 R602A, RHR HX A SVCE WTR FLOW. | ||
4.6.3. On H13-P870, throttle open E12 | Standard Operator throttles open E12-F068A, on the P870, to establish less than or equal to 5800 gpm flow as indicated on E12 R602A, on the P601. | ||
-F068A, RHR HX A SVCE WTR RTN to establish less than or equal to 5800 gpm flow as indicated on E12 R602A, RHR HX A SVCE WTR FLOW. | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Standard Operator throttles open E12 | : 4. Procedure Step: 4.6.4. IF performing this Section for RHR Heat Exchanger service water flushing only, WHEN 4 hours have elapsed, THEN go to Step 6.3.4 to secure from flushing. | ||
-F068A, on the P870, to establish less than or equal to 5800 gpm flow as indicated on E12 R602A, on the P601. | Standard N/A Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 5 of 10 | ||
Cue N/A Notes | |||
4.6.4. IF performing this Section for RHR Heat Exchanger service water flushing only, WHEN 4 hours have elapsed, THEN go to Step 6.3.4 to secure from flushing. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 | ||
Standard N/A Cue N/A Notes | : 5. *Procedure Step: Start the E12-C002A, RHR PUMP A. | ||
Start the E12 | Standard Operator rotates hand switch clockwise to start the pump. | ||
-C002A, RHR PUMP A. | Cue N/A Notes Expected annunciator P601-19-F07 Div 1 ADS LOGIC LPCS/LPCI OPR PERMISSIVE. | ||
Standard Operator rotates hand switch clockwise to start the pump. | Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Cue N/A Notes Expected annunciator P601 F07 Div 1 ADS LOGIC LPCS/LPCI OPR PERMISSIVE. | : 6. *Procedure Step: 4.6.6. Open E12-F024A, RHR PUMP A TEST RTN TO SUP PL. | ||
Results | : 1. WHEN flow exceeds 1100 gpm, THEN verify E12-F064A, RHR PUMP A MIN FLOW TO SUP PL closes. | ||
4.6.6. Open E12-F024A, RHR PUMP A TEST RTN TO SUP PL. | Standard Operator opens E12-F024A and observes the E12-F064A closes. | ||
: 1. WHEN flow exceeds 1100 gpm, THEN verify E12 | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
-F064A, RHR PUMP A MIN FLOW TO SUP PL closes. | : 7. Procedure Step: 4.6.7. Check running pump amps are less than or equal to 91 amps. | ||
Standard Operator opens E12 | Standard Operator verifies running pump amps are less than or equal to 91 amps. | ||
-F024A and observes the E12 | Cue N/A Notes When the operator verifies pump amps, they will indicate greater than 105 amps. | ||
-F064A closes. | Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 6 of 10 | ||
Cue N/A Notes | |||
4.6.7. Check running pump amps are less than or equal to 91 amps. | RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 ALTERNATE PATH | ||
Standard Operator verifies running pump amps are less than or equal to 91 amps. | : 8. Procedure Step: Per H13-P601/20A/A04, RHR PUMP A OVERLOAD PRE-TRIP WARNING | ||
Cue N/A Notes When the operator verifies pump amps, they will indicate greater than 105 amps. Results | |||
: 8. Procedure Step: | |||
Per H13-P601/20A/A04 , RHR PUMP A OVERLOAD PRE | |||
-TRIP WARNING | |||
: 1. Verify the following: | : 1. Verify the following: | ||
RHR Pump A discharge flow is less than 5950 gpm. | * RHR Pump A discharge flow is less than 5950 gpm. | ||
E12-F064A, RHR PUMP A MIN FLOW TO SUP PL is closed. Standard Operator verifies pump A discharge flow is less than 5950 gpm and the E12 | * E12-F064A, RHR PUMP A MIN FLOW TO SUP PL is closed. | ||
-F064A is closed. | Standard Operator verifies pump A discharge flow is less than 5950 gpm and the E12-F064A is closed. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT NOTE RHR Pump A trips if current reaches 150 amps. RHR Pump A full load motor current is 91 amps. | ||
: 9. Procedure Step: | : 9. Procedure Step: 2. Reduce pump motor amps by throttling closed any of the following valves: | ||
* E12-F003A, RHR A HX OUTLET VALVE | |||
E12-F003A, RHR A HX OUTLET VALVE E12-F048A, RHR A HX BYPASS VALVE Standard The operator will throttle closed either the E12 | * E12-F048A, RHR A HX BYPASS VALVE Standard The operator will throttle closed either the E12-F003A or E12-F048A. | ||
-F003A or E12 | Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 7 of 10 | ||
-F048A. Cue N/A Notes | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 | |||
Standard Operator will stop RHR Pump A. | : 10. *Procedure Step: 3. IF pump motor amps cannot be reduced below 105 amps AND RHR A is not needed for level control, THEN stop RHR Pump A. | ||
Cue N/A Notes | Standard Operator will stop RHR Pump A. | ||
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: RHR A aligned in suppression pool cooling and RHR A pump secured with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | |||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
Line 2,066: | Line 1,946: | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 8 of 10 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 9 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* RHR A is filled and vented in Standby. | |||
* Suppression Pool temperature is 80ºF. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
* The CRS directs you as Unit Operator to place RHR A in Suppression Pool Cooling per SOP-0031 Section 4.6 in preparation for upcoming scheduled RCIC run. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Alternating CRD Discharge Filters CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 20 Actual Time (min): | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | |||
Perform X Plant X Simulate Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: A. Willson Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative) | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16 | Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer) | ||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 10 | |||
Required Time (min): | |||
NA Actual Time (min): | |||
NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): | |||
20 Actual Time (min): | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: | |||
: EVALUATION LOCATION | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: CRD pump discharge filters swapped and discharge filter B placed back in service with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | |||
Synopsis: Operator will attempt to place CRD pump discharge filter A on service. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 | While placing A on service a high D/P will occur requiring B to be placed back in service. (NOTE: The CRD pump has a low suction pressure trip, but it does not have a high discharge pressure trip, so the pump will not automatically trip when the discharge filter clogs.) | ||
CRD pump discharge filters swapped and discharge filter B placed back in service with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | : 1) Read to the operator: | ||
Synopsis: Operator will attempt to place CRD pump discharge filter | I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | ||
A | |||
B | |||
(NOTE: | |||
: 1) Read to the operator | |||
-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | Inform me when you have completed the task. | ||
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | |||
: 2) Initial Conditions | : 2) Initial Conditions: | ||
* The reactor is critical. | |||
The out of service discharge filter A is clean. | * CRD pump discharge filter B is in service. | ||
The C11 PDIS N002, Filter Differential Pressure Indicating Switch is in operation. | * The out of service discharge filter A is clean. | ||
: 3) Initiating Cues | * The C11 PDIS N002, Filter Differential Pressure Indicating Switch is in operation. | ||
: 3) Initiating Cues: | |||
-2, Section 5. | * The CRS has directed you to swap CRD discharge filters IAW SOP-2, Section 5.3. | ||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | : 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 2 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 | RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK | ||
==2.9 | ==Title:== | ||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
: | Alternate CRD Discharge Filters 201005001001 201001 A2.05 2.9 / 2.9 201009001004 | ||
==REFERENCES:== | |||
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0002, Section 5.4 RLP-STM-0109, Obj 7, 12 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION: | |||
Items marked with an | SOP-0002, Section 5.4 __1__ | ||
* | LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES LOCATION: RCA ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): NEW EMERGENCY: NO ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: NO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | ||
TASK | N/A for plant JPM CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | ||
: | * are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev | TASK STANDARD: CRD pump discharge filters swapped and discharge filter B placed back in service with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 3 of 10 | |||
SOP-0002, CONTROL ROD DRIVE HYDRAULICS Section 5.3, Alternating Discharge Filters 1. Procedure Step: | |||
5.3.1. Verify the C11 PDIS N002, Filter Differential Pressure Indicating Switch is in operation. | RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE: | ||
Standard No action required. The initial conditions state this is in operation. | START TIME: | ||
Cue If requested, gauge indicates 12 psid. Notes Gage is about 5 feet off of the ground. Large black gage and is about 7 feet from the right wall. Gage may actually indicate 10 | SOP-0002, CONTROL ROD DRIVE HYDRAULICS Section 5.3, Alternating Discharge Filters | ||
-18 psid based on last time the filters have been swapped. | : 1. Procedure Step: 5.3.1. Verify the C11 PDIS N002, Filter Differential Pressure Indicating Switch is in operation. | ||
Results SAT | Standard No action required. The initial conditions state this is in operation. | ||
5.4.2. Perform the following for the filter to be placed in operation. | Cue If requested, gauge indicates 12 psid. | ||
: 1. Open C11 VF020A(B), CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A(B) INLET ISOL VLV. Standard Operator rotates C11 VF020A, CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A INLET ISOL VLV counter clockwise. | Notes Gage is about 5 feet off of the ground. Large black gage and is about 7 feet from the right wall. Gage may actually indicate 10-18 psid based on last time the filters have been swapped. | ||
Cue Stem rises and resistance felt in the counter clockwise direction. | Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Hear flow noise when the valve starts to open. | : 2. *Procedure Step: 5.4.2. Perform the following for the filter to be placed in operation. | ||
Notes | : 1. Open C11 VF020A(B), CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A(B) INLET ISOL VLV. | ||
: 1) | Standard Operator rotates C11 VF020A, CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A INLET ISOL VLV counter clockwise. | ||
Cue Stem rises and resistance felt in the counter clockwise direction. Hear flow noise when the valve starts to open. | |||
Cue Resistance is felt in the counter clockwise direction. | Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 4 of 10 | ||
Notes | |||
: 2) | RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 | ||
Standard Operator rotates DER V8, C11 | : 3. *Procedure Step: 2. Vent the filter as follows: | ||
Cue After the handwheel is rotated approximately 1/2 turn counter clockwise, report air is streaming from the valve for approximately 3 seconds. Then a steady stream of water is coming from the vent valve. | : 1) Open C11 VF022A(B), CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A(B) VENT VLV. | ||
Notes | Standard Operator rotates C11 VF022A, CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A VENT VLV in the counter clockwise direction. | ||
: 3) | Cue Resistance is felt in the counter clockwise direction. | ||
C11 VF022A(B) | Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
Standard Operator rotates DER V8 and C11 | : 4. *Procedure Step: 2) Throttle open DER V8(V10), C11 FLTD003A(B) VENT VALVE to vent air from the filter. | ||
Cue Resistance felt in the clockwise direction for each valve closed | Standard Operator rotates DER V8, C11 FLTD003A VENT VALVE clockwise. | ||
Cue After the handwheel is rotated approximately 1/2 turn counter clockwise, report air is streaming from the valve for approximately 3 seconds. Then a steady stream of water is coming from the vent valve. | |||
CUE: | Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
: 6. | : 5. *Procedure Step: 3) WHEN air free water is vented from filter, THEN close the following valves: | ||
* DER V8(V10) | |||
Standard Operator rotates C11 | * C11 VF022A(B) | ||
Cue Resistance felt in the counter clockwise direction. | Standard Operator rotates DER V8 and C11 VF022A clockwise. | ||
Flow noise though the pipe. | Cue Resistance felt in the clockwise direction for each valve closed. | ||
-VF021A(B). | Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 5 of 10 | ||
: 7. | |||
5.3.3. Perform the following for the filter being removed from service: | RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 NOTE: Operator may call control room prior to next step to inform them that CRD filter A is about to be placed on service. | ||
: 1. Close C11 VF021A(B), CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A(B) OUTLET ISOL VLV. Standard Operator rotates C11 | CUE: If required acknowledge CRD A filter is about to be placed on service. | ||
Cue Resistance felt in the counter clockwise direction. | : 6. *Procedure Step: 3. Slowly open C11 VF021A(B), CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A(B) | ||
Notes | OUTLET ISOL VLV. | ||
Standard Operator rotates C11 VF021A, CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A OUTLET ISOL VLV counter clockwise. | |||
Cue C11 PDIS | Cue Resistance felt in the counter clockwise direction. Flow noise though the pipe. | ||
-30 psid. Raise half inch increments until 28 psid. Notes Gage is about 5 feet off of the ground, large black gage | Notes Results SAT UNSAT CAUTION Backflow through the filter could damage the filter cartridge. Do not close C11-VF020A(B) before closing C11-VF021A(B). | ||
, and is about 7 feet from the right wall. | : 7. *Procedure Step: 5.3.3. Perform the following for the filter being removed from service: | ||
: 1. Close C11 VF021A(B), CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A(B) OUTLET ISOL VLV. | |||
Standard Operator rotates C11 VF021B, CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003B OUTLET ISOL VLV clockwise. | |||
Cue Resistance felt in the counter clockwise direction. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 6 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 | |||
: 8. Procedure Step: 2. Verify proper filter operation by observing C11 PDIS N002 is in normal band. | |||
Standard Operator verifies D/P by observing C11 PDIS N002. | |||
Cue C11 PDIS N002 indicates 0-30 psid. Raise half inch increments until 28 psid. | |||
Notes Gage is about 5 feet off of the ground, large black gage, and is about 7 feet from the right wall. | |||
Discharge filter high D/P alarms at 20 psid at P601 in control room. | Discharge filter high D/P alarms at 20 psid at P601 in control room. | ||
The CRD pump has a low suction pressure trip but no discharge pressure trip. Results | The CRD pump has a low suction pressure trip but no discharge pressure trip. | ||
Concur with recommendation to place CRD filter B back on service and state, | Results SAT UNSAT ALTERNATE PATH If operator calls control room for guidance, request recommendation. | ||
: 9. | Concur with recommendation to place CRD filter B back on service and state, I concur with recommendation. We are seeing indications of header pressure slowly lowering and we could be getting accumulator faults shortly. | ||
Per EN-OP-120, Operator Fundamentals Program Monitoring: | : 9. *Procedure Step: Per EN-OP-120, Operator Fundamentals Program Monitoring: Identify degrading parameter and equipment trends. | ||
Control: | Control: Anticipate the impact of component operation prior to its operation, and then verify that the expected effects occur during and following the operation. | ||
Standard Operator rotates C11 | Standard Operator rotates C11 VF021B, CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003B OUTLET ISOL VLV. counter clockwise. | ||
Cue Resistance felt in the counter clockwise direction. | Cue Resistance felt in the counter clockwise direction. | ||
C11_PDIS_N002 indicates as is. | C11_PDIS_N002 indicates as is. (10-18 psid) | ||
(10-18 psid) Notes | Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 7 of 10 | ||
STOP TIME: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 Terminating Cue: CRD pump discharge filters swapped and discharge filter B placed back in service with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | |||
STOP TIME: | |||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | |||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 8 of 10 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 | RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 9 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* The reactor is critical. | |||
* CRD pump discharge filter B is in service. | |||
* The out of service discharge filter A is clean. | |||
* The C11 PDIS N002, Filter Differential Pressure Indicating Switch is in operation. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
* The CRS has directed you to swap CRD discharge filters IAW SOP-2, Section 5.3. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 AOP-31, Attachment 12, ATC actions CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 20 Actual Time (min): | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: NO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | |||
Perform X Plant X Simulate Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Scott Dallas Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative) | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer) | ||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 11 | |||
: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16- | RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: AOP-31, Attachment 12, Sections 1.1.4-1.1.6 critical tasks completed satisfactory. | ||
Synopsis: Operator completes ATC actions for control room evacuation due to fire at the remote shutdown panel. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | |||
: 2) Initial Conditions: | |||
* The reactor is shutdown. | |||
* Crew is manning the remote shutdown panel due to smoke in the control room. | |||
* RHR is not in Shutdown cooling. | |||
: 3) Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to complete AOP-31, (SHUTDOWN FROM OUTSIDE THE MAIN CONTROL ROOM) Sections 1.1.4-1.1.6. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 2 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET TASK | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 | ==Title:== | ||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
Place Division 1 Transfer Switches 400049004001 203000 K4.14 3.6 / 3.7 in EMERG 295016 AA1.07 4.2 / | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM | |||
: K&A RATING | |||
==4.3 REFERENCES== | ==4.3 REFERENCES== | ||
: | : APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0031 RLP-STM-200, Obj 3, 11 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION: | ||
: | SOP-0031, Section 1.1.4-1.1.6 __2__ | ||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: NO LOCATION: Plant outside RCA ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): NEW EMERGENCY: YES ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: YES SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | |||
-1.1.6 | N/A CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | ||
* are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
Items marked with an | TASK STANDARD: AOP-31, Attachment 12, Sections 1.1.4-1.1.6 critical tasks completed satisfactory. | ||
* | RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 3 of 11 | ||
Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | |||
TASK | RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 PERFORMANCE: | ||
-1.1.6 critical tasks completed satisfactory. | START TIME: | ||
SOP-31, SHUTDOWN FROM OUTSIDE THE MAIN CONTROL ROOM Section 1.1.4-1.1.6 | |||
: 1. *Procedure Step: 1.1.4. WHEN informed by the CRS per Step 5.9, THEN At C61-P001, REMOTE SHUTDOWN PANEL, perform the following: | |||
: 1. Place S8, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-F027A, E12 F042A, E12 F053, in EMERG. | |||
Standard S8, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-F027A, E12 F042A, E12 F053, rotated to EMERG. | |||
Cue S8 switch has been rotated to EMERG position. Red and green lights energize as required for the valves above the handswitch. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 2. Procedure Step: 2. IF RHR A was in Shutdown Cooling, THEN place the E12-F004A, RHR PUMP A SUP PL SUCTION VALVE Control Switch in the CLOSE position. | |||
Standard N/A. Initial conditions state RHR A in shutdown cooling. | |||
Cue N/A. If asked, RHR A was not in shutdown cooling. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 4 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 | |||
: 3. *Procedure Step: 3. Place the following Transfer Switches in EMERG: | |||
: 1) S6, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-F048A, E12 F008, E12 F006A, E12 F004A Standard S6 handswitch rotate clockwise to EMERG position. | |||
Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction. Red and green lights energize as required for the valves above the handswitch. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 4. *Procedure Step: 3. Place the following Transfer Switches in EMERG: | |||
: 2) S12, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-C002A Standard S12, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-C002A, rotated clockwise to EMERG position. | |||
Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 5 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 | ||
: 5. *Procedure Step: 3. Place the following Transfer Switches in EMERG: | |||
: 3) S7, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-F068A, E12 F047A, E12 F003A, E12 F024A Standard S7, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-F068A, E12 F047A, E12 F003A, E12 F024A, is rotated clockwise to EMERG position. | |||
Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 6. Procedure Step: 4. IF RHR A was in Shutdown Cooling, THEN verify that E12-F040, RHR A TO RADWASTE DN STREAM ISOL VALVE Control Switch in the CLOSE position. | |||
Standard N/A. Initial conditions do not mention RHR A in shutdown cooling. | |||
Cue N/A. If asked, RHR A was not in shutdown cooling. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 7. *Procedure Step: 5. Place S9, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-F064A, E12 F037A, E12 F040, E12-F026A, E12-F011A in EMERG. | |||
: | RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 6 of 11 | ||
: 3. Place the following Transfer Switches in EMERG | |||
-F068A, E12 F047A, E12 F003A, E12 F024A Standard S7, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12 | |||
-F068A, E12 F047A, E12 F003A, E12 F024A, is rotated clockwise to EMERG position. | |||
Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction. Notes | |||
: 4. IF RHR A was in Shutdown Cooling, THEN verify that E12 | |||
-F040, RHR A TO RADWASTE DN STREAM ISOL VALVE Control Switch in the CLOSE position. Standard N/A. Initial conditions do not mention RHR A in shutdown cooling. | |||
Cue N/A. If asked, RHR A was not in shutdown cooling. | |||
Notes | |||
: 5. Place S9, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12 | |||
-F064A, E12 F037A, E12 F040, E12-F026A, E12 | |||
-F011A in EMERG. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 Standard S9 rotated clockwise to EMERG position. | ||
Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction. | Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction. | ||
Notes | Notes Results SAT UNSAT PROCEDURE NOTE If the Division I Emergency Diesel Generator tripped due to a high Lube Oil or Jacket Water outlet temperature, the UO may have already placed 43-1SWP A05 and 43-1SWP A08 to EMERG. | ||
-1SWP A05 and 43 | : 8. *Procedure Step: 1.1.5. At RSS-PNL101, BOP REMOTE SHUTDOWN PNL, the far right panel, verify the following RSS Transfer Switches in EMERG: | ||
-1SWP A08 to EMERG. | : 1. 43-1SWP A05, CONTACT TRANSFER SWITCH Standard Operator rotates handle for 43-1SWP A05, CONTACT TRANSFER SWITCH clockwise to EMERG position. | ||
: 8. | Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction. | ||
1.1.5. At RSS-PNL101, BOP REMOTE SHUTDOWN PNL, the far right panel, verify the following RSS Transfer Switches in EMERG: | Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
: 1. 43-1SWP A05, CONTACT TRANSFER | : 9. *Procedure Step: 1.1.5. At RSS-PNL101, BOP REMOTE SHUTDOWN PNL, the far right panel, verify the following RSS Transfer Switches in EMERG: | ||
Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction. | : 2. 43-1SWP A08, CONTACT TRANSFER SWITCH Standard Operator rotates handle for 43-1SWP A08, CONTACT TRANSFER SWITCH clockwise to EMERG position. | ||
Notes | RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 7 of 11 | ||
1.1.5. At RSS-PNL101, BOP REMOTE SHUTDOWN PNL, the far right panel, verify the following RSS Transfer Switches in EMERG: | |||
: 2. 43-1SWP A08, CONTACT TRANSFER SWITCH Standard Operator rotates handle for 43-1SWP A08, CONTACT TRANSFER SWITCH clockwise to EMERG position. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction. | ||
Notes | Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
1.1.6. Report to the CRS that Attachment 12, ATC Operator Actions is complete. Standard Operator reports Attachment 12 is complete. | : 10. Procedure Step: 1.1.6. Report to the CRS that Attachment 12, ATC Operator Actions is complete. | ||
Cue Acknowledge attachment 12 is complete. | Standard Operator reports Attachment 12 is complete. | ||
Notes | Cue Acknowledge attachment 12 is complete. | ||
-1.1.6 critical tasks completed satisfactory. | Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: AOP-31, Attachment 12, Sections 1.1.4-1.1.6 critical tasks completed satisfactory. | ||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 8 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 9 of 11 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 | RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 10 of 11 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
* The reactor is shutdown. | |||
* Crew is manning the remote shutdown panel due to smoke in the control room. | |||
* RHR is not in Shutdown cooling. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS has directed you to complete AOP-31, (SHUTDOWN FROM OUTSIDE THE MAIN CONTROL ROOM) Sections 1.1.4-1.1.6. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Place Inverter ENB-INV01B in Service CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 20 Actual Time (min): | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: NO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION: | |||
Perform X Plant X Simulate Simulator Control Room Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: September 11, 2013 Reviewed: A. Willson Date: July 21, 2016 (Operations Representative) | |||
Approved: John Fralick Date: August 5, 2016 (Facility Reviewer) | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 | |||
-INV01B in Service CRITICAL TIME FRAME: | |||
Required Time (min): | |||
NA Actual Time (min): | |||
NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): | |||
20 Actual Time (min): | |||
LICENSE LEVEL: | |||
: EVALUATION LOCATION | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: ENB-INV01B is started with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | |||
Synopsis: This task will have the applicant start an ENB inverter. | |||
: 1) Read to the operator: | |||
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. | |||
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied. | |||
Inform me when you have completed the task. | |||
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation. | |||
: 2) Initial Conditions: | |||
The plant is shut down. Inverter ENB-INV01B has just been placed in bypass in accordance with section 4.5 of SOP-48, 120VAC System. | |||
: 3) Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS directs you to start up inverter ENB-INV01B in accordance with SOP-48, 120VAC System, Step 4.3 for post maintenance testing. | |||
: 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 2 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 | RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK | ||
==Title:== | |||
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING: | |||
: K&A RATING | Place Inverter ENB-INV01B in 278014001004 262002 A4.01 2.8 / 3.1 Service. | ||
- | |||
== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0048, Rev 327 RLP-STM-0121, Obj 2 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION: | |||
: | SOP-0048, Rev 323, Section 4.3 __6__ | ||
SOP-0048, Rev 323, Section 4.3 | LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: NO LOCATION: Plant outside RCA ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): Modified Bank: RJPM-AUD-D14-P3 EMERGENCY: YES ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: YES SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP: | ||
: 1. NA - This is an In Plant JPM. | : 1. NA - This is an In Plant JPM. | ||
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: | CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an | ||
Items marked with an | * are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | ||
* | TASK STANDARD: ENB-INV01B is started with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | ||
Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory. | RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 3 of 10 | ||
TASK | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 | RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE: | ||
START TIME: | |||
SOP-0048, 120 VAC SYSTEM 4.3 Startup of ENB | SOP-0048, 120 VAC SYSTEM 4.3 Startup of ENB-INV01A(B) Inverter Side with the Inverter Operating in Maintenance Bypass for Testing PROCEDURE NOTE This Section is used to start up the inverter section of the inverter with the bypass section supplying the inverter output. Section 5.6 is used to start ENB-INV01A(B) and transfer from ENB-INV01A1(B1). | ||
-INV01A(B) Inverter Side with the Inverter Operating in Maintenance Bypass for Testing PROCEDURE NOTE This Section is used to start up the inverter section of the inverter with the bypass section supplying the inverter output. Section 5.6 is used to start ENB-INV01A(B) and transfer from ENB | : 1. Procedure Step: 4.3.1. Verify ENB-INV01A(B) is in Maintenance Bypass per Section 4.5 or 6.2. | ||
-INV01A1(B1). | Standard NA - Applicant verified by way of initial conditions Cue NA Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
: 1. Procedure Step: | : 2. Procedure Step: 4.3.2. On ENB-INV01A1(B1), verify BATTERY INPUT breaker is in OFF. | ||
4.3.1. Verify ENB | Standard Applicant located/identified and verified the ENB INV01B1 battery input breaker is OFF. | ||
-INV01A(B) is in Maintenance Bypass per Section 4.5 or 6.2. Standard NA - Applicant verified by way of initial conditions Cue NA Notes | Cue After the applicant identifies the correct battery input breaker, indicate to the applicant that the breaker is in down position. | ||
4.3.2. On ENB-INV01A1(B1), verify BATTERY INPUT breaker is in OFF. | Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 4 of 10 | ||
Standard Applicant located/identified and verified the ENB INV01B1 battery input breaker is OFF. | |||
Cue After the applicant identifies the correct battery input breaker, indicate to the applicant that the breaker is in down position | |||
Notes | |||
4 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page | RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 | ||
* Procedure Step: | : 3. Procedure Step: 4.3.3. At VBS-TRS02A(B) verify the following: | ||
4.3.7. On ENB-INV01A(B), depress AND hold the PRECHARGE pushbutton until the PRECHARGE light is lit. | : 1. ALTERNATE 120VAC SOURCE FROM ENB-INV01A1(B1), is locked open with the Kirk Key removed. | ||
Standard Applicant located/identified and simulated depressing and holding the PRECHARGE pushbutton. | : 2. ALTERNATE 120VAC SOURCE FROM ENB-INV01A(B), is locked open with the Kirk Key removed. | ||
{cue} After the cue, the applicant released the pushbutton. | Standard Applicant located/identified VBS-TRS02B and verified the two alternate sources are locked open and the Kirk Key removed. | ||
Cue After the applicant depresses the pushbutton wait three seconds and inform applicant that the ORANGE light is lit. | Cue After the applicant identifies VBS-TRS02B Alternate Sources, indicate to the applicant that the metal rod is over the breaker hand switch, breaker hands switch is down, and there is nothing in the key hole. (Should be as indicated). | ||
Notes | Notes Results SAT UNSAT | ||
* Procedure Step: | : 4. Procedure Step: 4.3.4. At ENB-SWG01A(B), verify ACB 564(584), ENB INV01A(B) VITAL BUS A(B) INVERTER is racked in and closed. | ||
4.3.8. On ENB-INV01A(B), before the PRECHARGE light goes out, close the BATTERY INPUT breaker. | Standard Applicant located/identified ENB-INV01B and verified ACB 584 is racked in and closed. | ||
Standard Applicant simulated closing the BATTERY INPUT breaker. | Cue After the applicant identifies the correct breaker, indicate to the applicant that the breaker handle is up and red (CLOSED) flag present. (Should be as indicated). | ||
Cue When breaker is closed, simulate | Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 5 of 10 | ||
4.3.9. On ENB-INV01A(B) INVERTER OUTPUT meter, observe that the inverter begins generating voltage. | |||
Standard Applicant located/identified INVERTER OUTPUT meter on ENB | RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 | ||
-INV01B and simulated verified voltage rising. | : 5. Procedure Step: 4.3.5. Verify EHS-MCC8A(B)/BKR 3AB(3AB), ENB-INV01A(B) 480 VAC NORMAL ENB INV01A(B) VITAL BUS INVERTER is closed. | ||
Cue After the applicant identifies the correct meter, indicate to the applicant that voltage is rising and then stabilizes at 120V (use a pen/pointer to show the needle is moving). | Standard Applicant located/identified Breaker 3AB on MCC8B and verified the breaker is closed. | ||
Cue After the applicant identifies the correct breaker, indicate to the applicant that the breaker handle is in the left position. (Should be as indicated). | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 6. | |||
* Procedure Step: 4.3.6. On ENB-INV01A(B), open the DC INPUT to AN1 AND AN2 breaker. | |||
Standard Applicant located/identified the breaker for AN1 and AN2 on ENB-INV01B and simulated opening the breaker. | |||
Cue After the applicant identifies and simulates opening the correct breaker, indicate to the applicant that the breaker handle is down position. (Should be as indicated). Also heard a loud clunk when breaker was opened. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT NOTE While warming up, ENB-INV01A(B) can take approximately 4 to 6 hours to reach 118.5 to 123.8 VAC as indicated on V1, Voltage Output located on the front of the static switch. | |||
Per Inverter Vendor, maximum time to warm up an inverter is 16 hours. | |||
The PRECHARGE light will go out after 5 to 10 seconds. If the light goes out before closing the BATTERY INPUT breaker, the PRECHARGE button can be depressed again. | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 6 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 | |||
: 7. | |||
* Procedure Step: 4.3.7. On ENB-INV01A(B), depress AND hold the PRECHARGE pushbutton until the PRECHARGE light is lit. | |||
Standard Applicant located/identified and simulated depressing and holding the PRECHARGE pushbutton. | |||
{cue} | |||
After the cue, the applicant released the pushbutton. | |||
Cue After the applicant depresses the pushbutton wait three seconds and inform applicant that the ORANGE light is lit. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 8. | |||
* Procedure Step: 4.3.8. On ENB-INV01A(B), before the PRECHARGE light goes out, close the BATTERY INPUT breaker. | |||
Standard Applicant simulated closing the BATTERY INPUT breaker. | |||
Cue When breaker is closed, simulate clunk from breaker operation and handle is in up position. | |||
Notes Results SAT UNSAT | |||
: 9. Procedure Step: 4.3.9. On ENB-INV01A(B) INVERTER OUTPUT meter, observe that the inverter begins generating voltage. | |||
Standard Applicant located/identified INVERTER OUTPUT meter on ENB-INV01B and simulated verified voltage rising. | |||
Cue After the applicant identifies the correct meter, indicate to the applicant that voltage is rising and then stabilizes at 120V (use a pen/pointer to show the needle is moving). | |||
Notes Do not indicate voltage going past 120 V. | Notes Do not indicate voltage going past 120 V. | ||
Results | Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 7 of 10 | ||
* Procedure Step: | |||
4.3. | RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 | ||
Standard Applicant simulates closing the AC INPUT TO RECTIFIER breaker | : 10. | ||
* Procedure Step: 4.3.10 WHEN the voltage has stabilized, THEN on ENB-INV01A(B) close the AC INPUT TO RECTIFIER breaker. | |||
Standard Applicant simulates closing the AC INPUT TO RECTIFIER breaker. | |||
Cue Indicate to the applicant that voltage is stabilizes at 120V. | |||
(use a pen/pointer to show the needle steady) | (use a pen/pointer to show the needle steady) | ||
After the applicant identifies and simulates closing the correct breaker, indicate to the applicant that the breaker handle is in up position. And clunk sound when the beaker is closed. Red light on, Green light is off. | After the applicant identifies and simulates closing the correct breaker, indicate to the applicant that the breaker handle is in up position. And clunk sound when the beaker is closed. Red light on, Green light is off. | ||
Notes | Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: ENB-INV01B is started with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | ||
ENB-INV01B is started with all critical steps completed satisfactory. | |||
This completes this JPM. | This completes this JPM. | ||
STOP TIME: | STOP TIME: | ||
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION | ||
: 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | : 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed. | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable | : 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable. | ||
: 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | |||
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION | ||
: 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | : 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT" | ||
: 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. * | |||
: 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | : 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention. | ||
: 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant | : 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 8 of 10 | ||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 | RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator: | ||
License (Circle one): | |||
RO / SRO | |||
Follow-up Questions: | Follow-up Questions: | ||
Follow-up Question Response: | Follow-up Question Response: | ||
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback: | |||
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments. | |||
Evaluator's Signature: Date: | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 9 of 10 | |||
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: | |||
The plant is shut down. Inverter ENB-INV01B has just been placed in bypass in accordance with section 4.5 of SOP-48, 120VAC System. | |||
Initiating Cues: | |||
The CRS directs you to start up inverter ENB-INV01B in accordance with SOP-48, 120VAC System, Step 4.3 for post maintenance testing. | |||
River Bend Station Initial License Exam | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 1 of 7 Facility: River Bend Nuclear Station Scenario No.: 1 Op-Test No.: NRC LOT 2016 Examiners: ____________________________ Operators: _____________________________ | |||
Initial Conditions: Operating at 100% power. | |||
Inoperable Equipment: None Turnover: | |||
Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 (Severe Weather Operation) are complete. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | |||
River Bend Nuclear Station Scenario No.: | |||
1 | |||
_____________________________ | |||
Initial Conditions: | |||
Operating at 100% power. | |||
Inoperable Equipment: | |||
None Turnover: | |||
Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. | |||
All required actions per AOP | |||
-29 (Severe Weather Operation) are complete. | |||
Scenario Notes: | Scenario Notes: | ||
This scenario is a NEW Scenario. | This scenario is a NEW Scenario. | ||
Validation Time: 60 minutes | Validation Time: 60 minutes | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 2 of 7 Event Malf. No. Event Event No. Type Description C (BOP) | ||
ARP 680-P808-86-H-1. | TS (CRS) HPCS Inadvertent Initiation. AOP 6, Condensate/Feedwater 1 HPCS004 Failures. TS 3.5.1 AOP Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trips. SOP 67, Isolated 2 MGEN005A C (BOP) | ||
AOP 6, Condensate/Feedwater Failures. AOP 24, Thermal Hydraulics Stability Controls. ARP P680 C-1. | Phase Bus Duct Cooling System. ARP P870-54-B-1 p808_86a:h_1 C (ATC) Degraded Grid. Adjust MVARs per AOP 64, Degraded Grid. | ||
ARP P680-5-B-10, P680-5-A-10, P680-6-A-8 | 3 DI_EXS-VRAA AOP ARP 680-P808-86-H-1. | ||
EOP 1 | AO_FWS-A03-M C (ATC) FWS Pump A motor failure (amps increasing/secure pump). | ||
EOP-2, EOP-3 | 4 AOP 6, Condensate/Feedwater Failures. AOP 24, Thermal P680_3a:c_1 AOP Hydraulics Stability Controls. ARP P680-3-C-1. | ||
EOP-2, EOP 3 9 | p680_6a:a_8 p680_5a:b_10 SDV level instrument fails high 1 of 4 instruments. TS 3.3.1.1. | ||
HPCS Inadvertent Initiation | 5 TS (CRS) | ||
RPS005D ARP P680-5-B-10, P680-5-A-10, P680-6-A-8 NPS-B Fault/Trip. Complete loss of feedwater. | |||
6 ED002B M (CREW) | |||
EOP 1 RCIC001 RCIC trips due to malfunction. Restore HPCS. | |||
7 C (BOP) | |||
E51MOVF045P EOP-2, EOP-3 RWCU line break in the steam tunnel 100 gpm ramp for 3 8 WCS006 M (CREW) minutes after mode switch taken to shutdown. | |||
EOP-2, EOP 3 WCS004 9 C (ATC) G33-MOV-1 and G33-MOV-4 fail to auto close. AOP 3 WCS005 (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor, (A)bnormal (TS) Tech Spec Quantitative Attributes Table Normal Events 0 EOP Contingency Procedures Used 1 Total Malfunctions 9 Simulator Run Time 60 Malfunctions After EOP Entry 2 EOP Run Time 30 AOP Events 3 Critical Tasks 2 Major Transients 2 Reactivity Manipulations 0 EOPs Used (Requiring measurable action) 3 | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 3 of 7 SCENARIO ACTIVITIES: | |||
HPCS Inadvertent Initiation: | |||
A. After turnover and at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 1. | |||
B. The BOP will override HPCS off. This will prevent further automatic initiation. | |||
Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trips: | Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trips: | ||
A. The BOP will restart Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan per SOP 67, Isolated Phase Bus Duct Cooling System and ARP P870-54-B-1. Degraded Grid: A. CRS will enter AOP 64 and dispatcher will notify control room to adjust MVARs. | A. The BOP will restart Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan per SOP 67, Isolated Phase Bus Duct Cooling System and ARP P870-54-B-1. | ||
B. MVARs will initially be 250 MVARs. ATC | Degraded Grid: | ||
-P808-86-H-1. FWS Pump A Motor Failure: | A. CRS will enter AOP 64 and dispatcher will notify control room to adjust MVARs. | ||
A. The ATC will recognize the increasing FW motor amps and secure the FWS Pump A per AOP 6 (Condensate/Feedwater Failures), AOP 24 (Thermal Hydraulics Stability Controls), ARP P808-86-H-1, and ARP P680-3-C-1. SDV level instrument fails high: | B. MVARs will initially be 250 MVARs. ATC adjusts MVARs to 200 MVARs per AOP 64, Degraded Grid and ARP 680-P808-86-H-1. | ||
FWS Pump A Motor Failure: | |||
A. The ATC will recognize the increasing FW motor amps and secure the FWS Pump A per AOP 6 (Condensate/Feedwater Failures), AOP 24 (Thermal Hydraulics Stability Controls), ARP P808-86-H-1, and ARP P680-3-C-1. | |||
SDV level instrument fails high: | |||
A. 1 of 4 SDV level instruments fails high. CRS enters TS 3.3.1.1. | A. 1 of 4 SDV level instruments fails high. CRS enters TS 3.3.1.1. | ||
NPS-B Fault/Trip, Complete loss of feedwater | NPS-B Fault/Trip, Complete loss of feedwater,: | ||
,: A. Crew will manually scram the reactor due to the complete loss of feedwater. The automatic RPS scram will occur at 9.7 | A. Crew will manually scram the reactor due to the complete loss of feedwater. The automatic RPS scram will occur at 9.7 reactor water level if manual action is not taken first. | ||
RCIC malfunction A. Crew will recognize RCIC malfunction and restore HPCS injection to maintain reactor water level in expanded level band. | RCIC malfunction A. Crew will recognize RCIC malfunction and restore HPCS injection to maintain reactor water level in expanded level band. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 4 of 7 RWCU line break in the steam tunnel: | ||
A. 5 minutes after automatic or manual scram, Event 7 will automatically trigger. | A. 5 minutes after automatic or manual scram, Event 7 will automatically trigger. | ||
B. Indications of high temperatures in the steam tunnel will cause isolation signals. G33-MOV-1 and G33-MOV-4 will fail to auto close | B. Indications of high temperatures in the steam tunnel will cause isolation signals. | ||
G33-MOV-1 and G33-MOV-4 will fail to auto close. | |||
C. Crew will shut the failed isolation valves. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 5 of 7 Critical Task Number Description Basis Per EOP basis, An area temperature above its maximum normal operating level is an indication that steam from a primary system may be discharging into the secondary containment. As temperatures continue to Per EOP-3, close one RWCU isolation increase, the continued operability of valve (G33-MOV-1 OR G33-MOV-4) equipment needed to carry out EOP actions 1 after failure to close on group 15 isolation may be compromised. High area temperatures before completion of step 5.9 of AOP-3 also present a danger to personnel, a (EOP-3, SC-4) consideration of significance since access to the secondary containment may be required by actions specified in the EOPs. | ||
(EPSTG*0002, B-9-3) | |||
Per EOP basis, Submergence is the preferred method for cooling the core. The core is adequately cooled by submergence when it Restore HPCS injection prior to can be determined that RPV water level is at 2 Emergency Depressurization (EOP-1, or above the top of the active fuel. All fuel ALC-8). nodes are then assumed to be covered with water and heat is removed by boiling heat transfer. | |||
(EPSTG*0002, B-3-1) | |||
* Critical Task (As defined in NUREG 1021 Appendix D) | * Critical Task (As defined in NUREG 1021 Appendix D) | ||
** Per NUREG-1021, Appendix D, If an operator or the crew significantly deviates from or fails to follow procedures that affect the maintenance of basic safety functions, those actions may form the basis of a CT identified in the post | ** Per NUREG-1021, Appendix D, If an operator or the crew significantly deviates from or fails to follow procedures that affect the maintenance of basic safety functions, those actions may form the basis of a CT identified in the post-scenario review. | ||
-scenario review. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 6 of 7 Simulator Notes: | ||
Prior to scenario, ensure GML Fan 1 is running Note: for event 4, get to 360 amps quicker and then ramp to 440 amps slower. | Prior to scenario, ensure GML Fan 1 is running Note: for event 4, get to 360 amps quicker and then ramp to 440 amps slower. | ||
Event 30 deletes amps when FWS pump is tripped. | Event 30 deletes amps when FWS pump is tripped. | ||
Event 8, RCIC trips when >90% speed | Event 8, RCIC trips when >90% speed. | ||
Event 29/30 deletes the leak and valve failure when valve switches are closed. | |||
For the isophase fan trouble ARP states, | For the isophase fan trouble ARP states, Check computer alarm typer Points GMLFC01 and GMLFC02 to determine which device is causing alarm. May need to provide screen shot to provide proper indications. | ||
Graphics for the SPI-REC102 to indicate values consistent with grid. | |||
-REC102 to indicate values consistent with grid. | |||
Screen Shot for C11NC036 needs to indicate one trip unit in TRIP. | Screen Shot for C11NC036 needs to indicate one trip unit in TRIP. | ||
When restoring HPCS during leak, if asked to fill and vent system, expedite the process. | When restoring HPCS during leak, if asked to fill and vent system, expedite the process. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 7 of 7 SIMULATOR SET UP: | ||
SCHEDULE FILE PICTURE DIRECTOR FILE PICTURE Provide the following: | SCHEDULE FILE PICTURE DIRECTOR FILE PICTURE Provide the following: | ||
Turnover briefing sheets and reactivity management briefing materials. | * Turnover briefing sheets and reactivity management briefing materials. | ||
Marked up copy of AOP | * Marked up copy of AOP-29, Severe Weather | ||
-29, Severe Weather | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 1 of 19 Event No: 1 Event | ||
1 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
HPCS Inadvertent Initiation After turnover and at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 1. | HPCS Inadvertent Initiation After turnover and at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 1. | ||
NOTE: | NOTE: It is not necessary to secure the Division 3 Diesel Generator after initiation. | ||
TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report HPCS initiation per: | ||
o H13-P601/16A/A04, HPCS INITIATION LOW RX WATER LEVEL 2. o H13-P601/16A/ | o H13-P601/16A/A04, HPCS INITIATION LOW RX WATER LEVEL 2. | ||
o H13-P601/16A/C02, DIV III D/G ENGINE RUNNING. | |||
o Request I&C investigate HPCS inadvertent initiation. | BOP o H13-P808 / 86A / E04, NNS-SWG1A OR 1B FAST TRANSFER BLOCKED o Dispatch SNEO to monitor running Division 3 Diesel Generator. | ||
o Request I&C investigate HPCS inadvertent initiation. | |||
) and report B21 | o When back panel (or I&C) requested to investigate inadvertent initiation of HPCS, (wait 5 minutes) and report B21-LISN673R and B21-LISN673C both failed downscale. | ||
-LISN673R and B21-LISN673C both failed downscale. | Booth o Acknowledge as SNEO to monitor running Division 3 Diesel Generator. | ||
o Acknowledge as SNEO to monitor running Division 3 Diesel Generator. | o Acknowledge as work control for FIN team to investigate and develop troubleshooting plan IAW EN-MA-125. | ||
o Acknowledge as work control for FIN team to investigate and develop troubleshooting plan IAW EN | o Diagnose and report instrument failure per H13-P601/16A/A04, HPCS INITIATION LOW RX WATER LEVEL 2. | ||
-MA-125. | o Verify by two independent means the HPCS initiation was inadvertent. | ||
o Verify by two independent means the HPCS initiation was inadvertent. Then place HPCS in standby per OSP | Then place HPCS in standby per OSP-53, Attachment 5 Terminating and Preventing Injection from HPCS (HARDCARD): | ||
-53, Attachment 5 Terminating and Preventing Injection from HPCS (HARDCARD): | BOP o Verify the E22-F004, HPCS INJECT ISOL VALVE (closed) amber override light is lit. | ||
o Verify the E22-F004, HPCS INJECT ISOL VALVE (closed) amber override light is lit. | o Stop the HPCS pump. (Trip E22-ACB02, HPCS PUMP SUPPLY BRKR.) | ||
o Stop the HPCS pump. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 2 of 19 o Recognize and direct BOP to restore HPCS to standby per SOP-0030, HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM. | ||
-0030, HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM. | o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.5.1 ECCS -Operating: | ||
o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.5.1 ECCS -Operating: | B. High Pressure Core Spray (HPCS) System inoperable. | ||
B.1 Verify by administrative means RCIC System is OPERABLE when RCIC is required to be OPERABLE. 1 hour completion time. | B.1 Verify by administrative means RCIC System is OPERABLE when RCIC is required to be OPERABLE. 1 hour completion time. | ||
AND | AND B.2 Restore HPCS System to OPERABLE status. 14 days completion time. | ||
-1 3. High Pressure Core Spray System | o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.3.5.1 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) Instrumentation CRS Table 3.3.5.1-1 3. High Pressure Core Spray System | ||
: a. Reactor Vessel Water Level | : a. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 - 4 required channels per function. Conditions referenced from required action A.1: B. | ||
-Low Low, Level 2 | B. As required by Required Action A.1 and referenced in Table 3.3.5.1-1. | ||
- 4 required channels per function. Conditions referenced from required action A.1: | B.1 Declare supported feature inoperable when its redundant feature ECCS initiation capability is inoperable. 1 hour from discovery of loss of initiation capability for feature in both divisions. | ||
-1. B.1 | AND B.2 Declare HPCS system inoperable. 1 hour from discovery of loss of HPCS initiation capability. | ||
AND B.2 | AND B.3 Place channel in trip. 24 hours completion time. | ||
AND B.3 | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 3 of 19 Event No: 2 Event | ||
2 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan 1 Trips | Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan 1 Trips At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 2. | ||
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report isophase bus duct cooling fan 1 trips. References H13-P870/54A/B01, ISOL PHASE BUS DUCT COOLING SYS FAILURE alarm. | |||
o Per ARP H13-P870/54A/B01, check computer alarm typer Points GMLFC01 and GMLFC02 to determine which device is causing alarm. | |||
ROLE PLAY: Use screen | ROLE PLAY: Use screen shots for GML Fan Two screen shots are available: | ||
(1) for after trip of fan 1, but before start of stby fan (fan 2) | (1) for after trip of fan 1, but before start of stby fan (fan 2) | ||
(2) for after the start of the standby fan o Per ARP H13-P870/54A/B01 , if needed, swap to the standby fan per SOP-0067, Isolated Phase Bus Duct Cooling System. | BOP (2) for after the start of the standby fan o Per ARP H13-P870/54A/B01, if needed, swap to the standby fan per SOP-0067, Isolated Phase Bus Duct Cooling System. | ||
o Start Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan per SOP 67, Isolated Phase Bus Duct Cooling System, section 5.1.1: | o Start Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan per SOP 67, Isolated Phase Bus Duct Cooling System, section 5.1.1: | ||
In the Main Control Room on H13 | In the Main Control Room on H13-P870, start the alternate GML fan by depressing GML-FN1 DUCT FAN 2, START Pushbutton. | ||
-P870, start the alternate GML fan by depressing GML | o Recognize and direct BOP to start Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan per CRS SOP 67, Isolated Phase Bus Duct Cooling System, section 5.1.1. | ||
- | o When SNEO dispatched, wait 3 minutes and report no obvious indications of why Fan 1 tripped. Fan 2 post start checks are completed satisfactory. | ||
Booth o When Work Control dispatched, wait 3 minutes and report no obvious indications of why Fan 1 tripped. Troubleshooting will continue once EN-MA-125 troubleshooting plan is approved. | |||
o When Work Control dispatched, wait 3 minutes and report no obvious indications of why Fan 1 tripped. Troubleshooting will continue once EN-MA-125 troubleshooting plan is approved. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 4 of 19 Event No: 3 Event | ||
3 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Degraded Grid At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 3. TIME Position | Degraded Grid At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 3. | ||
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognize and report degraded grid per ARP P808-86-H-1, GRID BOP TROUBLE alarm. | |||
point 03 is for grid voltage | o If indications of meter SPI--REC102 are requested/viewed, Role Two screen shots are available: | ||
Play point 03 is for grid voltage ( reading 232.455 KV ) | |||
point 04 is for grid frequency ( reading 60.07 HZ ) | point 04 is for grid frequency ( reading 60.07 HZ ) | ||
o Diagnose and report high MVARs per AOP 64, step 5.3 | |||
( normal band = 0 and +230 MVARS ). | |||
ATC o MVARs will raise to approximately 270 MVARs as a result of the grid transient. | |||
o Recognize and enter AOP 64, DEGRADED GRID. | |||
o Contact SOC to determine cause of grid transient and desired actions. | |||
CRS Recommend lowering MVARS. | |||
o Direct ATC to lower Generator MVARS between 0 to +230 MVARS. | |||
o SOC should ask for recommendation to correct plant conditions. When CRS recommends reducing MVARs, the SOC will concur with plan to reduce MVARs (0 to +230 MVARS). | |||
Booth o Once MVARs are reduced, if requested, SOC will report correct response. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 5 of 19 Adjusting Generator VARS with the Voltage Regulator in Auto per SOP-80, Section 5.9: | |||
o Verify the VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE SELECT Switch in AUTO. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | |||
o Adjust Generator VARS to the desired output per Attachment 9, MVAR vs. MW Limits or as directed by this procedure or the Load Dispatcher by performing the following: | o Adjust Generator VARS to the desired output per Attachment 9, MVAR vs. MW Limits or as directed by this procedure or the Load Dispatcher by performing the following: | ||
o IF VARS are high, THEN to lower VARS on the VOLTAGE REGULATOR AUTO ADJUST depress momentarily the LOWER Pushbutton, while monitoring VARS output on VAR | ATC o IF VARS are high, THEN to lower VARS on the VOLTAGE REGULATOR AUTO ADJUST depress momentarily the LOWER Pushbutton, while monitoring VARS output on VAR-1SPGN05, GENERATOR VARS. | ||
-1SPGN05, GENERATOR VARS. | o Continue to perform previous step until the desired (0 to +230) VARS reading is indicated on VAR-1SPGN05, GENERATOR VARS. | ||
o Continue to perform previous step until the desired (0 to + | |||
-1SPGN05, GENERATOR VARS. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 6 of 19 Event No: 4 Event | ||
4 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
FWS Pump A Motor Failure At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 4. Note: Once trigger is fired, the first alarm comes in at 2 minutes. | FWS Pump A Motor Failure At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 4. | ||
TIME Position | Note: Once trigger is fired, the first alarm comes in at 2 minutes. | ||
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report rising FWS-P1A Motor amps using ARP P680 C-1, RX FWP 1A SUPPLY BRKR PRE-TRIP OL. | |||
o Observe increasing motor amps using 1A RX FWP MOTOR AMPS, P680-3 (Second row, first small squint meter). | |||
-P1A Motor amps using ARP P680 | ATC o Dispatch SNEO to investigate abnormal 1A Reactor Feed water pump indications. | ||
-TRIP OL. o Observe increasing motor amps using 1A RX FWP MOTOR AMPS, P680-3 (Second row, first small squint meter). | o Observe Recirculation FCV runback when feed pump trips. | ||
o Dispatch SNEO to investigate abnormal 1A Reactor Feed water pump indications. | o When SNEO dispatched to investigate abnormal 1A Reactor Feed Booth water pump indications, wait 3 minutes and report the motor is hot to touch and no other abnormal indications. | ||
o Observe Recirculation FCV runback when feed pump trips. | o Recognize and enter AOP 6 (Condensate/Feedwater Failures) and AOP 24 (Thermal Hydraulics Stability Controls). | ||
CRS o Direct ATC to reduce power to 85% using FCVs. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 7 of 19 Reduce reactor power to 85% using recirculation FCVs per SOP-3, Section 5.9 Maintaining Reactor Power with Reactor Recirculation Flow: | ||
-3, Section 5.9 Maintaining Reactor Power with Reactor Recirculation Flow: | o Determine which B33-K603A(B), RECIRC LOOP A(B) FLOW CONTROL is to be adjusted by observing Loop Flows on B33-R612A and B33-R612B. Both loops may have to be adjusted to obtain the desired Reactor Power while maintaining Loop Flow mismatch within ATC specification. | ||
-K603A(B), RECIRC LOOP A(B) FLOW CONTROL is to be adjusted by observing Loop Flows on B33 | |||
-R612A and | |||
o Lower Reactor Recirculation Flow by toggling momentarily B33 K603A(B) controller in the closed direction using the slow detent while observing a servo error deviation in the negative direction. | o Lower Reactor Recirculation Flow by toggling momentarily B33 K603A(B) controller in the closed direction using the slow detent while observing a servo error deviation in the negative direction. | ||
o Observe B33 | o Observe B33-HYVF060A(B), FLOW CONTROL VALVE position, generator load, MWt, APRMs and loop flows for expected changes. | ||
-HYVF060A(B), FLOW CONTROL VALVE position, generator load, MWt, APRMs and loop flows for expected changes. | o Once power is reduced to 85%, direct ATC to secure FWS-P1A, CRS Feedwater Pump A per SOP-9, Section 6.1 Reactor Feed Pump Shutdown. | ||
o Secure FWS-P1A, Feedwater Pump A per SOP-9, Section 6.1 Reactor Feed Pump Shutdown: | |||
-9, Section 6.1 Reactor Feed Pump Shutdown. | |||
-9, Section 6.1 Reactor Feed Pump Shutdown: | |||
o 6.1.5 IF the capability of meeting feed flow requirements with the remaining Feedwater Pumps is uncertain, THEN make a determination as follows: | o 6.1.5 IF the capability of meeting feed flow requirements with the remaining Feedwater Pumps is uncertain, THEN make a determination as follows: | ||
o Close FWS MOV26A, RX FWP 1A DISCH VLV for the pump being shutdown o Verify the minimum flow valve for the pump being secured is open. | o Close FWS MOV26A, RX FWP 1A DISCH VLV for the pump being shutdown ATC o Verify the minimum flow valve for the pump being secured is open. | ||
o Monitor Feed Flow/Steam Flow mismatch and RPV Level to insure remaining pump(s) can maintain level. | o Monitor Feed Flow/Steam Flow mismatch and RPV Level to insure remaining pump(s) can maintain level. | ||
o 6.1.7 Stop FWS P1A, RX FWP P1A | o 6.1.7 Stop FWS P1A, RX FWP P1A. | ||
o 6.1.8 Verify CNM H/A68A, RX FWP 1A MIN FLOW FLOW CONTROLLER is in AUTO for the Reactor Feed Pump that was secured. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | |||
5 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 8 of 19 Event No: 5 Event | ||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
SDV level instrument fails high | SDV level instrument fails high At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 5. | ||
TIME Position | NOTE: This is for CRS Tech spec call only. Do not wait for crew actions to bypass SDV level instrument. Keylock bypass switches do not work in Mode 1. | ||
o H13-P680/05A/A10 | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognize and report division 2 half scram using: | ||
o Requests back panel indications (booth) for failed SDV level instrumentation. | o H13-P680/05A/A10 RPS TRIP LOGIC B OR D ACTIVATED o H13-P680/05A/B10 RPS SYSTEM B OR D INOPERATIVE ATC o H13-P680/06A/A08 CRD SCRAM DISCH VOL HIGH WATER LEVEL o Division 2 RPS white lights are out (under full core display on P680). | ||
o Dispatch I&C to investigate half scram. | |||
-LIS N601 B offscale high and the other three are reading 0. | BOP o Requests back panel indications (booth) for failed SDV level instrumentation. | ||
o When I&C dispatched to investigate Division 2 half scram, wait 5 minutes and report failed SDV level instrument high. | o Backpanel indications have C11-LIS N601 B offscale high and the other three are reading 0. | ||
Booth o When I&C dispatched to investigate Division 2 half scram, wait 5 minutes and report failed SDV level instrument high. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 9 of 19 o Recognize 1 of 4 SDV level instruments fails high. | ||
o Recognizes and enters Tech Spec 3.3.1.1 Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation Table 3.3.1.1 | o Recognizes and enters Tech Spec 3.3.1.1 Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation Table 3.3.1.1-1, 8. Scram Discharge Volume Water Level High | ||
-1, 8. Scram Discharge Volume Water Level High a. Transmitter/Trip Unit | : a. Transmitter/Trip Unit - 2 required channels per trip system. | ||
- 2 required channels per trip system. Conditions referenced from required action D.1: | CRS Conditions referenced from required action D.1: H A. One or more required channels inoperable. | ||
A.1 Place channel in trip. Completion time 12 hours. | |||
OR A.2 Place associated trip system in trip. Completion time 12 hours. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 10 of 19 Event No: 6 Event | |||
== Description:== | |||
NPS-B Fault/Trip, Complete loss of feedwater At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 6. | |||
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognize and report loss of NPS-B trip and complete loss of feedwater. | |||
o Per AOP-0006, place C71A S1, REACTOR SYSTEM MODE SWITCH, ATC to SHUTDOWN. | |||
*** Automatic scram on reactor water level 3 (9.7 inches) will occur in about 10 seconds. | |||
o Enter the following abnormal and emergency procedures: | |||
o AOP-1, REACTOR SCRAM CRS o AOP-6, CONDENSATE/FEEDWATER FAILURES o EOP-1, RPV CONTROL o Direct manual reactor scram due to complete loss of feedwater. | |||
o SCRAM Report o Mode switch is in shutdown. | |||
o All rods are in. | |||
ATC o EOP 1 (RPV CONTROL) Entry Conditions: | |||
o Level 3 o High reactor pressure | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 11 of 19 Event No: 7 Event | ||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
RCIC malfunction E51-F045 will automatically (Event 7) fail closed. E51-F063 and F064 will isolate on high Main Steam Tunnel temperature due to RWCU leak in steam tunnel. | |||
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognize the complete loss of feedwater and initiate RCIC in anticipation of and in an attempt to avoid a Level 2 initiation signal. | |||
o | BOP o Diagnose and report failure of RCIC to start. E51-F045 fails to open. | ||
o Dispatch SNEO to investigate and manually open E51-F045. | |||
o When SNEO dispatched to investigate and manually open E51-F045, Booth wait 5 minutes and report valve is stuck. | |||
o | o Recognize and direct BOP to restore HPCS. | ||
ATC | o Per EOP-1, direct BOP to maintain reactor water level -20 to 51 inches wide range. | ||
CRS o Per EOP-1, direct ATC to maintain reactor pressure 500-1090 psig using bypass and drain valves. | |||
o Direct ATC to install enclosure 12, 16, 20, and 24. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 12 of 19 o Restore HPCS per OSP-53, Attachment 4, INITIATING HPCS: | ||
o Verify Annunciator P601-16A-G04, HPCS INJECTION LINE PRESSURE LOW, is not lit. | |||
o Arm and depress HPCS MANUAL INITIATION Pushbutton. | |||
o Verify HPCS PUMP running. | |||
o Verify E22-F004, HPCS INJECT ISOL VALVE, Opens. | |||
BOP o Verify HPCS injection flow. | |||
o Verify E22-F012, HPCS MIN FLOW VALVE TO SUPPRESSION POOL, Closes. | |||
o Per EOP-1, maintain reactor water level -20 to 51 inches wide range. | |||
Critical Task: Restore HPCS injection prior to Emergency Depressurization. | |||
o Per EOP-1, maintain reactor pressure 500-1090 psig using bypass and drain valves. | |||
ATC o Install enclosure 16 and 24. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 13 of 19 o Recognize and direct ATC to verify level 3 and level 2 isolations and initiations. | |||
o Recognize and enter EOP-0002, Primary Containment Control: | |||
CRS o Drywell Temperature o Suppression Pool Level o Containment Pressure ATC o Verify level 3 and level 2 reactor water level initiations and isolations. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 14 of 19 Event No: 8 Event | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
RWCU line break in the steam tunnel 5 minutes after the reactor scram (AUTOMATIC) or at the direction of the lead evaluator (MANUAL), | |||
trigger Event 8. | |||
NOTE: SP suction swap will occur with rising SP level. SP level steadies out at approximately 20 feet 3 inches. | |||
Main Steam Line Tunnel Temperatures Max Safe 200F Isolation 173F Max Normal 144F TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report leak in the main steam tunnel using: | |||
o P601-21-A-1, DIV I RCIC ISOL STM SPLY PRESS LOW o P601-21-A-6, RCIC ISOLATION MS TNL HI AMBIENT TEMP ATC o P601-21-B-1, DIV II RCIC ISOL STM SPLY PRESS LOW o P601-21-A-3, RCIC PUMP DISCHARGE FLOW LOW o P601-21-B-3, RCIC TURBINE STEAM SPLY WATER DRAIN TRAP LVL HI o Recognize and enter EOP-3, (SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AND RADIOACTIVITY RELEASE CONTROL) and EOP-2 (PRIMARY CONTAINMENT CONTROL). | |||
CRS o Recognize and direct ATC to verify high steam tunnel temperature isolations per AOP-3, Automatic Isolations. | |||
o Directs BOP to install enclosure 20 for DW cooling. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 15 of 19 o Per EOP-3, indications of high temperatures in the steam tunnel will cause isolation signals. | |||
Main Steam Line Tunnel Temperature High: 173°F Group 2, 6, 7, 15, and 16 valves isolate. | |||
o Verify Group 15 Valves closed per AOP-3: | |||
o G33 F004 o G33 F054 o G33 F039 o G33 F034 ATC o G33 F001 o G33 F053 o G33 F040 o G33 F028 o Recognize and report G33-MOV-1 and G33-MOV-4 failed to auto close. | |||
o Manually close failed isolation valves. | |||
Critical Task: Close one RWCU isolation valve (G33-MOV-1 OR G33-MOV-4) after failure to close on group 15 isolation before completion of step 5.9 of AOP-3 | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | |||
o Verify | |||
o | |||
o | |||
o | |||
- | |||
Critical Task: | |||
- | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 16 of 19 Enclosure 20, DEFEATING DRYWELL COOLING ISOLATION INTERLOCKS o OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 20 keys (2) o 3.2 VERIFY Normal Service Water pressure on SWP-PI124, SVCE SPLY HDR PRESSURE (H13-P870) OR Standby Service Water pressure on SWP-PR50A(B), STBY CLG TOWER LVL & PUMP DISCH PRESS RECORDER (H13-P870) as applicable is greater than Containment AND Drywell pressure on CMS-PR2A(B), DRYWELL PRESSURE (H13 P808) o 3.3 PLACE Control Switches for all tripped Drywell Unit Coolers to OFF. (H13-P863) o 3.4 PLACE the following keylock switches in the EMERGENCY position AND VERIFY the red lights illuminate. | ||
Switch Name Panel No. | |||
- | o DW CLG ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P851 o DW CLG ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P852 BOP NOTE DIV I AND II H2 Analyzers will no longer auto start. | ||
o | o 3.5 START DIV I AND II H2 Analyzers. (H13-P808) o 3.6 IF any drywell temperature on CMS-TR41A or B, DRYWELL ATMOS TEMP (H13-P808) is or has been greater than 200 °F, THEN notify the CRS/OSM that this enclosure cannot be completed. | ||
CAUTION Restoration of Service Water to Drywell unit coolers following isolation, if any drywell temperature on CMS-TR41A or B is or has been greater than 200 °F, can result in piping failure due to voiding and subsequent water hammer. Drywell UC Supply and Return Valves should NOT be reopened if any drywell temperature on CMS-TR41A or B is or has been greater than 200 °F. | |||
NOTE o Service Water should only be aligned and Drywell Unit Coolers started if a minimum of two (2) units can run. (Ref. CR-RBS-2011-00346) | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 17 of 19 o 3.7 IF a minimum of two (2) Drywell Unit Coolers can be started, THEN perform the following: | ||
8 | o OPEN the following valves: (H13-P870) o SWP-MOV4A DRYWELL UC SUPPLY o SWP-MOV5A DRYWELL UC RETURN o SWP-MOV4B DRYWELL UC SUPPLY o SWP-MOV5B DRYWELL UC RETURN o VERIFY closed the following: (H13-P877) o EJS-ACB25 NHS-MCC102A SPLY BRKR o EJS-ACB66 NHS-MCC102B SPLY BRKR BOP o 3.8 IF a minimum of two (2) Drywell Unit Coolers can be started, THEN START Drywell Unit Coolers as directed by the CRS. | ||
o 3.9 Monitor Stby Cooling Tower Level on SWP-PR50A (B) (H13-P870) at the frequencies shown on the Stby Cooling Tower Inventory Losses During Post DBA table. | |||
o 3.10 IF Stby Cooling Tower Level lowers to below the minimum water level of the Stby Cooling Tower Inventory Losses During Post DBA table, THEN reclose the valves opened in Step 3.7 above. | |||
o 3.11 IF Stby Cooling Tower inventory continues to lower below the minimum water level, THEN provide makeup water within 10 days per SOP-0042 or AOP-0004. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 18 of 19 TERMINATION Once at least one RWCU isolation valve is shut and reactor water level is being controlled in band or as directed by Lead Evaluator: | |||
RWCU | * Take the simulator to Freeze and turn horns off. | ||
* Stop and save the SBT report and any other recording devices. | |||
* Instruct the crew to not erase any markings or talk about the scenario until after follow-up questions are asked. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Offgoing OSM: Oncoming OSM: Off-Going Shift N D | ||
_______________________ _____ ___________________ _____ | |||
(Print) KCN (Print) KCN Date PART I - TO BE REVIEWED PRIOR TO ASSUMING THE SHIFT UNIT STATUS MODE 1 RX POWER 100% | |||
Oncoming OSM: | |||
Off-Going Shift | |||
_______________________ | |||
_____ ___________________ | |||
EVOLUTIONS (COMPLETED / IN PROGRESS / PLANNED); GENERAL INFORMATION Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 (Severe Weather Operation) are complete. | EVOLUTIONS (COMPLETED / IN PROGRESS / PLANNED); GENERAL INFORMATION Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 (Severe Weather Operation) are complete. | ||
SIGNIFICANT LCO STATUS None | SIGNIFICANT LCO STATUS None EQUIPMENT STATUS None | ||
River Bend Nuclear Station Scenario No.: | |||
2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 1 of 5 Facility: River Bend Nuclear Station Scenario No.: 2 Op-Test No.: NRC LOT 2016 Examiners: ____________________________ Operators: _____________________________ | ||
Initial Conditions: Operating at 100% power. | |||
Inoperable Equipment: None Turnover: | |||
_____________________________ | |||
Initial Conditions: | |||
Operating at 100% power. | |||
Inoperable Equipment: | |||
None Turnover: | |||
Restore 3-element control for feedwater. I&C has completed maintenance and retest. | Restore 3-element control for feedwater. I&C has completed maintenance and retest. | ||
Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. | Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete. | ||
All required actions per AOP | |||
-29 are complete. | |||
Main Turbine experienced increased (approximately 1 mil higher than normal) turbine vibrations on previous shift. | Main Turbine experienced increased (approximately 1 mil higher than normal) turbine vibrations on previous shift. | ||
Scenario Notes: | Scenario Notes: | ||
This scenario is a NEW Scenario. | This scenario is a NEW Scenario. | ||
Validation Time: 60 minutes | Validation Time: 60 minutes | ||
EOP 2 7 SLC002A/B C (BOP) SLC Pump Failure. | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 2 of 5 Event Malf. No. Event Event No. Type Description 1 N (ATC) Restore 3-element control per SOP-9, Section 4.10 C (ATC) NJS-J malfunction. MFP A trip. FCV runback. B FCV fails to runback. Recirculation flow mismatch. AOP 2 (MAIN ED004J TS (CRS) TURBINE AND GENERATOR TRIPS) AOP 6 (Condensate / | ||
8 | 2 Feedwater failures). TS 3.4.1 RCS015B AOP Reset FCV Runback IAW ARP. Increase flow to increase R (ATC) margin away from restricted region. | ||
Restore 3-element control A. After turnover the ATC will restore 3 | FWS012 3 C (BOP) Loss of extraction steam. ARP 870-53-H09, AOP-7 DTM-AOV41A C (BOP) 4 MSS005J TS (CRS) SRV (47C) stuck open. AOP-35. TS 3.5.1 and 3.6.5.3 AOP TMS003 Main Turbine Vibrations increase to manual scram level. | ||
-element control for feedwater control using SOP-9, Section 4.10. | 5 M (CREW) | ||
EOP 1 (RPV Control). OSP-53, AOP-2, EOP-1. | |||
CRD014 Hydraulic ATWS 65%. EOP 1A (RPV Control, ATWS). | |||
6 M (CREW) | |||
EOP 2 7 SLC002A/B C (BOP) SLC Pump Failure. | |||
E12MOVF064AP 8 E12MOVF064BP C (BOP) Failure of RHR A/B min flow valve to auto close. | |||
(N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor, (A)bnormal (TS) Tech Spec Quantitative Attributes Table Normal Events 1 EOP Contingency Procedures Used 1 Total Malfunctions 8 Simulator Run Time 60 Malfunctions After EOP Entry 2 EOP Run Time 30 AOP Events 2 Critical Tasks 3 Major Transients 2 Reactivity Manipulations 1 EOPs Used (Requiring measurable action) 2 | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 3 of 5 SCENARIO ACTIVITIES: | |||
Restore 3-element control A. After turnover the ATC will restore 3-element control for feedwater control using SOP-9, Section 4.10. | |||
NJS-J malfunction: | NJS-J malfunction: | ||
A. | A. FWP A will trip. An automatic FCV runback will occur. The B FCV fails to runback. | ||
A large Recirculation flow mismatch will result. B. The ATC will manually runback the B FCV to eliminate the flow mismatch per AOP 6 (Condensate / Feedwater failures) | A large Recirculation flow mismatch will result. | ||
B. The ATC will manually runback the B FCV to eliminate the flow mismatch per AOP 6 (Condensate / Feedwater failures). | |||
C. The CRS will enter TS 3.4.1. | |||
-870-53-H09. The ARP operator actions include referencing AOP | D. ATC will reset FCV Runback IAW ARP. Increase flow to increase margin away from restricted region. | ||
-7, Loss of FW Heating. The drain will fail to automatically open and the BOP will manually open DTM-AOV41A, 1ST PT EXTRACTION LINE DRAIN CONTROL VLV | Loss of Extraction Team: | ||
A. BOP will report the 1st point heater failure and reference ARP-870-53-H09. The ARP operator actions include referencing AOP-7, Loss of FW Heating. The drain will fail to automatically open and the BOP will manually open DTM-AOV41A, 1ST PT EXTRACTION LINE DRAIN CONTROL VLV. | |||
SRV (47C) stuck open: | |||
A. SRV (47C) will open. Per AOP-35, SRV Stuck Open, the valve will shut when the hand switch is manually taken to close. | A. SRV (47C) will open. Per AOP-35, SRV Stuck Open, the valve will shut when the hand switch is manually taken to close. | ||
Main Turbine Vibrations: | Main Turbine Vibrations: | ||
A. Vibrations continue to increase to 12 mils which require a manual scram and turbine trip per OSP | A. Vibrations continue to increase to 12 mils which require a manual scram and turbine trip per OSP-53. | ||
-53. ATWS: A. After the ATC manually scrams the reactor, a 65% Hydraulic ATWS will occur automatically. B. The crew will install EOP attachments and drive the control rods in. | ATWS: | ||
A. After the ATC manually scrams the reactor, a 65% Hydraulic ATWS will occur automatically. | |||
B. The crew will install EOP attachments and drive the control rods in. | |||
SLC Pump Failure: | SLC Pump Failure: | ||
A. The first SLC pump started will have an automatic malfunction resulting in a failure to inject. | A. The first SLC pump started will have an automatic malfunction resulting in a failure to inject. | ||
B. The second SLC pump will operate normally and inject boron as required. | B. The second SLC pump will operate normally and inject boron as required. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 4 of 5 Failure of RHR A or B min flow valve to Auto Close: | ||
A. The crew will establish Suppression Pool Cooling per OSP 53, Attachment 12. | |||
B. The min flow valve will fail to auto close when the test return valves are opened and require crew to manually close the minimum flow valve. | B. The min flow valve will fail to auto close when the test return valves are opened and require crew to manually close the minimum flow valve. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 5 of 5 Critical Task Number Description Basis With RPV injection terminated, RPV level and reactor power decrease at the maximum Per EOP-1A, RLA-13, terminate and possible rate allowed by boiloff. Failure to prevent all injection sources except completely stop RPV injection flow (with the 1 | ||
boron injection, CRD and RCIC prior to exception of CRD, RCIC, and boron injection) exceeding HCTL. would delay the reduction in core inlet subcooling, thus increasing the potential for flux oscillations. (EPSTG*0002, B-7-37) | |||
If suppression pool temperature and RPV pressure cannot be maintained below the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit, emergency depressurization will be required. To avoid depressurizing the RPV with the reactor at power, it is desirable to shut down the reactor prior to reaching the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit. Suppression pool | A scram failure event with reactor power above 5% coupled with an MSIV isolation, however, may result in rapid heatup of the suppression pool due to the steam discharged from the RPV via SRVs. The challenge to containment thus becomes the limiting factor which defines the second of the two possible conditions requiring initiation of boron injection. If suppression pool temperature and RPV pressure cannot be maintained below the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit, emergency | ||
***Per EOP-1A, RQA-4, inject SLC prior depressurization will be required. To avoid to suppression pool temperature reaching depressurizing the RPV with the reactor at 2 | |||
temperature of 110ºF represents the minimum Boron Injection Initiation Temperature (BIIT). | 110F. power, it is desirable to shut down the reactor prior to reaching the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit. Suppression pool temperature of 110ºF represents the minimum Boron Injection Initiation Temperature (BIIT). | ||
The suppression pool temperature at which a reactor scram is required by plant Technical Specifications (110ºF). | The suppression pool temperature at which a reactor scram is required by plant Technical Specifications (110ºF). River Bend Station uses the suppression pool temperature at which a reactor scram is required by plant Technical Specifications in place of a curve that is a function of reactor power for simplicity. | ||
River Bend Station uses the suppression pool temperature at which a reactor scram is required by plant Technical Specifications in place of a curve that is a function of reactor power for simplicity. (EPSTG*0002, B 59) | (EPSTG*0002, B-7-59) | ||
Positive confirmation that the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions is best obtained by determining that no control rod is withdrawn beyond the Maximum Subcritical Per EOP-1A, RQA-2, commence driving Banked Withdrawal Position (MSBWP). The 3 control rods in prior to exiting EP-1A. MSBWP is the greatest banked rod position at which the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions. For the current fuel design and core load, the MSBWP is all control rods fully inserted. (EPSTG*0002, B-7-2) | |||
* Critical Task (As defined in NUREG 1021 Appendix D) | * Critical Task (As defined in NUREG 1021 Appendix D) | ||
** | ** Per NUREG-1021, Appendix D, If an operator or the crew significantly deviates from or fails to follow procedures that affect the maintenance of basic safety functions, those actions may form the basis of a CT identified in the post-scenario review. | ||
-scenario review. | *** Due to SLC malfunction, action may be taken to inject SLC prior to 110F; however, SLC will not inject until failure is recognized and other SLC pump is attempted. | ||
*** Due to SLC malfunction, action may be taken to inject SLC prior to 110F; however, SLC will not inject until failure is recognized and other SLC pump is attempted. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 1 of 24 Event No: 1 Event | ||
1 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Restore 3-element control Normal evolution completed by ATC after turnover. | Restore 3-element control Normal evolution completed by ATC after turnover. | ||
TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior Per SOP-9, Section 4.10 Single Element to Three Element Control Transfer: | ||
o Place C33 R600, FW REG VALVES MASTER FLOW CONTROLLER in MANUAL. | o Verify feedwater flow is greater than 10% or 1.31 x 106 lbm/hr. | ||
o Depress 3 ELEM on the SINGLE ELEMENT THREE ELEMENT Select Switch. o Place C33 R600, FW REG VALVES MASTER FLOW CONTROLLER in AUTO as follows: | o Verify RPV level is stable and being controlled automatically by C33 R600, FW REG VALVES MASTER FLOW CONTROLLER. | ||
o Adjust tape set 2 inches above actual vessel level and observe the deviation signal is positive. | o Place C33 R600, FW REG VALVES MASTER FLOW CONTROLLER in MANUAL. | ||
o Lower tape set 2 inches below actual vessel level and observe the deviation signal is negative. | o Depress 3 ELEM on the SINGLE ELEMENT THREE ELEMENT Select Switch. | ||
o Match tape set to actual vessel level in order to null the deviation signal. o WHEN the level signal is nulled, THEN depress the AUTO Pushbutton and check green light above the pushbutton is on. | o Place C33 R600, FW REG VALVES MASTER FLOW CONTROLLER in AUTO as follows: | ||
o Readjust C33 R600, FW REG VALVES MASTER FLOW CONTROLLER Tape Set to maintain the reactor level requested by the OSM/CRS. | ATC o Adjust tape set 2 inches above actual vessel level and observe the deviation signal is positive. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | o Lower tape set 2 inches below actual vessel level and observe the deviation signal is negative. | ||
2 | o Match tape set to actual vessel level in order to null the deviation signal. | ||
o WHEN the level signal is nulled, THEN depress the AUTO Pushbutton and check green light above the pushbutton is on. | |||
o Readjust C33 R600, FW REG VALVES MASTER FLOW CONTROLLER Tape Set to maintain the reactor level requested by the OSM/CRS. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 2 of 24 Event No: 2 Event | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
NJS-J malfunction At the direction of the lead evaluator | NJS-J malfunction At the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger Event 2. | ||
, trigger Event 2. TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report NJS-J malfunction per: | ||
-J malfunction per: | o H13-P808 / 86A / B05, NJS-LDC1A-M/U&V LOAD CENTER GROUND FAULT o H13-P808 / 86A / G05, NJS-LDC1J BLOWN FUSE BOP o H13-P808 / 86A / G07, NJS-LDC1J OR 1K UNDERVOLTAGE (RED) o H13-P808 / 86A / H04, NJS-LDC DIST BRKRS AUTO TRIP o Dispatch SNEO and electrical maintenance to investigate loss of NJS-J. | ||
o H13-P808 / 86A / B05 , NJS-LDC1A-M/U&V LOAD CENTER GROUND FAULT o H13-P808 / 86A / G05 , NJS-LDC1J BLOWN FUSE o H13-P808 / 86A / G07 , NJS-LDC1J OR 1K UNDERVOLTAGE (RED) | o When SNEO dispatched to investigate loss of NJS-J, wait 3 minutes and report 86 device (overcurrent) is actuated on feeder breaker. | ||
-J. | o When electrical dispatched to investigate loss of NJS-J, wait 10 minutes and report 86 device (overcurrent) is actuated on feeder Booth breaker and tagout is being written to complete troubleshooting per EN-MA-125. | ||
-J, wait 3 minutes and report 86 device (overcurrent) is actuated on feeder breaker. | o When directed to investigate Alarm on GML Panel 101 (p680-15-A6), | ||
o When electrical dispatched to investigate loss of NJS | report alarm GML-PNL101/2-A04, DIFFL SEAL OIL PRESS LOW is in Alarm; operator actions have been taken and all oil pressures are normal. Alarm is a due to loss of power.- | ||
-J, wait 10 minutes and report 86 device (overcurrent) is actuated on feeder breaker and tagout is being written to complete troubleshooting per EN-MA-125. o When directed to investigate Alarm on GML Panel 101 (p680-15-A6), report alarm GML | o Diagnose and report feedwater pump A trip and B Recirculation FCV fails to runback per: | ||
-PNL101/2-A04, | o H13-P680 / 03A / A01, RX FW PUMP BREAKERS AUTO TRIP o H13-P680 / 03A / D01, RX FWP 1A DC OIL PUMPS RUNNING ATC o H13-P680/04A/A03, FCV A RUNBACK RFP TRIP o H13-P680/04A/A09, FCV B RUNBACK RFP TRIP - NOT LIT o Loop A/B Flow (C51-R614 Red A/ Blue B, Bottom right on vertical section Insert 4) has a large mismatch. | ||
o H13-P680 / 03A / A01 , RX FW PUMP BREAKERS AUTO TRIP o H13-P680 / 03A / D01 , RX FWP 1A DC OIL PUMPS RUNNING o H13-P680/04A/A03 , FCV A RUNBACK RFP TRIP o H13-P680/04A/A09, FCV B RUNBACK RFP TRIP | |||
- NOT LIT | |||
A. Recirculation loop jet pump flow mismatch not within limits. | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 3 of 24 o Recognize and enter the following AOPs: | ||
A.1 | o AOP 6, Condensate / Feedwater failures o AOP 24, THERMAL HYDRAULIC STABILITY CONTROLS o Direct ATC to balance recirculation loop flows due to failure of B Recirculation FCV. | ||
CRS o The CRS will enter TS 3.4.1. | |||
: | 3.4.1 Recirculation Loops Operating A. Recirculation loop jet pump flow mismatch not within limits. | ||
Verify both Reactor Recirc flow control valves close to approximately 60% drive flow position: | A.1 Shutdown one recirculation loop. Completion 2 hours. | ||
o Lower Reactor Recirculation Flow by toggling momentarily B33 K603B controller in the closed direction using the slow detent while observing for a servo error deviation in the negative direction. | o Runback B Recirculation FCV per H13-P680/04A/A09, FCV B RUNBACK RFP TRIP: | ||
o Observe B33 | Verify both Reactor Recirc flow control valves close to approximately 60% drive flow position: (Operator manually runs back B Recirc FCV until flow mismatch is less than 10%.) | ||
-HYVF060AB, FLOW CONTROL VALVE position, generator load, MWt, APRMs and loop flows for expected changes. | ATC o Lower Reactor Recirculation Flow by toggling momentarily B33 K603B controller in the closed direction using the slow detent while observing for a servo error deviation in the negative direction. | ||
o Observe B33-HYVF060AB, FLOW CONTROL VALVE position, generator load, MWt, APRMs and loop flows for expected changes. | |||
o When RE is contacted about monitor region entry, request crew raise power using Recirc flow control valves to approximately 51.8 Mlbm/hr. | |||
Booth o Role Play as RE with the printed RMP | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 4 of 24 o Direct ATC to reset FCV runback per ARP H13-P680/04A/A03, FCV A RUNBACK RFP TRIP: | ||
CRS o Direct ATC to raise power 2% using Recirc flow control valves to approximately 47.9 Mlbm/hr. | |||
Reset FCV runback per ARP H13-P680/04A/A03, FCV A RUNBACK RFP TRIP: | |||
-K603A, RECIRC LOOP A FLOW CONTROL station to obtain zero % LIMITER ERROR. | o Adjust B33-K603A, RECIRC LOOP A FLOW CONTROL station to obtain zero % LIMITER ERROR. | ||
o Adjust B33 | o Adjust B33-K603B, RECIRC LOOP B FLOW CONTROL station to obtain zero % LIMITER ERROR. | ||
-K603B, RECIRC LOOP B FLOW CONTROL station to obtain zero % LIMITER ERROR. | |||
o Perform the following to reset the cavitation interlock: | o Perform the following to reset the cavitation interlock: | ||
o Depress the CAVITAITION INTLK RECIRC PMP A RESET pushbutton and verify alarm H13 | o Depress the CAVITAITION INTLK RECIRC PMP A RESET pushbutton and verify alarm H13-P680/04A/A03, FCV A RUNBACK RFP TRIP resets. | ||
-P680/04A/A03, FCV A RUNBACK RFP TRIP resets. o Depress the CAVITAITION INTLK RECIRC PMP B RESET pushbutton and verify alarm H13 | ATC o Depress the CAVITAITION INTLK RECIRC PMP B RESET pushbutton and verify alarm H13-P680/04A/A09, FCV B RUNBACK RFP TRIP resets. | ||
-P680/04A/A09, FCV B RUNBACK RFP TRIP resets. o IF the alarms do not reset, THEN re-perform steps 2.a | o IF the alarms do not reset, THEN re-perform steps 2.a - c, as needed, to reset the runback alarm(s). | ||
- c, as needed, to reset the runback alarm(s). | |||
Raise Power as follows: | Raise Power as follows: | ||
o Raise Reactor Recirculation Flow by toggling momentarily B33 K603B controller in the open direction using the slow detent while observing for a servo error deviation in the positive direction. | o Raise Reactor Recirculation Flow by toggling momentarily B33 K603B controller in the open direction using the slow detent while observing for a servo error deviation in the positive direction. | ||
o Observe B33 | o Observe B33-HYVF060AB, FLOW CONTROL VALVE position, generator load, MWt, APRMs and loop flows for expected changes. | ||
-HYVF060AB, FLOW CONTROL VALVE position, generator load, MWt, APRMs and loop flows for expected changes. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 5 of 24 Event No: 3 Event | ||
3 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Loss of Extraction Steam At the direction of the lead evaluator, Trigger Event | Loss of Extraction Steam At the direction of the lead evaluator, Trigger Event 3. | ||
Note: Crew may review actions per SOP-10, but no actions required at this time. | |||
-10, but no actions required at this time. | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognize and report FEEDWATER & POINT HEATERS EXTREME HIGH LVL alarm (870-53-H09). Reference ARP-870-53-H09. | ||
TIME Position | o Diagnose the 1st Pt Htr E1A is the feedwater heater with the extreme BOP high level. | ||
o Per ARP-870-53-H09, verify auto close ESS-MOV-3A, HP TURB EXT STM TO 1ST PT WTR E1A ISOL VLV and MANUALLY OPEN DTM-AOV41A, 1ST PT EXTRACTION LINE DRAIN CONTROL VLV. | |||
CRS o Recognize and enter AOP-0007, Loss of Feedwater Heating. | |||
-870-53-H09. o Diagnose the | o When WMC requested, after 5 minute delay, report First Point A Booth Heater level instrument seems to be broken and will need further troubleshooting. | ||
CRS o Recognize and enter AOP | |||
-0007, Loss of Feedwater Heating. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 6 of 24 Event No: 4 Event | ||
4 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
SRV (47C) stuck open At the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger event | SRV (47C) stuck open At the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger event 4. | ||
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognize and report SRV B21-F047C is stuck open, which is not a low-low set valve open per ARP: | |||
-F047C is stuck open, which is not a low-low set valve open per ARP: | BOP o H13-P601/19A/A09, MAIN STEAM SAFETY RELIEF VALVE OPEN o H13-P601/19A/B09, ADS/SRV VALVE LEAKING o Recognize and enter AOP-35, SAFETY RELIEF VALVE STUCK OPEN. | ||
o H13-P601/19A/A09 , MAIN STEAM SAFETY RELIEF VALVE OPEN o H13-P601/19A/B09 , ADS/SRV VALVE LEAKING | o Direct per AOP-35, 5.5.51 At H13-P601, take the control switch to OFF. | ||
-35, SAFETY RELIEF VALVE STUCK OPEN. o Direct per AOP | o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.5.1, EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC) SYSTEM; ECCS - Operating Condition E, One ADS Valve inoperable. | ||
-35, 5.5.51 At H13-P601, take the control switch to OFF. o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.5.1, EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC) SYSTEM; ECCS | |||
- Operating Condition E, One ADS Valve inoperable. | |||
Restore ADS valve to OPERABLE status 14 days. | Restore ADS valve to OPERABLE status 14 days. | ||
o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.6.5.3 Drywell Isolation Valves | CRS o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.6.5.3 Drywell Isolation Valves Condition A, One or more penetration flow paths with one drywell isolation valve inoperable. | ||
A.1 Isolate the affected penetration flow path by use of at least one closed and de-activated automatic valve, closed manual valve, blind flange, or check valve with flow through the valve secured. 8 hours. | |||
AND A.2 Verify the affected penetration flow path is isolated. Prior to entering Mode 2 or 3 from Mode 4, if not performed within the previous 92 days. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 7 of 24 o Announce the following over the Gaitronics: | |||
o Attention in the plant. "Safety Relief Valve Open, all personnel evacuate the Containment. Personnel evacuate to WMC OR describe location ." | |||
o At H13-P601, place SRV control switch to OPEN. | |||
o Refer to EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies, for possible applicability. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | BOP o Reduce reactor power to equal to or less than 90%. | ||
o Attention in the plant. | |||
o Refer to EIP 001, Classification of Emergencies, for possible applicability. | |||
o Reduce reactor power to equal to or less than 90%. | |||
o WHEN reactor power is equal to or less than 90%, THEN attempt to close the open SRV as follows: | o WHEN reactor power is equal to or less than 90%, THEN attempt to close the open SRV as follows: | ||
o At H13-P601, take the control switch to OFF. | o At H13-P601, take the control switch to OFF. | ||
o Alarm H13-P601/19A/F08 , DIV I ADS/SRV CONTROL SWITCH IN OFF POSITION, comes in. | o Alarm H13-P601/19A/F08, DIV I ADS/SRV CONTROL SWITCH IN OFF POSITION, comes in. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 8 of 24 Event No: 5 Event | ||
5 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Main Turbine Vibrations At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 5. As turbine vibrations increase it takes 90 seconds for the alarm to come in after the trigger. | Main Turbine Vibrations At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 5. As turbine vibrations increase it takes 90 seconds for the alarm to come in after the trigger. | ||
TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Vibrations continue to increase to 12 mils which require a manual scram and turbine trip per OSP-53, AOP-2 o Diagnose and report rising main turbine vibrations per: | ||
-53, AOP-2 o Diagnose and report rising main turbine vibrations per: | BOP o P870 Insert 53 (Yokogawa on right) bearing vibrations going up. | ||
o P870 Insert 53 (Yokogawa on right) bearing vibrations going up. | o H13-P870/54A/D08, TURBINE HIGH VIBRATION o Recognize and report rising main turbine vibrations per: | ||
o H13-P870/54A/D08, TURBINE HIGH VIBRATION | ATC o P680 CRT1 (Computer screen to left of full core display) bearing vibrations going up. (Number turns red at 7 mils) o Recognize and direct BOP to make Turbine Vibrations a critical parameter. | ||
o P680 CRT1 (Computer screen to left of full core display) bearing vibrations going up. | o Brief crew to manually scram the reactor if main turbine vibrations reach 10 mils per OSP-53 (EMERGENCY AND TRANSIENT CRS RESPONSE SUPPORT) and AOP-2 (MAIN TURBINE AND GENERATOR TRIPS). | ||
o Direct ATC to manually scram the reactor and trip the main turbine when main turbine vibrations reach 10 mils. | |||
o Brief crew to manually scram the reactor if main turbine vibrations reach | |||
-53 (EMERGENCY AND TRANSIENT RESPONSE SUPPORT) and AOP | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 9 of 24 o At 10 mils, manually scram reactor per AOP-1 (Reactor Scram): | ||
-2 (MAIN TURBINE AND GENERATOR TRIPS). | o Place C71A S1, REACTOR SYSTEM MODE SWITCH, to SHUTDOWN. | ||
o Direct ATC to manually scram the reactor and trip the main turbine when main turbine vibrations reach 10 mils. | o Check all Control Rods are fully inserted. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | o IF all Control Rods are not fully inserted, THEN perform one OR both of the following steps to insert control rods: | ||
-1 (Reactor Scram): | ATC o Arm and depress C71A S3A, B, C, and D, MANUAL SCRAM Pushbuttons. | ||
o Place C71A S1, REACTOR SYSTEM MODE SWITCH, to SHUTDOWN. o Check all Control Rods are fully inserted. | o IF any Control Rods are not fully inserted, THEN arm and depress both C11C S1A and B, ARI CHANNEL A and B MANUAL INITIATION, Pushbuttons. | ||
o IF all Control Rods are not fully inserted, THEN perform one OR both of the following steps to insert control rods: | |||
o Arm and depress C71A S3A, B, C, and D, MANUAL SCRAM Pushbuttons. | |||
o IF any Control Rods are not fully inserted, THEN arm and depress both C11C S1A and B, ARI CHANNEL A and B MANUAL INITIATION, Pushbuttons. | |||
o Manually trip main turbine. | o Manually trip main turbine. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 10 of 24 Event No: 6 Event | ||
6 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
ATWS | ATWS After the ATC manually scrams the reactor, a 65% Hydraulic ATWS will occur automatically. | ||
Note: | Note: Once the scram is reset it takes approximately 13 minutes to drain the scram discharge volume in order to scram and drive rods. | ||
Enclosure actions are listed at the back of the scenario guide. | Enclosure actions are listed at the back of the scenario guide. | ||
TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior ATWS Report o Mode Switch in shutdown. Scram pushbuttons and ARI not effective. | ||
o Reactor Power 65 | o Reactor Power 65%. Hydraulic block ATWS. | ||
%. Hydraulic block ATWS. | ATC o Turbine manually tripped due to main turbine vibrations. | ||
o Turbine manually tripped due to main turbine vibrations. | o MSIVs are open. | ||
o MSIVs are open. | o EOP 1 entry conditions: Power >5% scram required. | ||
o EOP 1 entry conditions: | o Recognize and enter EOP-1, RPV Control. | ||
o Recognize and enter EOP-1A, RPV Control, ATWS o Directs ATC to trip both reactor recirc pumps. | |||
-1, RPV Control. | o Directs ATC to verify ARI initiation. | ||
o Recognize and enter EOP-1A, RPV Control, ATWS o Directs ATC to trip both reactor recirc pumps. | CRS o Directs BOP to terminate and prevent injection from HPCS. | ||
o Directs ATC to verify ARI initiation. | o Directs BOP to inhibit ADS. | ||
o Directs BOP to terminate and prevent injection from HPCS. | o Directs ATC to trip the MainTurbine and evacuate Turbine Building IAW OSP-53 and AOP-2. | ||
o Directs BOP to inhibit ADS. | o Directs BOP to install Enclosures 16 and 24. | ||
o Directs ATC to trip the MainTurbine and evacuate Turbine Building IAW OSP-53 and AOP | |||
-2. o Directs BOP to install Enclosures 16 and 24. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 11 of 24 Trips both reactor recirc pumps. | ||
o Depress the STOP pushbutton for B33 | o Depress the STOP pushbutton for B33-C001A(B) RECIRC PUMP A(B) | ||
-C001A(B) RECIRC PUMP A(B) MOTOR BREAKER 5A(B). | MOTOR BREAKER 5A(B). | ||
o Verify B33 | o Verify B33-C001A(B) RECIRC PUMP A(B) MOTOR BREAKER 5A(B) opens and pump coasts down to 0% speed. | ||
-C001A(B) RECIRC PUMP A(B) MOTOR BREAKER 5A(B) opens and pump coasts down to 0% speed. | o Open NJS-ACB305(029) by depressing the TRIP pushbutton for B33-S001A(B) LFMG A(B) MOT BRKR 1A(B). | ||
o Open NJS-ACB305(029) by depressing the TRIP pushbutton for B33-S001A(B) LFMG A(B) MOT BRKR 1A(B). | ATC Verifies ARI initiation: | ||
Verifies ARI initiation: | o Verify light indication on ARI/RPT shows initiation. OR o Arm and depress ATS ARI/RPT MAN TRIP Channel 1 and CHANNEL 2 pushbuttons. | ||
o Verify light indication on ARI/RPT shows initiation. | o Per AOP-2, makes plant announcement to evacuate the Turbine Building. | ||
OR | Per OSP-0053, Attachment 5 (HARDCARD): | ||
o Per AOP-2, makes plant announcement to evacuate the Turbine Building. | o Override Injection / Initiate HPCS o Verify E22-F004 amber override light is lit. | ||
o Stop the HPCS pump. | |||
-F004 amber override light is lit. o Stop the HPCS pump. o Notify the CRS that injection from HPCS has been terminated and prevented. | BOP o Notify the CRS that injection from HPCS has been terminated and prevented. | ||
Inhibits ADS: | Inhibits ADS: | ||
o Places ADS INHIBIT switches to the INHIBIT position. | o Places ADS INHIBIT switches to the INHIBIT position. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 12 of 24 o Directs ATC to terminate and prevent all injection in the RPV except boron injection, CRD and RCIC to maintain RPV level -60 to -140 inches wide range. | ||
-60 to -140 inches wide range. | CRS o Directs ATC to stabilize RPV pressure 960-1090 psig using SRVs, Bypass valves, and drains. | ||
o Directs ATC to stabilize RPV pressure | o Directs ATC to maintain RPV pressure 800-1090 psig using SRVs, Bypass valves, and drains. | ||
o Terminate and prevent injection from condensate/feedwater. | |||
o Place the Master Controller in Manual and drive all Feed Reg valves full closed; place the Startup Feed Reg valve in Manual and drive it full closed. | |||
o Place the Master Controller in Manual and drive all Feed Reg | o Intentionally lowers water level to maintain -60 to -140 inches wide range. | ||
ATC Critical Task: Terminate and prevent all injection into the RPV except boron injection, CRD and RCIC prior to exceeding HCTL. | |||
o Maintain RPV pressure 800-1090 psig using SRVs, Bypass valves, and drains. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 13 of 24 o Directs SLC injection prior to SP temperature reaches 110F. | |||
o | Critical Task: Before Suppression Pool temperature reaches 110F, inject boron (SLC). (EOP-1A, Step RQA-4/5) | ||
CRS o Directs BOP to maximize CRD. | |||
o Directs Enclosures 12 for ARI and 24 installed. | |||
o Directs ATC to Drive and rods per Enclosure 14. | |||
Booth o Install EOP Enclosures as requested. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 14 of 24 Event No: 7 Event | ||
7 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
SLC Pump Failure The first SLC pump started will have an automatic malfunction resulting in a failure to inject. | SLC Pump Failure The first SLC pump started will have an automatic malfunction resulting in a failure to inject. | ||
TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Direct BOP to inject SLC per OSP-53, Attachment 13 Initiating Standby CRS Liquid Control. | ||
-53, Attachment 13 Initiating Standby Liquid Control. | Inject SLC per OSP-53, Attachment 13 Initiating Standby Liquid Control: | ||
o Place SLC PUMP A(B) (NOT BOTH), control switch to RUN. | |||
o Perform the following: | |||
-53, Attachment 13 Initiating Standby Liquid Control: | o Verify the following: | ||
o Place SLC PUMP A(B) (NOT BOTH), control switch to RUN. | o SQUIB CONTINUITY A(B), light goes Off. | ||
o Perform the following: | o C41-F001A(B), SLC PUMP A(B) SUCT VLV, Opens. | ||
o Verify the following: | o C41-C001A(B), SLC PUMP A(B), Starts. | ||
o SQUIB CONTINUITY A(B), light goes Off. | ***SLC pump will have red light indicating pump start, but BOP discharge pressure (P601-19, C41-R600, meter on right next to SLC pump A switch) will indicate very low due to pump shaft shear. | ||
o C41-F001A(B), SLC PUMP A(B) SUCT VLV, Opens. | o IF any required actions do not occur, THEN perform the following: | ||
o C41-C001A(B), SLC PUMP A(B), Starts. | o Place SLC PUMP A(B), control switch to STOP. | ||
o Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the Alternate pump. | |||
-19, C41-R600, meter on right next to SLC pump A switch) will indicate very low due to pump shaft shear. o IF any required actions do not occur, THEN perform the following: | o Notify CRS of SLC injection status. | ||
o Place SLC PUMP A(B), control switch to STOP. | o Verify IAS-MOV106 is Open. (Enclosure 16 may be required). | ||
o Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the Alternate pump. | o Record SLC Tank Level. gallons _____________ | ||
o Notify CRS of SLC injection status. | |||
o Verify IAS | |||
-MOV106 is Open. | |||
o Record SLC Tank Level. gallons | |||
_____________ | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 15 of 24 Event No: 8 Event | ||
8 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
RHR Min flow valve fails to close in Suppression Pool Cooling TIME Position | RHR Min flow valve fails to close in Suppression Pool Cooling TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior CRS o Direct Suppression Pool Cooling using RHR A and B. | ||
o Per OSP 53, Attachment 12, Establishing Suppression Pool Cooling: | |||
o Verify the selected system is not required for adequate core cooling. | o Verify the selected system is not required for adequate core cooling. | ||
o Throttle E12 | o Throttle E12-F068A(B), RHR HX A(B) SVCE WTR RTN, not to exceed 5800 gpm flow. | ||
-F068A(B), RHR HX A(B) SVCE WTR RTN, not to exceed 5800 gpm flow. | o Start/Verify Running RHR PUMP A(B). | ||
o Start/Verify Running RHR PUMP A(B). | o Verify E12-F042A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) LPCI INJECT ISOL VALVE, Closed. | ||
o Verify E12 | o Verify E12-F053A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) SDC INJECTION VALVE, BOP Closed. | ||
-F042A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) LPCI INJECT ISOL VALVE, Closed. o Verify E12 | o Open/Verify Open E12-F024A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) TEST RTN TO SUP PL. | ||
-F053A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) SDC INJECTION VALVE, Closed. o Open/Verify Open E12 | o Verify E12-F064A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) MIN FLOW TO SUP PL, Closed. This will fail to auto close and requires manual operation. | ||
-F024A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) TEST RTN TO SUP PL. o Verify E12 | o Close E12-F048A(B), RHR A(B) HX BYPASS VALVE, when auto open signal has cleared. | ||
-F064A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) MIN FLOW TO SUP PL, Closed. This will fail to auto close and requires manual operation. | |||
o Close E12-F048A(B), RHR A(B) HX BYPASS VALVE, when auto open signal has cleared. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 16 of 24 Event No: | ||
Event | Event | ||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
ATWS continued TIME Position | ATWS continued TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior Maximize CRD per OSP-53 hardcard: | ||
-53 hardcard: | o Start any available, non-running CRD pump as follows: | ||
o Start any available, non | o Start C11-C001AP(BP), CRD AUX OIL PUMP A(B). | ||
-running CRD pump as follows: | o Verify C11-C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B), white control power available light on. | ||
o Start C11-C001AP(BP), CRD AUX OIL PUMP A(B). o Verify C11-C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B), white control power available light on. o Start C11-C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B). o Place CRD HYDRAULICS FLOW CONTROLLER, in MANUAL and raise signal to 100%. o Fully Open C11-F003, CRD DRIVE WATER PRESS CONTROL VALVE. o Verify IAS-MOV106 is Open. IF IAS-MOV106 is not open, AND an ATWS condition exists, THEN notify the CRS that EOP Enclosure 16 is required. | o Start C11-C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B). | ||
Critical task: | BOP o Place CRD HYDRAULICS FLOW CONTROLLER, in MANUAL and raise signal to 100%. | ||
-2, Primary Control per: | o Fully Open C11-F003, CRD DRIVE WATER PRESS CONTROL VALVE. | ||
o Verify IAS-MOV106 is Open. IF IAS-MOV106 is not open, AND an ATWS condition exists, THEN notify the CRS that EOP Enclosure 16 is required. | |||
o When attachments are installed, direct ATC to scram and drive rods. | |||
Critical task: Commence driving control rods in prior to exiting EOP-1A. | |||
CRS o Recognize and enter EOP-2, Primary Control per: | |||
o DW temperature o Suppression Pool Temperature o Suppression Pool Level o Containment Temperature o Containment Pressure | o DW temperature o Suppression Pool Temperature o Suppression Pool Level o Containment Temperature o Containment Pressure | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 17 of 24 Inserts Control Rods by Scram and normal lnsert drive by: | ||
Manual Scram: | Manual Scram: | ||
Reset Scram signal (Division 1 only) | * Reset Scram signal (Division 1 only) | ||
Allow Scram Discharge Volume to drain Arm and depress Manual Scram pushbuttons. | * Allow Scram Discharge Volume to drain | ||
(Division 1 only) | * Arm and depress Manual Scram pushbuttons. (Division 1 only) | ||
Normal Drive Reset Scram signal (Division 1 only) | Normal Drive ATC | ||
Select control rod Select gang drive mode depress IN TIMER SKIP pushbutton until control rods indicate 00 Critical task: | * Reset Scram signal (Division 1 only) | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | * Select control rod | ||
* Select gang drive mode | |||
* depress IN TIMER SKIP pushbutton until control rods indicate 00 Critical task: Commence driving control rods in prior to exiting EOP-1A. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 18 of 24 Event | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Enclosure 12 | Enclosure 12 DEFEATING RPS AND ARI LOGIC TRIPS NOTE: It takes approximately 13 minutes after the scram is reset to drain the SDV to clear the alarm. | ||
TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior CRS o Direct BOP to install enclosure 12. | ||
NOTE For non-ATWS events complete Steps 3.1 through 3.4 only. ARI should only be defeated during ATWS events. | |||
DEFEAT Containment Instrument Air isolation interlocks per EOP | DEFEAT Containment Instrument Air isolation interlocks per EOP-0005 ENCL 16, to supply air to the Scram Valves. | ||
-0005 ENCL 16, to supply air to the Scram Valves. | o 3.2 OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 12 keys, four (4). | ||
o 3.2 OBTAIN EOP | o 3.3 DEFEAT the RPS trip logic by placing the following switches in the EMERGENCY position AND VERIFY the red lights illuminate: | ||
-0005 ENCL 12 keys, four (4). | Switch No. Panel No. | ||
o 3.3 DEFEAT the RPS trip logic by placing the following switches in the EMERGENCY position AND VERIFY the red lights illuminate: | BOP o C71A-S15A RPS LOGIC TRIP DISABLE H13-P691 o C71A-S15B RPS LOGIC TRIP DISABLE H13-P692 o C71A-S15C RPS LOGIC TRIP DISABLE H13-P693 o C71A-S15D RPS LOGIC TRIP DISABLE H13-P694 o 3.4 IF DEFEATING the RPS trip logic only, THEN RESET the reactor SCRAM AND ARI. (H13 P680) o 3.5 DEFEAT ARI logic trip as follows: | ||
Switch No. | o 3.5.1 Location: H13-P632 Bay A | ||
Panel No. o C71A-S15A RPS LOGIC TRIP DISABLE H13-P691 | |||
o 3.5.1 Location: H13-P632 Bay A | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 19 of 24 (Note: Booth Actions required for the following relays) | ||
NOTE All ARI relays are on the right side of the bay. | NOTE All ARI relays are on the right side of the bay. | ||
REMOVE Relays: | REMOVE Relays: | ||
o C11C-K2B (3rd row of relays from door, 3rd relay from top) o C11C-K3B (3rd row of relays from door, 4th relay from top) o C11C-K4B (3rd row of relays from door, 5th relay from top) o C11C-K5B (3rd row of relays from door, 6th relay from top) o C11C-K2A (4th row of relays from door, 3rd relay from top) o C11C-K3A (4th row of relays from door, 4th relay from top) o C11C-K4A (4th row of relays from door, 5th relay from top) o C11C-K5A (4th row of relays from door, 6th relay from top) o 3.6 -P680) | o C11C-K2B (3rd row of relays from door, 3rd relay from top) o C11C-K3B (3rd row of relays from door, 4th relay from top) o C11C-K4B (3rd row of relays from door, 5th relay from top) o C11C-K5B (3rd row of relays from door, 6th relay from top) o C11C-K2A (4th row of relays from door, 3rd relay from top) o C11C-K3A (4th row of relays from door, 4th relay from top) o C11C-K4A (4th row of relays from door, 5th relay from top) o C11C-K5A (4th row of relays from door, 6th relay from top) o 3.6 * * * | ||
-P680) | * VERIFY ARI is RESET. (H13-P680) o 3.7 * * * | ||
* RESET the reactor SCRAM. (H13-P680) o 3.8 * * * | |||
* VERIFY OPEN SCRAM DISCH VOL VENT VLVS (F010 & F180) AND SCRAM DISCH VOL DRAIN VLVS (F011 & | |||
F181). (H13-P680) o 3.9 * * * | |||
* WHEN the ANNUNCIATOR clears, CRD SCRAM DISCH VOL HIGH WATER LEVEL P680-06A-A08 o THEN initiate a manual SCRAM. | |||
o 3.10 * * * | |||
* IF inward control rod motion is observed, THEN REPEAT Steps 3.6 through 3.10 UNTIL the reactor is shut down. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 20 of 24 Event No: 6 Event | |||
6 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Enclosure 14 | Enclosure 14 DEFEATING RC&IS INTERLOCKS AND EMERGENCY CONTROL ROD INSERTION DATA SHEET TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior CRS o Direct ATC to drive rods using Enclosure 14 until rod block occurs. | ||
o 3.3 Verify Control Rod Pattern Sequence A is selected. | |||
o 3.4 Fully INSERT control rods by group, starting with Group 10, using IN TIMER SKIP pushbutton. | ATC o 3.4 Fully INSERT control rods by group, starting with Group 10, using IN TIMER SKIP pushbutton. | ||
Skip control rods which do not fully INSERT. | Skip control rods which do not fully INSERT. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 21 of 24 Event No: 6 Event | ||
6 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Enclosure 16 | Enclosure 16 DEFEATING CONTAINMENT INSTRUMENT AIR ISOLATION INTERLOCKS TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior CRS o Direct installation of Enclosure 16. | ||
o VERIFY Instrument Air Header Pressure pressure on IAS-PI105 (H13-P870) is greater than Containment pressure on CMS-PR2A(B). (H13-P808) o 3.2 OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 16 key, one (1) o 3.3 PLACE the following switch in the EMERGENCY position AND BOP VERIFY the red light illuminates: | |||
-PI105 (H13 | o Switch Name Panel No. | ||
-P870) is greater than Containment pressure on CMS | 3.3.1 CONTMT INST AIR ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P851 o 3.4 VERIFY open IAS-MOV106, INST AIR OUTBD ISOL. (H13-P870) | ||
-PR2A(B). | |||
-P808) | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 22 of 24 Event No: 6 Event | ||
-0005 ENCL 16 key, one (1) o 3.3 PLACE the following switch in the EMERGENCY position AND VERIFY the red light illuminates: | |||
o Switch Name Panel No. 3.3.1 CONTMT INST AIR ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P851 | |||
-MOV106, INST AIR OUTBD ISOL. | |||
-P870) | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | |||
6 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Enclosure 24 | Enclosure 24 DEFEATING RPV LOW LEVEL 1 MSIV AND MSL DRAINS ISOLATION INTERLOCKS TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior CRS o Direct installation of Enclosure 24. | ||
o DEFEAT Containment Instrument Air Isolation interlocks per EOP-0005 ENCL 16 to supply air to the inboard MSIVs. | |||
-0005 ENCL 16 to supply air to the inboard MSIVs. | o 3.2 OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 24 keys (4) o 3.3 PLACE the following keylock switches in the EMERGENCY position AND VERIFY the red lights illuminate. | ||
o 3.2 OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 24 keys (4) o 3.3 PLACE the following keylock switches in the EMERGENCY position AND VERIFY the red lights illuminate. | o Switch No. Panel No. | ||
o Switch No. | o B21H-S78A RPV LO LVL 1 MSIV AND MSL DR ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P691 BOP o B21H-S78B RPV LO LVL 1 MSIV AND MSL DR ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P692 o B21H-S78C RPV LO LVL 1 MSIV AND MSL DR ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P693 o B21H-S78D RPV LO LVL 1 MSIV AND MSL DR ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P694 o 3.4 OPEN MSIVs and MSL drains as directed by the CRS. | ||
Panel No. o | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 23 of 24 TERMINATION Once crew has established rod movement, reactor water level is being controlled in band, or as directed by Lead Evaluator: | ||
Take the simulator to Freeze and turn horns off. | * Take the simulator to Freeze and turn horns off. | ||
Instruct the crew to not erase any markings or talk about the scenario until after follow-up questions are asked. | * Instruct the crew to not erase any markings or talk about the scenario until after follow-up questions are asked. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Offgoing OSM: Oncoming OSM: Off-Going Shift N D | ||
Oncoming OSM: | _______________________ _____ ___________________ _____ | ||
Off-Going Shift | (Print) KCN (Print) KCN Date PART I - TO BE REVIEWED PRIOR TO ASSUMING THE SHIFT UNIT STATUS MODE 1 RX POWER 100% | ||
_______________________ | |||
_____ ___________________ | |||
EVOLUTIONS (COMPLETED / IN PROGRESS / PLANNED); GENERAL INFORMATION Restore 3-element control for feedwater. I&C has completed maintenance and retest. | EVOLUTIONS (COMPLETED / IN PROGRESS / PLANNED); GENERAL INFORMATION Restore 3-element control for feedwater. I&C has completed maintenance and retest. | ||
Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete. | Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete. | ||
Main Turbine experienced increased (approximately 1 mil higher than normal) turbine vibrations on previous shift. | Main Turbine experienced increased (approximately 1 mil higher than normal) turbine vibrations on previous shift. | ||
SIGNIFICANT LCO STATUS None | SIGNIFICANT LCO STATUS None EQUIPMENT STATUS None | ||
River Bend Nuclear Station Scenario No.: | |||
4 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 1 of 6 Facility: River Bend Nuclear Station Scenario No.: 4 Op-Test No.: NRC LOT 2016 Examiners: ____________________________ Operators: _____________________________ | ||
Initial Conditions: Operating at 4% power. | |||
Inoperable Equipment: None Turnover: | |||
Per SOP-7, start CNM-P1B,Section 5.1, and secure CNM-P 1C, Section 6.1 Continue withdrawing rods to achieve mode 1 using RMP-RBS-19-TRG-01 starting on Step 066. | |||
Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete. | |||
_____________________________ | |||
Initial Conditions: | |||
Operating at 4% power. | |||
Inoperable Equipment: | |||
None Turnover: | |||
-P 1C, Section 6.1 Continue withdrawing rods to achieve mode 1 using RMP-RBS-19-TRG-01 starting on Step 066 | |||
All required actions per AOP | |||
-29 are complete. | |||
Scenario Notes: | Scenario Notes: | ||
This scenario is a NEW Scenario. Validation Time: 60 minutes | This scenario is a NEW Scenario. | ||
Validation Time: 60 minutes | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 2 of 6 Event Malf. No. Event Event No. Type Description N Swap Condensate Pumps per SOP-7, start CNM-1 (ATC/BOP) P1B,Section 5.1, and secure CNM-P 1C, Section 6.1 Withdraw rods for mode change. Crew will withdraw 3 rods 2 R (ATC) per Reactivity Management Plan. | ||
-P 1C, Section 6.1 | Division 2 Diesel Generator Air Leak per P877-32A-E01, TS 3 p877_32a:e_1 TS (CRS) 3.8.3 and 3.8.1. | ||
IRM E fails upscale. Bypass IRM. Reset the 1/2 scram 4 NMS006E C (ATC) | |||
-32A-E01, TS 3.8.3 and 3.8.1. | ARP P680-6-C-10. | ||
CCS001B C (BOP) CCS pump trip. Standby fails to auto start. AOP-12 (Loss of 5 | |||
-12 (Loss of Turbine Plant Component Cooling Water) | CCS003C AOP Turbine Plant Component Cooling Water) | ||
-AOD-104, HVF-AOD-122 and HVF | RMS005C C (BOP) Rad monitor fails. HVF-AOD-104, HVF-AOD-122 and HVF-6 HVFAOD102 AOP AOD-102 fail to auto close. EOP-3, AOP-3 104 AND 122 7 NMS007A TS (CRS) IRM A fails downscale. ARP P680-6-C-9. | ||
-AOD-102 fail to auto close. EOP-3, AOP-3 7 NMS007A TS (CRS) IRM A fails downscale. ARP P680 C-9. | ED001 DG002B Station Blackout. Loss of offsite power. Loss of feed. | ||
Reactor scram. Division 2 and 3 DGs fail. EOP 1. Drywell leak 200 gpm, EOP-2 | 8 M Reactor scram. Division 2 and 3 DGs fail. EOP 1. Drywell DG002C leak 200 gpm, EOP-2 RCS007 Division 1 DG voltage is low and needs to be raised in order 9 DG006A C (BOP) to energize the bus. | ||
RCIC002 RCIC manual initiation fails. RCIC must be manually aligned 10 C (ATC) | |||
DI_E51-MIDA per hardcard. | |||
Swap Condensate Pumps A. Per SOP-7, start CNM | (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor, (A)bnormal (TS) Tech Spec Quantitative Attributes Table Normal Events 1 EOP Contingency Procedures Used 1 Total Malfunctions 7 Simulator Run Time 60 Malfunctions After EOP Entry 2 EOP Run Time 30 AOP Events 2 Critical Tasks 2 Major Transients 1 Reactivity Manipulations 1 EOPs Used (Requiring measurable action) 3 | ||
-P1B,Section 5.1, and secure CNM | |||
-P 1C, Section 6.1 Withdraw rods for mode change A. ATC will continue with the rod withdraw to transition to mode 1. | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 3 of 6 SCENARIO ACTIVITIES: | ||
Division 2 DG Air Leak A. BOP recognizes Division 2 Diesel Generator Air Leak per P877 | Swap Condensate Pumps A. Per SOP-7, start CNM-P1B,Section 5.1, and secure CNM-P 1C, Section 6.1 Withdraw rods for mode change A. ATC will continue with the rod withdraw to transition to mode 1. | ||
-32A-E01. Dispatches SNEO to investigate alarm and reports low air pressure and air leak. | Division 2 DG Air Leak A. BOP recognizes Division 2 Diesel Generator Air Leak per P877-32A-E01. | ||
Dispatches SNEO to investigate alarm and reports low air pressure and air leak. | |||
B. CRS enters TS 3.8.3 and 3.8.1. | B. CRS enters TS 3.8.3 and 3.8.1. | ||
IRM E fails upscale | IRM E fails upscale: | ||
A. The ATC will bypass IRM E per ARP P680-6-C-10. | |||
B. The ATC will reset the half scram per ARP P680-5-A-9. | |||
B. The Unit Operator will manually start the standby CCS pump per AOP | CCS pump trip: | ||
-12 (Loss of Turbine Plant Component Cooling Water) | A. The running CCS pump will trip and the standby pump fails to start. | ||
B. The Unit Operator will manually start the standby CCS pump per AOP-12 (Loss of Turbine Plant Component Cooling Water). | |||
Rad monitor fails: | |||
A. The Fuel Building Exhaust Rad monitor fails and HVF-AOD-104, HVF-AOD-122 and HVF-AOD-102 fail to auto close. ARP-RMS-DSP230/4GE005 B. The Unit Operator manually closes the three dampers. | |||
IRM A fails downscale: | |||
A. The CRS will enter TS 3.3.1.1. | |||
diesel generator may be required to operate RPV injection systems under emergency conditions. | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 4 of 6 Station Blackout: | ||
The statement | A. A loss of offsite power will result in a complete loss of feed and an automatic reactor scram on low reactor water level. Division 2 and 3 Diesel Generators will malfunction. A slow drywell leak will occur. | ||
Division 1 Diesel Generator fails to energize ENS-SWGR1A: | |||
(EPSTG*0002, B 29) Submergence is the preferred method for cooling the core. The core is adequately cooled by submergence when it can be determined that RPV water level is at or above the top of the active fuel. All fuel nodes are then assumed to be covered with water and heat is removed by boiling heat transfer. | A. Upon the loss of offsite power, Event 8 will automatically trigger. | ||
B. The Division 1 Diesel Generator will fail to reach voltage required to automatically energize ENS-SWGR1A. | |||
C. The crew will manually raise diesel voltage and energize ENS-SWGR1A. | |||
RCIC manual initiation fails: | |||
A. Manual initiation of RCIC using the manual pushbutton will not work, Event 9 will automatically trigger. | |||
B. The crew will manually align RCIC per the hard card (OSP-53). | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 5 of 6 Critical Task Number Description Basis The third bullet Emergency diesel generators Per EOP-1, RL-1, adjust division 1 applies because electrical power supplied by a voltage to energize ENS SWGR A within diesel generator may be required to operate 10 minutes. If shutdown, then once fill RPV injection systems under emergency and vent of LP ECCS systems are conditions. | |||
1 complete, restart and power ENS SWGR The statement which should havebut did A prior to auto trip on high temperature. not encompasses conditions for which Diesel Generator is needed to restore automatic action should have occurred but vital switchgear electrical power for AC failed to. In such a case, manual operator control power during a station blackout. action to initiate the appropriate action is required. (EPSTG*0002, B-6-9) | |||
Emergency depressurization is not performed while RPV water level is above the top of the active fuel because the core will remain adequately cooled as long as RPV water level remains above the Minimum Steam Cooling RPV Water Level. (EPSTG*0002, B-6-29) | |||
Per EOP-1, ALC-8, manually start RCIC 2 Submergence is the preferred method for prior to emergency depressurization. | |||
cooling the core. The core is adequately cooled by submergence when it can be determined that RPV water level is at or above the top of the active fuel. All fuel nodes are then assumed to be covered with water and heat is removed by boiling heat transfer. | |||
* Critical Task (As defined in NUREG 1021 Appendix D) | * Critical Task (As defined in NUREG 1021 Appendix D) | ||
** | ** Per NUREG-1021, Appendix D, If an operator or the crew significantly deviates from or fails to follow procedures that affect the maintenance of basic safety functions, those actions may form the basis of a CT identified in the post-scenario review. | ||
-scenario review. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 6 of 6 Simulator Notes: | ||
Provide and mark up GOP 1 and reactivity plan. | Provide and mark up GOP 1 and reactivity plan. | ||
Possible Remote Actions: | Possible Remote Actions: | ||
CRD006 | CRD006 Reset CRDM high Temperature ECCS003 LPCS pump breaker (control power fuses) | ||
ECCS004 | ECCS004 RHR A pump breaker (control power fuses) | ||
ECCS005 | ECCS005 RHR B pump breaker (control power fuses) | ||
ECCS006 | ECCS006 RHR C pump breaker (control power fuses) | ||
IAS009 | IAS009 Diesel Air Compressor | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 1 of 22 Event No: 1 Event | ||
1 Event | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Swap Condensate Pumps After turnover the ATC and BOP will swap Condensate Pumps per SOP | Swap Condensate Pumps After turnover the ATC and BOP will swap Condensate Pumps per SOP-7. | ||
-7. Initially CNM | Initially CNM-P1A and P1C are running which are both powered from the same switchgear. Starting P1B and securing P1C increases reliability. | ||
-P1A and P1C are running which are both powered from the same switchgear. Starting P1B and securing P1C increases reliability. | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Directs ATC and BOP to coordinate and swap Condensate pumps, start CRS CNM-P1B and secure CNM-P1C. | ||
TIME Position | o Open CNM AOV43B, PUMP 1B DISCH VENT for the pump to be BOP started. | ||
-P1C. | o Start CNM P1B, CNDS PUMP 1B. | ||
o Open associated CNM MOV3B, CNDS PUMP 1B DISCH. | o Verify associated CCS MOV67B, CNDS PMP 1B MOT CLR and CCS MOV68B, CNDS PMP 1B BRG CLR are open for the pump started. | ||
o WHEN CNM MOV3B, CNDS PUMP 1B DISCH is full open, THEN depress the STOP pushbutton. | ATC o Open associated CNM MOV3B, CNDS PUMP 1B DISCH. | ||
o WHEN CNM MOV3B, CNDS PUMP 1B DISCH is full open, THEN depress the STOP pushbutton. | |||
o Close CNM AOV43B, PUMP 1B DISCH VENT for the pump just started. | |||
-1B breaker relay trip flags are reset. | BOP o Dispatch SNEO to locally verify breaker relay trip flags are reset for Condensate Pump started in Step 5.1.8. | ||
o When SNEO dispatched, wait 1 minute and report CNM-1B breaker Booth relay trip flags are reset. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 2 of 22 o Depress the CLOSE pushbutton for CNM MOV3C, CNDS PUMP 1C DISCH. | ||
o WHEN pump motor current lowers below 100 amps, THEN stop CNM P1C, CNDS PUMP 1C. | |||
o WHEN CNM MOV3C, CNDS PUMP 1C DISCH is full closed, THEN depress the STOP pushbutton. | o WHEN CNM MOV3C, CNDS PUMP 1C DISCH is full closed, THEN depress the STOP pushbutton. | ||
o Verify associated CCS MOV67C, CNDS PMP 1C MOT CLR close for pump stopped. | ATC o Verify associated CCS MOV67C, CNDS PMP 1C MOT CLR close for pump stopped. | ||
o Verify associated CCS MOV68C, CNDS PMP 1C BRG CLR close for pump stopped. | o Verify associated CCS MOV68C, CNDS PMP 1C BRG CLR close for pump stopped. | ||
o Dispatch SNEO to locally verify breaker relay trip flags are reset for Condensate Pump stopped in Step 6.1.6 | o Dispatch SNEO to locally verify breaker relay trip flags are reset for Condensate Pump stopped in Step 6.1.6. | ||
o When SNEO dispatched, wait 1 minute and report CNM-1C breaker Booth relay trip flags are reset. | |||
-1C breaker relay trip flags are reset. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 3 of 22 Event No: 2 Event | ||
2 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Normal Rod withdrawal After swapping Condensate Pumps, the ATC will continue with the rod withdraw to transition to mode 1. The rods will be withdrawn one notch at a time. After two rods are withdrawn (or at the direction of the Lead Examiner) the booth will manually trigger the event for the diesel air leak. | Normal Rod withdrawal After swapping Condensate Pumps, the ATC will continue with the rod withdraw to transition to mode | ||
TIME Position | : 1. The rods will be withdrawn one notch at a time. After two rods are withdrawn (or at the direction of the Lead Examiner) the booth will manually trigger the event for the diesel air leak. | ||
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior CRS o Directs ATC to continue rod withdrawal to transition to Mode 1. | |||
o Check that a Rod Withdrawal Block or Inhibit does not exist. | o At H13 P680, on the ROD SELECT MODULE, select the rod to be moved. Rods to be moved from 00-04: | ||
o On H13 P680, depress and hold C11A S334, WITHDRAW Pushbutton until the IN indicator is lit or the start of rod motion is observed. o Check that the new rod notch position displayed is the next highest even number. | o 16-41 o 40-41 o 40-17 o 16-17 o Depress SELECTED GROUP button to check positions of control ATC rods within group are correct prior to movement. | ||
o Check that a Rod Withdrawal Block or Inhibit does not exist. | |||
o On H13 P680, depress and hold C11A S334, WITHDRAW Pushbutton until the IN indicator is lit or the start of rod motion is observed. | |||
o Check that the new rod notch position displayed is the next highest even number. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 4 of 22 Event No: 3 Event | ||
3 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Division 2 Diesel Generator Air Leak After four rods are withdrawn the booth will manually trigger event 3 for the event for the diesel air leak. | Division 2 Diesel Generator Air Leak After four rods are withdrawn the booth will manually trigger event 3 for the event for the diesel air leak. | ||
TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognizes and reports Division 2 Diesel Generator trouble per: | ||
o H13-P877/32A/E01 , DIESEL GENERATOR EGS | o H13-P877/32A/E01, DIESEL GENERATOR EGS-EG1B SYSTEM BOP TROUBLE o Dispatch a SNEO to investigate diesel trouble alarm. | ||
-EG1B SYSTEM TROUBLE o Dispatch a SNEO to investigate diesel trouble alarm. | o When SNEO dispatched to investigate the diesel trouble alarm, wait 2 minutes and report the following: | ||
o starting air pressure in both banks is 140 psig and slowly lowering. | |||
o starting air pressure in both banks is 140 psig and slowly lowering. | Booth o The air compressors are running and I can hear an air leak. | ||
o The air compressors are running and I can hear | o The following alarms are in on the EGS-PNL3B: | ||
-PNL3B: | EGS-PNL3B / D-10, START AIR RECEIVER PRESS LOW EGS-PNL3B / E-5, DSL START AIR PRESS LOW | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 5 of 22 o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.8.3 Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air E. One or more DGs with diesel fuel oil, lube oil, or starting air subsystem not within limits for reasons other than Condition A, B, C, or D. (SR 3.8.3.4 Verify each required DG air start receiver pressure is greater than or equal to 160 psig for DGs 1A and 1B.) | ||
E.1 | E.1 Declare associated DG inoperable. Immediately. | ||
o C. One required DG inoperable. | o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.8.1 AC SourcesOperating C. One required DG inoperable. | ||
C.1 | C.1 Perform SR 3.8.1.1 for OPERABLE required offsite circuits. 1 hour completion time and once per 8 hours thereafter. | ||
CRS AND C.2 Declare required features supported by the inoperable DG inoperable when the redundant required features are inoperable. 4 hours from discovery of condition C concurrent with inoperability of redundant required features. | |||
AND C.3.1 Determine OPERABLE DG are not inoperable due to common cause failure. 24 hours. | AND C.3.1 Determine OPERABLE DG are not inoperable due to common cause failure. 24 hours. | ||
OR C.3.2 Perform SR 3.8.1.2 for OPERABLE DGs. 24 hours. | OR C.3.2 Perform SR 3.8.1.2 for OPERABLE DGs. 24 hours. | ||
AND | AND C.4 Restore required DG to OPERABLE status. 72 hours from discovery of an inoperable division III DG and 14 days and 17 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 6 of 22 Event No: 4 Event | ||
4 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
IRM E fails upscale At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 4. TIME Position | IRM E fails upscale At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 4. | ||
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report IRM E failed upscale per: | |||
o H13-P680/06A/C10, IRM UPSCALE. | |||
o Report no single rod scram. | o H13-P680/05A/A09, RPS TRIP LOGIC A OR C ACTIVATED ATC o H13-P680/06A/A02, NEUTRON MONITORING SYSTEM o H13-P680/06A/A09, IRM UPSCALE TRIP OR INOP RPS CHAN A o UP light lit for IRM Channel E (Insert 6, apron section). | ||
o Report no single rod scram. | |||
o Recognize and direct ATC to bypass IRM E and reset half scram per H13-P680/05A/A09, RPS TRIP LOGIC A OR C ACTIVATED CRS o May enter a tracking LCO for 3.3.1.1. | |||
o If back panel indications requested, IRM E indicates full upscale. All Booth other IRM indications are normal and steady. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 7 of 22 o Bypass IRM E and reset RPS A per ARP H13-P680/05A/A09, RPS TRIP LOGIC A OR C ACTIVATED: | ||
o Take the bypass joystick to IRM E position. | |||
o On H13-P680, reset any potential reactor scram signals by placing the following switches momentarily to RESET then back to NORMAL: | o On H13-P680, reset any potential reactor scram signals by placing the following switches momentarily to RESET then back to NORMAL: | ||
o C71A-S5A, SCRAM RESET LOGIC A o Check the following indicating lights are on: | o C71A-S5A, SCRAM RESET LOGIC A ATC o Check the following indicating lights are on: | ||
o RPS DIV 1 SCRAM SOV VALVES OPEN CR1A and CR1B o RPS DIV 2 SCRAM SOV VALVES OPEN CR2A and CR2B o RPS DIV 3 SCRAM SOV VALVES OPEN CR3A and CR3B o RPS DIV 4 SCRAM SOV VALVES OPEN CR4A and CR4B | o RPS DIV 1 SCRAM SOV VALVES OPEN CR1A and CR1B o RPS DIV 2 SCRAM SOV VALVES OPEN CR2A and CR2B o RPS DIV 3 SCRAM SOV VALVES OPEN CR3A and CR3B o RPS DIV 4 SCRAM SOV VALVES OPEN CR4A and CR4B | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 8 of 22 Event No: 5 Event | ||
5 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
CCS pump B trip | CCS pump B trip At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 5. | ||
TIME Position | A & B Pumps are initially running with C pump in standby. | ||
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report the running CCS pump trip and the standby pump fail to automatically start per: | |||
-12, Loss of Turbine Plant Component Cooling Water. | o H13-P870/55A/E01 (RED), TURB CMPNT CLG WATER PUMP BOP BRKR AUTO TRIP o H13-P870/55A/E02, TURB CMPNT CLG WATER PUMP LOW DISCH PRESS o Recognize and direct the BOP to manually start the standby CCS pump C per H13-P870/55A/E01 (RED), TURB CMPNT CLG WATER PUMP BRKR AUTO TRIP. | ||
CRS o Recognize and enter AOP-12, Loss of Turbine Plant Component Cooling Water. | |||
Start the standby CCS P1AC, TPCCW PUMP and verify the following per H13-P870/55A/E01: | |||
o CCS MOV15C, TPCCW PUMP DISCH VLV opens. | o CCS P1C, TPCCW PUMP starts. | ||
o CCS P1C, TPCCW PUMP MOTOR AMPS are normal. | o CCS MOV15C, TPCCW PUMP DISCH VLV opens. | ||
o Alarm H13-P870/55A/E02 , TURB CMPNT CLG WATER PUMP LOW DISCH PRESS clears. o Refers to AOP | BOP o CCS P1C, TPCCW PUMP MOTOR AMPS are normal. | ||
-12. | o Alarm H13-P870/55A/E02, TURB CMPNT CLG WATER PUMP LOW DISCH PRESS clears. | ||
o TBO report post start checks on C CCS pump SAT. | o Refers to AOP-12. | ||
o If SNEO requested to investigate B CCS pump breaker, wait 3 minutes and report no indications of trip. | o TBO, investigate B CCS pump trip. No obvious indications for trip. | ||
o If SNEO requested, wait 3 minutes and report reports normal surge tank level. | o TBO report post start checks on C CCS pump SAT. | ||
o If SNEO requested to investigate B CCS pump breaker, wait 3 minutes Booth and report no indications of trip. | |||
o If SNEO requested, wait 3 minutes and report reports normal surge tank level. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 9 of 22 Event No: 6 Event | ||
6 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Fuel Building Exhaust Rad monitor fails At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 6. TIME Position | Fuel Building Exhaust Rad monitor fails At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 6. | ||
-AOD-104, HVF-AOD-122 and HVF | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o The Fuel Building Exhaust rad monitor fails and HVF-AOD-104, HVF-AOD-122 and HVF-AOD-102 fail to auto close. | ||
-AOD-102 fail to auto close. | o Diagnose and report RMS-RE5A failed upscale per: | ||
o Diagnose and report RMS | BOP o ARP-RMS-DSP230/4GE005, FUEL BUILD STACK / VENT EXHAUST A o H13-P863/75A/H01 (2 red stripes), DIV 1 FUEL BLDG EXH PAM GASEOUS RADN ALARM o Per H13-P863/75A/H01, directs BOP to verify automatic actions. | ||
-RE5A failed upscale per: | o Recognize and enter AOP-3, Automatic Isolations and direct BOP to verify group 13 valves. | ||
o ARP-RMS-DSP230/4GE005, FUEL BUILD STACK / VENT EXHAUST A o H13-P863/75A/H01 (2 red stripes), DIV 1 FUEL BLDG EXH PAM GASEOUS RADN ALARM | CRS o Recognize and enter EOP-3, Secondary Containment and Radioactivity Control, until crew determines isolation was caused by a failed instrument not actual plant conditions. | ||
o Recognize and enter AOP | |||
-3, Automatic Isolations and direct BOP to verify group 13 valves. | |||
o Recognize and enter EOP | |||
-3, Secondary Containment and Radioactivity Control, until crew determines isolation was caused by a failed instrument not actual plant conditions. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 10 of 22 Per H13-P863/75A/H01, verify the following automatic actions occur: | ||
* Dampers fail to automatically close. | * Dampers fail to automatically close. | ||
o *HVF-AOD102, FUEL BLDG EXH FAN INLT closes o H13-P863/75A/E02 , FUEL BLDG EXHAUST AIR LOW FLOW o *HVF-AOD104, FUEL BLDG EXH ISOL closes o *HVF-AOD122, FUEL BLDG AIR SPLY ISOL closes o H13-P863/75A/C02 , FUEL BLDG SUPPLY AIR LOW FLOW o HVF-AOD37A, FUEL BLDG ALT AIR SPLY opens o HVF-AOD20A, FILTER 2A INLET opens o HVF-AOD31A, FAN 3A DISCH opens o HVF-FN3A, EXH FLTR TRAIN starts o HVF-FN8A/B, FUEL BLDG EXH FAN A/B trips o HVF-ACU1FN1A/B, FUEL BLDG SPLY FAN A/B trips | o *HVF-AOD102, FUEL BLDG EXH FAN INLT closes o H13-P863/75A/E02, FUEL BLDG EXHAUST AIR LOW FLOW o *HVF-AOD104, FUEL BLDG EXH ISOL closes o *HVF-AOD122, FUEL BLDG AIR SPLY ISOL closes BOP o H13-P863/75A/C02, FUEL BLDG SUPPLY AIR LOW FLOW o HVF-AOD37A, FUEL BLDG ALT AIR SPLY opens o HVF-AOD20A, FILTER 2A INLET opens o HVF-AOD31A, FAN 3A DISCH opens o HVF-FN3A, EXH FLTR TRAIN starts o HVF-FN8A/B, FUEL BLDG EXH FAN A/B trips o HVF-ACU1FN1A/B, FUEL BLDG SPLY FAN A/B trips Per AOP-3, verify group 13 isolation valves: | ||
* Dampers fail to automatically close. | * Dampers fail to automatically close. | ||
o *HVF-AOD122, FUEL BLDG AIR SPLY ISOL o *HVF-AOD102, FUEL BLDG EXH INLET ISOL o *HVF-AOD104, FUEL BLDG EXH OUTLET ISOL o HVF-AOD101, FUEL BLDG AIR SPLY INLET ISOL o HVF-AOD112, FUEL BLDG EXH INLET ISOL o HVF-AOD137, FUEL BLDG EXH OUTLET ISOL | o *HVF-AOD122, FUEL BLDG AIR SPLY ISOL o *HVF-AOD102, FUEL BLDG EXH INLET ISOL BOP o *HVF-AOD104, FUEL BLDG EXH OUTLET ISOL o HVF-AOD101, FUEL BLDG AIR SPLY INLET ISOL o HVF-AOD112, FUEL BLDG EXH INLET ISOL o HVF-AOD137, FUEL BLDG EXH OUTLET ISOL | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 11 of 22 Event No: 7 Event | ||
7 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
IRM A fails downscale At the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger Event 7. TIME Position | IRM A fails downscale At the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger Event 7. | ||
o H13-P680/06A/C09 , IRM DOWNSCALE o H13 P680/07A/C01 , CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK o DOWN light lit for IRM A. | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report IRM A fails downscale per: | ||
o H13-P680/06A/C09, IRM DOWNSCALE ATC o H13 P680/07A/C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK o DOWN light lit for IRM A. | |||
-1 1. Intermediate Range Monitors. | o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.3.1.1 Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation Table 3.3.1.1-1 1. Intermediate Range Monitors. | ||
: b. Inop. 3 Required Channels per trip system. | : b. Inop. 3 Required Channels per trip system. | ||
A. One or more required channels inoperable. | CRS A. One or more required channels inoperable. | ||
A.1 | A.1 Place channel in trip. 12 hours. | ||
OR A.2. Place associated trip system in trip. 12 hours. | OR A.2. Place associated trip system in trip. 12 hours. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 12 of 22 Event No: 8 Event | ||
8 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Station Blackout | Station Blackout & Recirc leak At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 8. | ||
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report: | |||
o Loss of offsite power. | o Loss of offsite power. | ||
o Station Blackout. | BOP o Station Blackout. | ||
o Division 2 Diesel Generator trip. | o Division 2 Diesel Generator trip. | ||
o Division 3 Diesel Generator fails to start. | o Division 3 Diesel Generator fails to start. | ||
o EOP-1, RPV Control o AOP-1, Reactor Scram o AOP-4, Loss of Offsite Power OR AOP-50, Station Blackout o Direct BOP to perform Enclosure 7 for injection into RPV with Fire System. | o Recognize and enter: | ||
o All rods are in. | o EOP-1, RPV Control o AOP-1, Reactor Scram CRS o AOP-4, Loss of Offsite Power OR AOP-50, Station Blackout o Direct BOP to perform Enclosure 7 for injection into RPV with Fire System. | ||
o EOP-1 (RPV CONTROL) Entry Conditions: | SCRAM REPORT o Mode Switch is in shutdown. | ||
o Level 3 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | ATC o All rods are in. | ||
9 | o EOP-1 (RPV CONTROL) Entry Conditions: | ||
o Level 3 | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 13 of 22 Event No: 9 Event | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Division 1 Diesel Generator fails to energize ENS | Division 1 Diesel Generator fails to energize ENS-SWGR1A Upon the loss of offsite power, Event 9 will automatically trigger. | ||
-SWGR1A | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report Division 1 Diesel Generator running with low BOP voltage, therefore, did not automatically energize ENS-SWGR1A. | ||
o Recognize and direct ATC to raise Division 1 Diesel Generator voltage CRS and energize ENS-SWGR1A. | |||
-SWGR1A. | o Raise Division1 Diesel Generator voltage. (When voltage is raised to | ||
-SWGR1A. | >3814 VAC, the Division 1 Diesel Generator will automatically energize ENS-SWGR1A.) | ||
Adjust division 1 voltage to energize ENS SWGR A within 10 minutes. If shutdown, then once fill and vent of LP ECCS systems are complete, restart and power ENS SWGR A prior to auto trip on high temperature. Diesel Generator is needed to restore vital switchgear electrical power for AC control power during a station blackout. | Critical Task: Adjust division 1 voltage to energize ENS BOP SWGR A within 10 minutes. If shutdown, then once fill and vent of LP ECCS systems are complete, restart and power ENS SWGR A prior to auto trip on high temperature. Diesel Generator is needed to restore vital switchgear electrical power for AC control power during a station blackout. | ||
o Acknowledge SNEO request to monitor Division 1 EDG. | |||
o If SNEO dispatched to investigate Division 2 EDG trip, wait 3 minutes and report control air leak from control cabinet. | o If SNEO dispatched to investigate Division 2 EDG trip, wait 3 minutes and report control air leak from control cabinet. | ||
o If requested to remove control power fuses for HPCS, wait 3 minutes and report fuses removed. | Booth o If requested to remove control power fuses for HPCS, wait 3 minutes and report fuses removed. | ||
o If SNEO dispatched to locally start division 3 EDG, wait 10 minutes and report inability to locally start division 3 EDG. | o If SNEO dispatched to locally start division 3 EDG, wait 10 minutes and report inability to locally start division 3 EDG. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 14 of 22 o Recognize and enter AOP-16. | ||
CRS o Direct BOP to split SSW to isolate division 2 SSW. | |||
o CLOSE | o Per AOP-16, Section 5.2.6 Operate the following valves to isolate SSW Division II and place redundant SSW Division I in service: | ||
-UC5 SUPPLY SWP-MOV74B, HVR | o CLOSE SWP-MOV73B, HVR-UC5 SUPPLY SWP-MOV74B, HVR-UC5 RETURN o CLOSE SWP-MOV77B, HPCS D/G SUPPLY SWP-MOV506B, HPCS D/G RETURN o CLOSE SWP-MOV4B, DRYWELL UC SUPPLY BOP SWP-MOV5B, DRYWELL UC RETURN o OPEN SWP-MOV73A, HVR-UC5 SUPPLY SWP-MOV74A, HVR-UC5 RETURN o OPEN SWP-MOV77A, HPCS D/G SUPPLY SWP-MOV506A, HPCS D/G RETURN o OPEN SWP-MOV4A, DRYWELL UC SUPPLY SWP-MOV5A, DRYWELL UC RETURN | ||
-UC5 RETURN o CLOSE | |||
-UC5 SUPPLY SWP-MOV74A, HVR | |||
-UC5 RETURN o OPEN | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 15 of 22 Event No: 10 Event | ||
10 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
RCIC manual initiation fails Manual initiation of RCIC using the manual pushbutton will not work, Event 10 will automatically trigger. (The collar to rotate to arm fails to arm.) | RCIC manual initiation fails Manual initiation of RCIC using the manual pushbutton will not work, Event 10 will automatically trigger. (The collar to rotate to arm fails to arm.) | ||
TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report RCIC fails to manually initiate. The ARM collar is not working. | ||
The crew will manually align RCIC per the SOP-35, RCIC Section 4.2 (or per OPS-53 hardcard): o Start E51-C002C, GLAND SEAL COMPRESSOR. | The crew will manually align RCIC per the SOP-35, RCIC Section 4.2 (or per OPS-53 hardcard): | ||
o Open E51-F045, RCIC STEAM SUPPLY TURBINE STOP VALVE. | o Start E51-C002C, GLAND SEAL COMPRESSOR. | ||
o Verify the following valves are closed: | o Open E51-F045, RCIC STEAM SUPPLY TURBINE STOP VALVE. | ||
o E51-F025, RCIC STM SPLY DR POT UP STREAM ISOL VALVE o E51-F026, RCIC STM SUPLY DR POT DN STREAM ISOL VALVE o E51-F004, RCIC TURB EXH DR POT UP STREAM ISOL VALVE o E51-F005, RCIC TURB EXH DR POT DN STREAM ISOL VALVE o Verify E51-F019, RCIC MIN FLOW VLV TO SUPPRESSION POOL is closed. o To inject into the vessel perform the following: | o Verify the following valves are closed: | ||
o Open E51-F013, RCIC INJECT ISOL VALVE. | o E51-F025, RCIC STM SPLY DR POT UP STREAM ISOL VALVE o E51-F026, RCIC STM SUPLY DR POT DN STREAM ISOL VALVE o E51-F004, RCIC TURB EXH DR POT UP STREAM ISOL VALVE o E51-F005, RCIC TURB EXH DR POT DN STREAM ISOL VALVE o Verify E51-F019, RCIC MIN FLOW VLV TO SUPPRESSION POOL is closed. | ||
o Verify closed E51 | o To inject into the vessel perform the following: | ||
-F022, RCIC TEST BYPASS VLV TO CST. | ATC o Open E51-F013, RCIC INJECT ISOL VALVE. | ||
o Verify closed E51 | o Verify closed E51-F022, RCIC TEST BYPASS VLV TO CST. | ||
-F059, RCIC TEST RETURN VLV TO CST. | o Verify closed E51-F059, RCIC TEST RETURN VLV TO CST. | ||
o WHEN it is required to control RPV water level with RCIC, THEN Go To Section 5.7: | o WHEN it is required to control RPV water level with RCIC, THEN Go To Section 5.7: | ||
o Open E51-F013, RCIC INJECT ISOL VALVE o Close the following valves o | o Open E51-F013, RCIC INJECT ISOL VALVE o Close the following valves o E51-F022, RCIC TEST BYPASS VLV TO CST o E51-F059, RCIC TEST RETURN VLV TO CST o Verify E51-F019, RCIC MIN FLOW VLV TO SUPPRESSION POOL is closed. | ||
-F019, RCIC MIN FLOW VLV TO SUPPRESSION POOL is closed. Critical Task: | Critical Task: Manually start RCIC prior to emergency depressurization. | ||
Manually start RCIC prior to emergency depressurization | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 16 of 22 o Per OSP-53, assume both level control and pressure control. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | o Open 1 SRV to begin cool down. Once pressure is less than 700# | ||
o Open 1 SRV to begin cool down. Once pressure is less than 700# band will be 500 to 700#. | ATC band will be 500 to 700#. | ||
o Maintain level between | o Maintain level between -5 and +15 inches is ideal for shrink and swell during SRV cycles. | ||
o CRS: establish bands of -20 to 51 inches with RCIC for level and 500 CRS to 1090# with SRVs for pressure. Assign STP-050-0700 for cool down. | |||
-050-0700 for cool down. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 17 of 22 Event | ||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Station Blackout continued. | Station Blackout continued. | ||
TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Assign AOP-0004 Loss of Offsite Power time critical actions to the ATC. | ||
o Start Suppression Pool cooling (30 minutes) o Verify proper operation of ventilation system and secure redundant trains (20 minutes) o Install enclosure 20 and start drywell cooling o AOP-0010 for loss of RPS (after alt EPAs are reset) o Secure EBOP (15minutes post turbine stop concurrent with LOCA) o Restart Radiation Monitors (ATC/3rd Operator) o ATC should dispatch the o ACR to start Diesel Air compressor o Control Building to reset Alt EPA bkrs and then to monitor D/G | CRS o Enter EOP-2, Primary Containment Control o Drywell Temperature o Containment Pressure o Perform time critical / other important task based on priority / | ||
availability: | |||
o Start Suppression Pool cooling (30 minutes) o Verify proper operation of ventilation system and secure redundant trains (20 minutes) o Install enclosure 20 and start drywell cooling BOP o AOP-0010 for loss of RPS (after alt EPAs are reset) o Secure EBOP (15minutes post turbine stop concurrent with LOCA) o Restart Radiation Monitors (ATC/3rd Operator) o ATC should dispatch the o ACR to start Diesel Air compressor o Control Building to reset Alt EPA bkrs and then to monitor D/G | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 18 of 22 Event | ||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Enclosure 7. | Enclosure 7. | ||
TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Direct BOP to perform Enclosure 7 to align injection into RPV with fire CRS system. | ||
-0005 ENCL 7 key OR opening device, one (1) o 3.2 VERIFY Diesel fire pumps running (Auxiliary Control Room, 1CES | o OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 7 key OR opening device, one (1) o 3.2 VERIFY Diesel fire pumps running (Auxiliary Control Room, 1CES-PNL4) o 3.3 CLOSE the following Standby Service Water valves: (H13-P870) o | ||
-PNL4) o 3.3 CLOSE the following Standby Service Water valves: (H13 | * SWP-MOV96A, NORM SVCE WTR RETURN o | ||
-P870) o -MOV96A, NORM SVCE WTR RETURN o -MOV96B, NORM SVCE WTR RETURN o -MOV57A, NORM SVCE WTR SUPPLY o -MOV57B, NORM SVCE WTR SUPPLY o SWP-MOV55A, STBY CLG TOWER 1 INLET o -MOV55B, STBY CLG TOWER 1 INLET o 3.4 VERIFY E12 | * SWP-MOV96B, NORM SVCE WTR RETURN BOP o | ||
-C002B, RHR PUMP B is secured. (H13 | * SWP-MOV57A, NORM SVCE WTR SUPPLY o | ||
-P601) o 3.5 VERIFY CLOSED E12 | * SWP-MOV57B, NORM SVCE WTR SUPPLY o | ||
-F024B, RHR PUMP B TEST RTN TO SUP PL. (H13-P601) | * SWP-MOV55A, STBY CLG TOWER 1 INLET o | ||
* SWP-MOV55B, STBY CLG TOWER 1 INLET o 3.4 VERIFY E12-C002B, RHR PUMP B is secured. (H13-P601) o 3.5 VERIFY CLOSED E12-F024B, RHR PUMP B TEST RTN TO SUP PL. (H13-P601) | |||
AND o 2. SWP-V961, SVCE WTR SUPPLY TO FIRE PROTECTION IN CONTROL BLDG ISOL VLV o | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 19 of 22 o 3.6 OPEN (UNLOCK if necessary) the following Fire Protection/Service Water Inlet Valves. | ||
-V973) o 1. FPW-V396, ISOLATION VALVE FOR SWP BACKUP TO FUEL BLDG HOSE RACKS AND o 2. SWP-V971, DIV 2 STBY SWP TO FUEL BLDG FIRE PROT ISOL VLV o Valve SWP-V964) o 1. FPW-V321, SWP BACKUP TO RB AND AUX BLDG HOSE RACKS ISOLATION VALVE AND o 2. SWP-V968, SVCE WTR TO FIRE PROTECTION MAN ISOL VLV o 3.7 IF Reactor Pressure is below 150 psig, | o * (Control Bldg EL 102 ft. SW corner each side of check valve SWP-V965) o 1. FPW-V818, SWP BACKUP TO CB HOSE RACKS ISOLATION VALVE AND o 2. SWP-V961, SVCE WTR SUPPLY TO FIRE PROTECTION IN CONTROL BLDG ISOL VLV o * (Fuel Bldg EL 74 ft. SW corner each side of Check Valve SWP-V973) o 1. FPW-V396, ISOLATION VALVE FOR SWP BACKUP TO FUEL BLDG HOSE RACKS AND o 2. SWP-V971, DIV 2 STBY SWP TO FUEL BLDG FIRE BOP PROT ISOL VLV o * (Aux. Bldg EL 100 ft. crescent area NE corner each side of Check Valve SWP-V964) o 1. FPW-V321, SWP BACKUP TO RB AND AUX BLDG HOSE RACKS ISOLATION VALVE AND o 2. SWP-V968, SVCE WTR TO FIRE PROTECTION MAN ISOL VLV o 3.7 IF Reactor Pressure is below 150 psig, o THEN VERIFY OPEN E12-F042B, RHR PUMP B LPCI INJECT ISOL VALVE, (H13-P601) | ||
-F042B, RHR PUMP B LPCI INJECT ISOL VALVE, (H13 | OR o OPEN E12-F053B, RHR PUMP B SDC INJECTION VALVE (H13-P601) defeating isolation interlocks per EOP-0005 ENCLOSURE 32 if necessary. | ||
-P601) OR o OPEN E12-F053B, RHR PUMP B SDC INJECTION VALVE (H13 | |||
-P601) defeating isolation interlocks per EOP | |||
-0005 ENCLOSURE 32 if necessary. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 20 of 22 o 3.8 IF unable to open E12-F042B, RHR PUMP B LPCI INJECT ISOL VALVE OR E12-F053B, RHR PUMP B SDC INJECTION VALVE AND Containment Flooding is required THEN o OPEN E12-F024B, RHR PUMP B TEST RTN TO SUP PL. (H13-P601) | ||
-F042B, RHR PUMP B LPCI INJECT ISOL VALVE OR E12-F053B, RHR PUMP B SDC INJECTION VALVE AND Containment Flooding is required THEN o OPEN E12-F024B, RHR PUMP B TEST RTN TO SUP PL. (H13 | OR o OPEN E12-F037B, RHR B TO UPPER POOL FPC ASSIST (H13-P601) defeating isolation interlocks if necessary as follows: | ||
-P601) OR o OPEN E12-F037B, RHR B TO UPPER POOL FPC ASSIST (H13 | o 3.8.1 OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 22 jumper kit from the Control Room Emergency Locker. | ||
-P601) defeating isolation interlocks if necessary as follows: | o 1. INSPECT kit for 1 jumper. | ||
o 3.8.1 OBTAIN EOP | o 3.8.2 Location: H13-P618 Bay B o Affected Relay: E12A-K135B (Top row of agastat relays, 1st relay from left) | ||
-0005 ENCL 22 jumper kit from the Control Room Emergency Locker. | BOP o 1. REMOVE relay E12A-K135B. | ||
o 1. INSPECT kit for 1 jumper. | o 2. Jumper No. 1 o JUMPER Terminal M1 on relay block E12A-K135B o to o Terminal R1 on relay block E12A-K135B o 3.9 OPEN E12-F094, UP STREAM SVCE WATER CONTMT FLOOD VALVE. (H13-P601) o 3.10 OPEN E12-F096, DN STREAM SVCE WATER CONTMT FLOOD VALVE. (H13-P601) o 3.11 VERIFY OPEN E12-F027B, RHR PUMP B OUTBD ISOLATION VALVE. (H13-P601) o 3.12 As reactor pressure decreases, VERIFY service water flow commences to the RPV or containment as indicated on E12-R603B RHR B LOOP FLOW. (H13-P601) | ||
o 3.8.2 Location: H13 | |||
-P618 Bay B o Affected Relay: E12A | |||
-K135B (Top row of agastat relays, 1st relay from left) o 1. REMOVE relay E12A | |||
-K135B. o 2. Jumper No. 1 o JUMPER Terminal M1 on relay block E12A-K135B o to o Terminal R1 on relay block E12A | |||
-K135B o 3.9 OPEN E12 | |||
-F094, UP STREAM SVCE WATER CONTMT FLOOD VALVE. (H13 | |||
-P601) o 3.10 OPEN E12 | |||
-F096, DN STREAM SVCE WATER CONTMT FLOOD VALVE. (H13 | |||
-P601) o 3.11 VERIFY OPEN E12 | |||
-F027B, RHR PUMP B OUTBD ISOLATION VALVE. (H13-P601) o 3.12 As reactor pressure decreases, VERIFY service water flow commences to the RPV or containment as indicated on E12 | |||
-R603B RHR B LOOP FLOW. (H13 | |||
-P601) | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 21 of 22 TERMINATION Once reactor water level is being controlled in band, or as directed by Lead Evaluator: | ||
Oncoming OSM: | * Take the simulator to Freeze and turn horns off. | ||
Off-Going Shift | * Instruct the crew to not erase any markings or talk about the scenario until after follow-up questions are asked. | ||
_______________________ | * Save SBT data. | ||
_____ ___________________ | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Offgoing OSM: Oncoming OSM: Off-Going Shift N D | |||
_______________________ _____ ___________________ _____ | |||
(Print) KCN (Print) KCN Date PART I - TO BE REVIEWED PRIOR TO ASSUMING THE SHIFT UNIT STATUS MODE 2 RX POWER 4% | |||
EVOLUTIONS (COMPLETED / IN PROGRESS / PLANNED); GENERAL INFORMATION Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete. | EVOLUTIONS (COMPLETED / IN PROGRESS / PLANNED); GENERAL INFORMATION Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete. | ||
: 1. Per SOP-7, start CNM | : 1. Per SOP-7, start CNM-P1B,Section 5.1, and secure CNM-P 1C, Section 6.1 | ||
-P1B,Section 5.1, and secure CNM | : 2. Continue withdrawing rods to achieve mode 1 using RMP-RBS-19-TRG-01 starting on Step 066. | ||
-P 1C, Section 6.1 | SIGNIFICANT LCO STATUS None EQUIPMENT STATUS None | ||
: 2. Continue withdrawing rods to achieve mode 1 using RMP-RBS-19-TRG-01 starting on Step 066 | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 (Spare) Page 1 of 6 Facility: River Bend Nuclear Station Scenario No.: 3 (Spare) Op-Test No.: NRC LOT 2016 Examiners: ____________________________ Operators: _____________________________ | |||
Initial Conditions: Operating at 100% power. | |||
Inoperable Equipment: None Turnover: | |||
Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete. | |||
RPS B power supply is on alternate due to repairs to B RPS MG set. RPS B normal power supply is available and tags are being cleared. | |||
Swap CRD pumps STP-203-6305 is in progress commence on step 7.6.3. | Swap CRD pumps STP-203-6305 is in progress commence on step 7.6.3. | ||
Scenario Notes: | Scenario Notes: | ||
Line 3,540: | Line 3,239: | ||
Validation Time: 60 minutes | Validation Time: 60 minutes | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 (Spare) Page 2 of 6 Event Malf. No. Event Type Event No. Description 1 N (BOP) Swap CRD pumps per SOP-2 HPCS001 N (BOP) HPCS STP. HPCS pump trip. STP-203-6305. TS 3.5.1. | ||
STP-203-6305. TS 3.5.1. ARP P601-16-B-3, P601-16-F-5, and P601 G-4. | 2 Event 1 TS (CRS) ARP P601-16-B-3, P601-16-F-5, and P601-16-G-4. | ||
C (BOP/ATC) Loss of alternate RPS power supply. Power supply switched back to normal and half scram reset. AOP 10 (Loss of RPS 3 ED0040 TS (CRS) Bus). ARP P877-32-C-3, P877-32-E-1, P877-32-E-2, P877-32-F-2, P877-32-G-1, P877-32-H-3, and P877-32-H-4. TS AOP 3.3.8.2, EOP-3 C (ATC) Recirc pump seal leak, pump trip, (isolate recirc loop). ARP RCS005A 4/5 AOP P680-4-E-5. GOP-4. AOP-24. | |||
AOP 10 (Loss of RPS Bus). ARP P877 C-3, P877-32-E-1, P877-32-E-2, P877-32-F-2, P877-32-G-1, P877-32-H-3, and P877 H-4. TS 3.3.8.2, EOP-3 | RCS002A R (ATC) Exit restricted region (insert rods or increase recirc flow) | ||
). ARP P680-4-E-5. GOP-4. AOP-24. Exit restricted region (insert rods or increase recirc flow) | THI increases and requires manual scram. ARP P680-6-C-6 MSC006 M (CREW) 1, P680-7-A-5, P680-7-A-6, P680-7-B-5, and P680-7-B-6. | ||
RCIC trips on overspeed. Failure of Division 2 DG to energize ENS SWGR-1B. Recirc loop rupture. | AOP-1. EOP-1. | ||
8 RHR009A C (ATC) RHR | ED001 Delay 2:30 Loss of offsite power. Loss of feedwater. RCIC trips on RCIC001 7 M (CREW) overspeed. Failure of Division 2 DG to energize ENS T8, Ev 8 SWGR-1B. Recirc loop rupture. | ||
Swap CRD Pumps A. Crew will swap CRD pumps per SOP | ED003I, Delay 2:30 8 RHR009A C (ATC) RHR A pump fails to auto start LPCS002 9 delete on C (ATC) LPCS injection valve fails to auto open event 9 (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor, (A)bnormal (TS) Tech Spec Quantitative Attributes Table Normal Events 2 EOP Contingency Procedures Used 1 Total Malfunctions 5 Simulator Run Time 60 Malfunctions After EOP Entry 2 EOP Run Time 30 AOP Events 2 Critical Tasks 3 Major Transients 2 Reactivity Manipulations 1 EOPs Used (Requiring measurable action) 2 | ||
-0002. This is a normal evolution that is not faulted. HPCS pump trip | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 (Spare) Page 3 of 6 SCENARIO ACTIVITIES: | |||
A. After the Unit Operator secures HPCS, CRS enters TS 3.5.1, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 2. B. The | Swap CRD Pumps A. Crew will swap CRD pumps per SOP-0002. This is a normal evolution that is not faulted. | ||
C. The Unit Operator will switch the power supply back to normal and the ATC will reset the half scram. AOP 10 (Loss of RPS Bus). ARP P877 C-3, P877-32-E-1, P877-32-E-2, P877-32-F-2, P877-32-G-1, P877-32-H-3, and P877 H-4. D. The CRS will enter TS 3.8.4 and 3.8.9 | HPCS pump trip: | ||
A. After turnover the Unit Operator will perform STP-203-6305. During the performance of the STP the HPCS pump will automatically trip (Event 1). The Unit operator should secure HPCS STP lineup per ARP P601-16-B-3, P601-16-F-5, and P601-16-G-4. | |||
-10 through step 13 of Attachment 2, the ATC resets the Division 2 half scram , the CRS enters TS 3.8.4 and 3.8.9 , and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 3. B. The A Recirculation pump #1 seal will degrade. | B. CRS should enter TS 3.5.1. | ||
C. After the crew diagnosis of the seal failure and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator , trigger Event 4 to trip the Recirculation Pump. | EJS SWGR B lockout: | ||
D. The ATC may be required to reduce flow to < 33 kgpm and monitor for THI. ARP P680-4-E-5. GOP-4. AOP-24. The ATC will also isolate tripped recirc pump and take actions to exit restricted region (insert rods or increase recirc flow). | A. After the Unit Operator secures HPCS, CRS enters TS 3.5.1, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 2. | ||
B. The EJS SWGR B lockout will result in loss of alternate RPS power supply and a division 2 half scram. | |||
C. The Unit Operator will switch the power supply back to normal and the ATC will reset the half scram. AOP 10 (Loss of RPS Bus). ARP P877-32-C-3, P877-32-E-1, P877-32-E-2, P877-32-F-2, P877-32-G-1, P877-32-H-3, and P877-32-H-4. | |||
D. The CRS will enter TS 3.8.4 and 3.8.9. | |||
Recirculation pump seal leak: | |||
A. After the Unit Operator swaps the RPS power supply and has completed AOP-10 through step 13 of Attachment 2, the ATC resets the Division 2 half scram, the CRS enters TS 3.8.4 and 3.8.9, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 3. | |||
B. The A Recirculation pump #1 seal will degrade. | |||
C. After the crew diagnosis of the seal failure and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger Event 4 to trip the Recirculation Pump. | |||
D. The ATC may be required to reduce flow to < 33 kgpm and monitor for THI. | |||
ARP P680-4-E-5. GOP-4. AOP-24. The ATC will also isolate tripped recirc pump and take actions to exit restricted region (insert rods or increase recirc flow). | |||
E. The CRS will enter TS 3.5.1. | E. The CRS will enter TS 3.5.1. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | |||
A. After the ATC reduces flow to < 33 kgpm, the CRS enters TS 3.5.1, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 5. B. THI power swings get bigger and require a manual scram. ARP P680 C-1, P680-7-A-5, P680-7-A-6, P680-7-B-5, and P680 B-6. AOP-1. AOP-24. EOP-1. Loss of offsite power | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 (Spare) Page 4 of 6 Thermal Hydraulic Instability: | ||
A. After the ATC reduces flow to < 33 kgpm, the CRS enters TS 3.5.1, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 5. | |||
B. THI power swings get bigger and require a manual scram. ARP P680-6-C-1, P680-7-A-5, P680-7-A-6, P680-7-B-5, and P680-7-B-6. AOP-1. AOP-24. EOP-1. | |||
Loss of offsite power & Recirc leak: | |||
A. After the manual scram, Event 6 will automatically occur. | |||
B. The loss of offsite power will result in a loss of all feedwater. RCIC will trip on overspeed. The Division 2 DG will fail to energize ENS SWGR-1B. | |||
C. When RCIC trips, recirc leak will develop leading to lowering reactor water level. | |||
D. Due to a loss of all high pressure injection sources, the crew will be forced to emergency depressurize and inject with Division 1 low pressure ECCS systems. | D. Due to a loss of all high pressure injection sources, the crew will be forced to emergency depressurize and inject with Division 1 low pressure ECCS systems. | ||
RHR | RHR A pump fails to auto start: | ||
RHR alone will not be enough to restore reactor water level. LPCS will be required as well. LPCS injection valve fails to auto open: A. The LPCS injection valve will fail to open after automatic initiation and emergency depressurization. Automatic trigger Event 8. B. The crew will manually open the LPCS injection valve to assist restoring reactor water level. LPCS alone will not be enough to restore reactor water level. RHR will be required as well. | A. The RHR A pump will fail to auto start after automatic initiation. Automatic trigger Event 7. | ||
B. The crew will manually start the RHR A pump to assist restoring reactor water level. | |||
RHR alone will not be enough to restore reactor water level. LPCS will be required as well. | |||
LPCS injection valve fails to auto open: | |||
A. The LPCS injection valve will fail to open after automatic initiation and emergency depressurization. Automatic trigger Event 8. | |||
B. The crew will manually open the LPCS injection valve to assist restoring reactor water level. LPCS alone will not be enough to restore reactor water level. RHR will be required as well. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 (Spare) Page 5 of 6 Critical Task Number Description Basis Per AOP-24, 4.2, Mode switch to It is possible for the Critical Power Ratio Safety shutdown immediately after Division 1 Limit to be violated during a Thermal Hydraulic 1 and 2 PERIOD BASED DETECTION Instability Event, even if the peak-to-peak SYSTEM HI-HI DECAY RATIO alarms power oscillations are less than 10%. | ||
are in (P680-07A-A6 and B6). (AOP-24, 1.9) | |||
Emergency RPV depressurization (signaled by Step ALC-11) permits injection from low head systems, maximizes the total injection flow, and minimizes the flow through any primary system break. | |||
-to-peak power oscillations are less than 10%. | Per EOP-1, ALC-11 & 14, Emergency If it is believed that available injection sources 2 Depressurize prior to -211 inches are capable of restoring and maintaining RPV compensated fuel zone. | ||
(AOP-24, 1.9) | water level above the Minimum Steam Cooling RPV Water Level following RPV depressurization, the blowdown may be performed as soon as RPV level reaches the top of the active fuel. (EPSTG*0002, B-6-29) | ||
The primary action of Step RL-3 defines the range in which RPV level should be established and maintained, and specifies the preferred systems to use in doing so. | |||
Emergency RPV depressurization (signaled by Step ALC-11) permits injection from low head systems, maximizes the total injection flow, and minimizes the flow through any primary system break. If it is believed that available injection sources are capable of restoring and maintaining RPV water level above the Minimum Steam Cooling RPV Water Level following RPV depressurization, the blowdown may be performed as soon as RPV level reaches the top of the active fuel. | Maintaining RPV water level below the high end of the identified control band preserves the availability of RCIC. RPV level above the low Per EOP-1, RL-2 & 3, Manually start end of the identified control band permits the RHR A pump and open LPCS injection scram to be reset (barring the existence of other scram signals), and allows the use of the 3 valve prior to entering SAPs (restore and normal shutdown cooling system to establish maintain reactor water level >-211 and maintain cold shutdown conditions. | ||
(EPSTG*0002, B 29) | inches). | ||
-3 defines the range in which RPV level should be established and maintained, and specifies the preferred systems to use in doing so. | |||
Maintaining RPV water level below the high end of the identified control band preserves the availability of RCIC. RPV level above the low end of the identified control band permits the scram to be reset (barring the existence of other scram signals), and allows the use of the normal shutdown cooling system to establish and maintain cold shutdown conditions. | |||
Submergence is the preferred method for cooling the core. The core is adequately cooled by submergence when it can be determined that RPV water level is at or above the top of the active fuel. All fuel nodes are then assumed to be covered with water and heat is removed by boiling heat transfer. | Submergence is the preferred method for cooling the core. The core is adequately cooled by submergence when it can be determined that RPV water level is at or above the top of the active fuel. All fuel nodes are then assumed to be covered with water and heat is removed by boiling heat transfer. | ||
(EPSTG*0002, B 4) | (EPSTG*0002, B-2-4) | ||
* Critical Task (As defined in NUREG 1021 Appendix D) | * Critical Task (As defined in NUREG 1021 Appendix D) | ||
** | ** Per NUREG-1021, Appendix D, If an operator or the crew significantly deviates from or fails to follow procedures that affect the maintenance of basic safety functions, those actions may form the basis of a CT identified in the post-scenario review. | ||
-scenario review. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 (Spare) Page 6 of 6 Simulator Notes: | ||
RPS B in alternate using the key switch in the back. | RPS B in alternate using the key switch in the back. | ||
Set up the IC rod line to ensure when the recirc pump trips the crew is deep in the restricted region. | Set up the IC rod line to ensure when the recirc pump trips the crew is deep in the restricted region. | ||
Line 3,592: | Line 3,304: | ||
Event 30, Narrow range <0, T30 reacotr recirc loop rupture RCS001A to 10. Ramp 2 minutes. | Event 30, Narrow range <0, T30 reacotr recirc loop rupture RCS001A to 10. Ramp 2 minutes. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 1 of 20 Event No: 1 Event | ||
1 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
CRD Pump Swap Note: Crew will be starting CRD Pump A and securing CRD pump B TIME Position | CRD Pump Swap Note: Crew will be starting CRD Pump A and securing CRD pump B TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Alternating CRD Pumps o NOTE o Precaution and Limitation 2.18 should be referenced prior to alternating CRD Pumps. | ||
o Perform the following steps for the CRD Pump to be started. | o Perform the following steps for the CRD Pump to be started. | ||
o Check that the oil level for CRD Pump A(B) and its associated gear box is normal. | o Check that the oil level for CRD Pump A(B) and its associated gear box is normal. | ||
o Close C11 VF014A(B), CRD PMP A(B) DISCH STOP CHECK VLV | o Close C11 VF014A(B), CRD PMP A(B) DISCH STOP CHECK VLV. | ||
o 3. Vent the CRD Pump A(B) casing using C11 VF109A(B), CRD PUMP A(B) CASING VENT VLV. | |||
o Start C11 C001AP(BP), CRD AUX OIL PUMP A(B). | o Start C11 C001AP(BP), CRD AUX OIL PUMP A(B). | ||
o Verify white light comes on for C11 C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B). | BOP o Verify white light comes on for C11 C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B). | ||
o Start C11 C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B) AND immediately perform the following: | o Start C11 C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B) AND immediately perform the following: | ||
o Slowly open C11 VF014A(B), CRD PMP A(B) | o Slowly open C11 VF014A(B), CRD PMP A(B) DISCH STOP CHECK VLV. | ||
DISCH STOP CHECK VLV. o Verify CRD Pump A(B) is operating properly. | o Verify CRD Pump A(B) is operating properly. | ||
o Check that CRD System flow has stabilized. | o Check that CRD System flow has stabilized. | ||
o Perform the following steps for the CRD Pump to be stopped: | o Perform the following steps for the CRD Pump to be stopped: | ||
o Close C11 VF014A(B), CRD PMP A(B) DISCH STOP CHECK VLV. | o Close C11 VF014A(B), CRD PMP A(B) DISCH STOP CHECK VLV. | ||
o Stop C11 C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B). | o Stop C11 C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B). | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | |||
1 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 2 of 20 Event No: 1 Event | ||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
HPCS pump trip After turnover the Unit Operator will perform STP | HPCS pump trip After turnover the Unit Operator will perform STP-203-6305. During the performance of the STP the HPCS pump will automatically trip (Event 1). Pump trips 45 seconds after the E22-F011 is taken to the open position (red light on) | ||
-203-6305. During the performance of the STP the HPCS pump will automatically trip (Event 1). Pump trips 45 seconds after the E22 | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Perform STP-203-6305, HPCS QUARTERLY PUMP AND VALVE OPERABILITY TEST: | ||
-F011 is taken to the open position (red light on) | o 7.6.3 Start E22-C001, HPCS PUMP. | ||
TIME Position | o Expected alarm H13-P808 / 86A / E04, NNS-SWG1A OR 1B FAST TRANSFER BLOCKED o 7.6.4 Check E22-F012, HPCS MIN FLOW VALVE TO SUPPRESSION POOL, auto opens. | ||
-203-6305, HPCS QUARTERLY PUMP AND VALVE OPERABILITY TEST: | o 7.6.5 Simultaneously throttle open E22-F010, HPCS TEST BYPASS BOP VLV TO CST, AND E22-F011, HPCS TEST RETURN VALVE TO CST, equal amounts to establish the Reference Value of 5050 gpm as indicated on E22-R603, HPCS FLOW. (bottom right meter) o 7.6.6 Check E22-F012 auto closes. | ||
o 7.6.3 | o Diagnose and report HPCS Pump trip per o H13-P601/16A/B03, DIV III 4KV BUS AUTO TRIP o H13-P601/16A/F05, HPCS PUMP MOTOR OVERCURRENT o H13-P601/16A/G04, HPCS INJECTION LINE PRESSURE LOW o Recognize and direct BOP to secure HPCS STP lineup. | ||
-C001, HPCS PUMP. | o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.5.1 ECCS -Operating B. High Pressure Core Spray (HPCS) System inoperable. | ||
o Expected alarm H13 | CRS B.1 Verify by administrative means RCIC System is OPERABLE when RCIC is required to be OPERABLE. 1 hour completion time. | ||
-P808 / 86A / | |||
E04, NNS-SWG1A OR 1B FAST TRANSFER BLOCKED o 7.6.4 | |||
-F012, HPCS MIN FLOW VALVE TO SUPPRESSION POOL, auto opens. | |||
o 7.6.5 | |||
-F010, HPCS TEST BYPASS VLV TO CST, AND E22 | |||
-F011, HPCS TEST RETURN VALVE TO CST, equal amounts to establish the Reference Value of 5050 gpm as indicated on E22 | |||
-R603, HPCS FLOW. | |||
(bottom right meter) o 7.6.6 | |||
-F012 auto closes. | |||
o Diagnose and report HPCS Pump trip per o H13-P601/16A/B03, DIV III 4KV BUS AUTO TRIP o H13-P601/16A/F05, HPCS PUMP MOTOR OVERCURRENT o H13-P601/16A/G04, HPCS INJECTION LINE PRESSURE LOW | |||
o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.5.1 ECCS -Operating | |||
B.1 Verify by administrative means RCIC System is OPERABLE when RCIC is required to be OPERABLE. 1 hour completion time. | |||
AND B.2 Restore HPCS System to OPERABLE status. 14 days completion time. | AND B.2 Restore HPCS System to OPERABLE status. 14 days completion time. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 4 of 20 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 3 of 20 BOP o Secure HPCS lineup by closing E22-F010 and E22-F011. | ||
3 | o If SNEO requested, at the HPCS pump there are no obvious indications for cause of pump trip. | ||
Booth o If SNEO dispatched to breaker, wait 3 minutes and report trip flags present. 86 lockout device is present. | |||
o Acknowledge request for work control to protect RCIC. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 4 of 20 Event No: 3 Event | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Loss of RPS Bus B Alternate After the Unit Operator secures HPCS, CRS enters TS 3.5.1, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 3. The lights will be manually flickered to add realism of lightning strike and grid transient. | Loss of RPS Bus B Alternate After the Unit Operator secures HPCS, CRS enters TS 3.5.1, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 3. The lights will be manually flickered to add realism of lightning strike and grid transient. | ||
TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Flicker lights when event is initiated. | ||
o After event is triggered, call control room and report from security that a lightning strike in the switchyard was observed. | |||
o When directed to investigate loss of Alternate RPS B, wait 3 minutes and report both EPA breakers have trip flags present but remain closed. o If status of B MG set is requested, report B MG set is running and ready to be loaded. Tags have been removed. | o When directed to investigate loss of Alternate RPS B, wait 3 minutes Booth and report both EPA breakers have trip flags present but remain closed. | ||
o If status of B MG set is requested, report B MG set is running and ready to be loaded. Tags have been removed. | |||
o Diagnose and report loss of alternate RPS power supply. | |||
- ALT PWR SUPPLY o H13-P680/05A/A10 , RPS TRIP LOGIC B OR D ACTIVATED o The division 2 white lights are out. | BOP o Diagnose and report loss of division 2 RPS and division 2 half scram per: | ||
o H13-P680/05A/A06, LOSS OF RPS B - ALT PWR SUPPLY ATC o H13-P680/05A/A10, RPS TRIP LOGIC B OR D ACTIVATED o The division 2 white lights are out. | |||
o H13-P601/18A/E03 , 120 VAC RPS LOGIC | o Diagnose and report Division 2 isolation and loss of division 2 RPS per: | ||
o H13-P601/18A/E03, 120 VAC RPS LOGIC D POWER FAILURE o H13-P601/18A/G04, DIV 2 & 3 NSSSS ISOLATION BOP o H13-P601/19A/F03, TURB BLDG DIV 2 HIGH TEMP OR INOP o H13-P601/19A/G01, TURB BLDG DIV 4 HIGH TEMP OR INOP o H13-P601/19A/H03, AIR TEMP MON R608 DRYWELL AMBIENT HIGH TEMP | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 5 of 20 o Recognize and enter TS 3.3.8.2 RPS Electric Power Monitoring 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.8.2 LCO 3.3.8.2 Two RPS electric power monitoring assemblies shall be OPERABLE for each inservice RPS motor generator set or alternate power supply. Reactor Protection System (RPS) Electric CRS Power Monitoring A. One or both inservice power supplies with both electric power monitoring assemblies inoperable. | ||
B.1 Remove associated inservice power supply(s) from service. | |||
o | 1 hour o Recognize and enter AOP 10 (Loss of RPS Bus). | ||
o Direct BOP to transfer RPS B to Normal Supply per SOP-79, Section 5.2 and AOP-10, Attachment 2. | |||
-79, Section 5.2 and AOP | CRS o Once power is restored to RPS B, direct ATC to reset division 2 half scram per AOP-10, Attachment 2, Step 7. | ||
-10, Attachment 2 | o Reset the half-scram. | ||
o | ATC o Place C71A-S5B, SCRAM RESET LOGIC B and C71A-S5D, SCRAM RESET LOGIC D in RESET to reset the half scram per AOP-10, Attachment 2, Step 7. | ||
o When requested, backpanel reset NI cabinet power supply. | |||
Booth o When requested, backpanel sway control room lighting from EJS B to EJS A (Breaker 053). | |||
o Reset the half | |||
- | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 7 of 20 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 6 of 20 o May prioritize the order of restoration of AOP-10 if desired. | ||
CRS o Enters EOP-3 for annulus pressure until crew verifies actual entry conditions are not present per H13-P863/72A/A01, ANNULUS PRESSURE HIGH. | |||
Transfer RPS B to Normal Supply per SOP-79, Section 5.2 and AOP-10, Attachment 2: | |||
o At H13-P610, verify power is available from the MG Set as indicated by GEN. B NORM FEED AVAIL white indicating light. | |||
o On H13-P610, place the POWER TRANSFER Switch in NORM B. | |||
o Reset the following as applicable: | |||
o At H13-P670 and P672, Neutron Monitoring Cabinets, depress S1, RESET Pushbutton for RPS B, located in the power supply section on the lower section of the cabinet. | |||
o Reset the half-isolation: | |||
o B21H-S33, INBD ISOLATION SEAL-IN RESET Pushbutton o B21H-S32, OUTBD ISOLATION SEAL-IN RESET Pushbutton BOP o Check appropriate RPS Trip Logic annunciator clears: | |||
o For RPS Bus B, P680-05A-A10, RPS TRIP LOGIC B OR D ACTIVATED o At H13-P870, reopen the following isolation valves: | |||
o CCP-MOV144, RR PUMP CLG UP STREAM RTN o CCP-MOV158, CONTMT RTN INBD ISOL o At H13-P670, Neutron Monitoring Cabinets, depress S1, RESET Pushbutton for RPS B, located in the power supply section on the lower section of the cabinet. | |||
o At H13-P672, Neutron Monitoring Cabinets, depress S1, RESET Pushbutton for RPS B, located in the power supply section on the lower section of the cabinet. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 7 of 20 o Place control switches for all tripped Drywell Unit Coolers to OFF. | |||
o At H13-P877, close the following breakers: | o At H13-P877, close the following breakers: | ||
o EJS-ACB49, NORM CHGR 1B SPLY BRKR (NO POWER) o EJS-ACB50, NHS | o EJS-ACB49, NORM CHGR 1B SPLY BRKR (NO POWER) o EJS-ACB50, NHS-MCC101 SPLY BRKR o EJS-ACB66, NHS-MCC 102B SPLY BRKR o EJS-ACB77, IHS-CHGR 1D SPLY BRKR o At H13-P870, reopen the following isolation valves: | ||
-MCC101 SPLY BRKR o EJS-ACB66, NHS | o SWP-MOV4B, DRYWELL UC SUPPLY o SWP-MOV5A, DRYWELL UC RETURN o DFR-AOV101, RB FLOOR DR INBD ISOL (NO POWER) | ||
-MCC 102B SPLY BRKR o EJS-ACB77, IHS | BOP o DER-AOV126, RB EQUIP DR INBD ISOL (NO POWER) o WCS-MOV178 BW TK DR INBD ISOL o Start additional Drywell Unit Coolers as needed per SOP-0060, Drywell Cooling. | ||
-CHGR 1D SPLY BRKR o At H13-P870, reopen the following isolation valves: | o At H13-P863, reopen the following isolation valves: | ||
o SWP-MOV4B, DRYWELL UC SUPPLY o SWP-MOV5A, DRYWELL UC RETURN o DFR-AOV101, RB FLOOR DR INBD ISOL (NO POWER) o DER-AOV126, RB EQUIP DR INBD ISOL (NO POWER) o WCS-MOV178 BW TK DR INBD ISOL o Start additional Drywell Unit Coolers as needed per SOP | o HVN-MOV129, CHW SPLY SHUTOFF VLV o HVN-MOV102, CHW RTN INBD ISOL o HVN-MOV130, CHW RTN SHUTOFF VLV o JRB-SOV15, SUPPLY AIR ISOL VLV (NO POWER) o JRB-SOV25, SUPPLY AIR ISOL VLV (NO POWER) | ||
-0060, Drywell Cooling. o At H13-P863, reopen the following isolation valves: | |||
o HVN-MOV129, CHW SPLY SHUTOFF VLV o HVN-MOV102, CHW RTN INBD ISOL o HVN-MOV130, CHW RTN SHUTOFF VLV o JRB-SOV15, SUPPLY AIR ISOL VLV (NO POWER) o JRB-SOV25, SUPPLY AIR ISOL VLV (NO POWER) | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 8 of 20 o At H13-P863, perform the following to reset HVK-MOV10B, CHW SURGE TK B NORM MKUP: | ||
o Place HVK-MOV10B, CHW SURGE TK B NORM MKUP Control Switch in CLOSE. | o Place HVK-MOV10B, CHW SURGE TK B NORM MKUP Control Switch in CLOSE. (NO POWER) o Place HVK-MOV10B, CHW SURGE TK B NORM MKUP Control Switch in AUTO. (NO POWER) o At H13-P808, reopen the following isolation valves: | ||
(NO POWER) o Place HVK-MOV10B, CHW SURGE TK B NORM MKUP Control Switch in AUTO. | o RCS-MOV61B, FCV B ACTUATOR LEAKOFF o RCS-MOV60B, FCV B RETURN ISOL VLV BOP o RCS-MOV59B, FCV B CLOSING SPLY VLV o RCS-MOV58B, FCV B OPENING SPLY VLV o At H13-P601, reopen the following isolation valves: | ||
(NO POWER) o At H13-P808, reopen the following isolation valves: | o B33-F019, REACTOR WATER UPSTREAM ISOL VLV (NO POWER) o B21-F016, MSL WARMUP HDR INBD CONTMT ISOL VLV o B21-F085, MSL WARMUP HDR SHUTOFF VALVE | ||
o RCS-MOV61B, FCV B ACTUATOR LEAKOFF o RCS-MOV60B, FCV B RETURN ISOL VLV o RCS-MOV59B, FCV B CLOSING SPLY VLV o RCS-MOV58B, FCV B OPENING SPLY VLV o At H13-P601, reopen the following isolation valves: | |||
o B33-F019, REACTOR WATER UPSTREAM ISOL VLV (NO POWER) | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 9 of 20 Event No: 3 Event | ||
3 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
A Recirculation pump seal leak After the Unit Operator swaps the RPS power supply and has completed AOP-10 through step 13 of Attachment 2, the ATC resets the Division 2 half scram, the CRS enters TS 3.8.4 and 3.8.9, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 3. | |||
After the crew diagnosis of the seal failure and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger Event 4 to trip the Recirculation Pump. | |||
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report the A Recirculation pump #1 seal degrading: | |||
o H13-P680/04A/E05, RECIRC PUMP A SEAL STAGING ATC HIGH/LOW FLOW o #2 PRESS SEAL CAVITY, B33-R602A, Pressure equalizes with #1 PRESS SEAL CAVITY pressure. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 10 of 20 Event No: 4 Event | |||
- | |||
== Description:== | |||
4 | Recirculation pump A trip After the crew diagnosis of the seal failure and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger Event 4 to trip the Recirculation Pump. | ||
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report recirc pump trip per: | |||
o H13-P680/04A/A01, RECIRC MOTOR A TRIP o H13-P680/04A/B01, RECIRC MOTOR A LOCKOUT/TRIP ATC o H13-P680/05A/C03, RECIRC PUMP SUPPLY BRKR 4A OVERCURRENT o H13-P680 / 03A / B08, REACTOR HIGH/LOW WATER LEVEL o Recognize and enter: | |||
o AOP-24, THERMAL HYDRAULIC STABILITY CONTROLS o GOP-4, SINGLE LOOP OPERATION CRS o Direct ATC to perform actions per AOP-24, section 4.3. | |||
o If flow is not within limits, direct ATC to reduce recirculation loop flow to | |||
<33 kgpm, per GOP-4 (28.1 kgpm). | |||
o Direct ATC to secure Recirc Pump A per SOP-3. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 11 of 20 AOP-24, 4.3 Determine power/flow region using Attachment 1, RBS Dual Loop Operation Power/Flow Maps OR Attachment 2, RBS Single Loop Operation Power/Flow MapsEnter GOP-0004, Single Loop Operation. | |||
o IF entry into the Restricted Region is unexpected, THEN perform the following: | |||
o IF both channels of PBDS are inoperable, THEN immediately place the reactor mode switch in the SHUTDOWN position. | |||
o NOTE o With only one Recirc Pump in operation, GOP 0004, Single Loop Operation Precautions and Limitations should be referenced prior to raising Recirc flow. | |||
o Immediately exit this region by performing the following actions: | |||
o Insert Control Rods using the Shutdown Control Rod Sequence ATC Package or as specified by Reactor Engineering, OR o Raise recirculation flow by opening Recirc FCVs o Per the RMP, step 002, the following control rods will be moved from position 10 to position 00 o 20-37 o 36-37 o 36-21 o 20-21 Note: When the third rod per the Reactivity Management Plan is inserted or when one of the recirc flow control valves have been adjusted to raise flow, THI will be inserted. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | |||
o IF entry into the Restricted Region is unexpected, THEN perform the following: | |||
o IF both channels of PBDS are inoperable, THEN immediately place the reactor mode switch in the SHUTDOWN position. | |||
o NOTE o With only one Recirc Pump in operation, GOP 0004, Single Loop Operation Precautions and Limitations should be referenced prior to raising Recirc flow. | |||
o Immediately exit this region by performing the following actions: | |||
o Insert Control Rods using the Shutdown Control Rod Sequence Package or as specified by Reactor Engineering, OR o Raise recirculation flow by opening Recirc FCVs o Per the RMP, step 002, the following control rods will be moved from position 10 to position 00 o 20-37 o 36-37 o 36-21 o 20-21 | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 12 of 20 Shutdown the Recirc Pump A per SOP-3: | ||
-3: o Close B33-F067A(B), RECIRC PUMP A(B) DISCH VLV, for the pump that was shutdown to permit the pump to come to a complete stop and prevent reverse rotation. | o Close B33-F067A(B), RECIRC PUMP A(B) DISCH VLV, for the pump that was shutdown to permit the pump to come to a complete stop and prevent reverse rotation. | ||
o WHEN at least 5 minutes have elapsed, THEN open B33 | ATC o WHEN at least 5 minutes have elapsed, THEN open B33-F067A(B), RECIRC PUMP A(B) DISCH VLV to permit the flow of reactor coolant through the pump loop to maintain it within 50*F of the running loop. | ||
-F067A(B), RECIRC PUMP A(B) DISCH VLV to permit the flow of reactor coolant through the pump loop to maintain it within 50*F of the running loop. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 13 of 20 Event No: 5 Event | ||
5 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Thermal Hydraulic Instability When the crew takes action to exit the restricted region, the booth will trigger Event 5. | Thermal Hydraulic Instability When the crew takes action to exit the restricted region, the booth will trigger Event 5. | ||
Takes approximately 1 minute for the alarm to come in after the event is triggered. | Takes approximately 1 minute for the alarm to come in after the event is triggered. | ||
TIME Position | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior Diagnose and report indications of THI per: | ||
o H13-P680/06A/C01 , APRM UPSCALE o H13-P680/07A/A05 , DIV 1 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI DECAY RATIO o H13-P680/07A/A06 , DIV 1 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI | o H13-P680/06A/C01, APRM UPSCALE o H13-P680/07A/A05, DIV 1 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI DECAY RATIO o H13-P680/07A/A06, DIV 1 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI-ATC HI DECAY RATIO o H13-P680/07A/B05, DIV 2 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI DECAY RATIO o H13-P680/07A/B06, DIV 2 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI-HI DECAY RATIO o APRM power oscillations getting larger. | ||
-HI DECAY RATIO o H13-P680/07A/B05 , DIV 2 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI DECAY RATIO o H13-P680/07A/B06 , DIV 2 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI | o Recognize THI and enter: | ||
-HI DECAY RATIO o APRM power oscillations getting larger. | o AOP-1, REACTOR SCRAM CRS o AOP-24, THERMAL HYDRAULIC STABILITY CONTROLS o EOP-1, RPV CONTROL o Direct ATC to place the mode switch in SHUTDOWN, per AOP-24, 4.2. | ||
o AOP-1, REACTOR SCRAM o AOP-24, THERMAL HYDRAULIC STABILITY CONTROLS o EOP-1, RPV CONTROL o Direct ATC to place the mode switch in SHUTDOWN, per AOP | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 14 of 20 o Per AOP-24, 4.2 IF core thermal hydraulic instability is observed THEN place the reactor mode switch in the SHUTDOWN position. | ||
-24, 4.2. | o Per EN-OP-115 (Conduct of Operations), 5.2 Conditions Requiring An Immediate Manual Reactor Scram: Licensed operators SHALL immediately insert a manual scram whenever any of the following conditions occurs: Core theral-hydraulic instability is observed. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Critical Task: Mode switch to shutdown immediately after Division 1 and 2 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI-HI ATC DECAY RATIO alarms are in (P680-07A-A6 and B6). | ||
o Per EN-OP-115 (Conduct of Operations), 5.2 Conditions Requiring An Immediate Manual Reactor Scram: | |||
-hydraulic instability is observed. | |||
Critical Task: | |||
-HI DECAY RATIO alarms are in (P680 | |||
-07A-A6 and B6). | |||
Scram report: | Scram report: | ||
o Mode switch is in shutdown. | o Mode switch is in shutdown. | ||
o All rods are in | o All rods are in. | ||
o EOP Entry Conditions: Level 3. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 15 of 20 Event No: 6 Event | ||
6 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
Loss of offsite power & Recirc leak: | Loss of offsite power & Recirc leak: | ||
2 minutes after the manual scram, LOP will occur and small Recirc leak commences. On level 3 the recirc leak will get larger to drive the crew to emergency depressurization. When the first Low Pressure ECCS injection source is commenced, the recirc leak will get larger to ensure RHR A and LPCS are both required for injection to restore reactor water level. | 2 minutes after the manual scram, LOP will occur and small Recirc leak commences. On level 3 the recirc leak will get larger to drive the crew to emergency depressurization. When the first Low Pressure ECCS injection source is commenced, the recirc leak will get larger to ensure RHR A and LPCS are both required for injection to restore reactor water level. | ||
Note: | Note: All 1.68 psid actions for isolation and initiations will have to be re-performed when LOP occurs. | ||
-performed when LOP occurs. | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report: | ||
TIME Position | o Loss of offsite power. | ||
o Loss of offsite power. | BOP o RCIC overspeed trip during startup. | ||
o RCIC overspeed trip during startup. o Division 1 DG will start and energize ENS SWGR | o Division 1 DG will start and energize ENS SWGR-1A. | ||
-1A. o Division 2 DG will start but fails to energize ENS SWGR | o Division 2 DG will start but fails to energize ENS SWGR-1B. | ||
-1B. | o Diagnose and report: | ||
o Loss of offsite power. | ATC o Loss of offsite power. | ||
o Loss of all feed and condensate. | o Loss of all feed and condensate. | ||
o Recognize and enter EOP 1 for level 3 and 1.68 psid drywell pressure. | |||
o Recognize and direct ATC to verify Level 2 and 3 initiations, isolations and diesel generators. | o Recognize and direct ATC to verify Level 2 and 3 initiations, isolations and diesel generators. | ||
o If RPV level cannot be restored and maintained between 10 inches and 51 inches, then restore and maintain RPV level above | o If RPV level cannot be restored and maintained between 10 inches and 51 inches, then restore and maintain RPV level above -162 inches using Table L-2 Alternate Injection Subsystems if necessary. | ||
-162 inches using Table L | CRS o Recognize and direct BOP to maximize CRD flow and inject SLC. | ||
-2 Alternate Injection Subsystems if necessary. | o Direct ATC to install Enclosures 32, 22, 6, 7, and 35. | ||
o Recognize and direct BOP to maximize CRD flow and inject SLC. | o Assign level band -20 to 51 inches on RCIC. | ||
o Direct ATC to install Enclosures 32, 22, 6, 7, and 35. | o Assign pressure band 500-1090 psig on SRVs. | ||
o Assign level band | |||
-20 to 51 inches on RCIC. | |||
o Assign pressure band 500 | |||
-1090 psig on SRVs. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 16 of 20 ATC o Verify Level 2 and 3 initiations, isolations and diesel generators. | ||
INITIATING STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL o Place SLC PUMP A(B) (NOT BOTH), control switch to RUN. | |||
o SQUIB CONTINUITY A(B), light goes Off. o C41-F001A(B), SLC PUMP A(B) SUCT VLV, Opens. o C41-C001A(B), SLC PUMP A(B), Starts. o Notify CRS of SLC injection status. | o Verify the following: | ||
o Verify IAS-MOV106 is Open. (Enclosure 16 may be required). | o SQUIB CONTINUITY A(B), light goes Off. | ||
MAXIMIZING CRD (Recognizes no power to maximize CRD) o Start any available, non-running CRD pump as follows: | o C41-F001A(B), SLC PUMP A(B) SUCT VLV, Opens. | ||
o Start C11-C001AP(BP), CRD AUX OIL PUMP A(B). o Verify C11-C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B), white control power available light on. o Start C11-C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B). o Place CRD HYDRAULICS FLOW CONTROLLER, in MANUAL and raise signal to 100%. o Fully Open C11-F003, CRD DRIVE WATER PRESS CONTROL VALVE. o Verify IAS-MOV106 is Open. IF IAS-MOV106 is not open, AND an ATWS condition exists, THEN notify the CRS that EOP Enclosure 16 is required. | o C41-C001A(B), SLC PUMP A(B), Starts. | ||
o Notify CRS of SLC injection status. | |||
o Verify IAS-MOV106 is Open. (Enclosure 16 may be required). | |||
BOP MAXIMIZING CRD (Recognizes no power to maximize CRD) o Start any available, non-running CRD pump as follows: | |||
o Start C11-C001AP(BP), CRD AUX OIL PUMP A(B). | |||
o Verify C11-C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B), white control power available light on. | |||
o Start C11-C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B). | |||
o Place CRD HYDRAULICS FLOW CONTROLLER, in MANUAL and raise signal to 100%. | |||
o Fully Open C11-F003, CRD DRIVE WATER PRESS CONTROL VALVE. | |||
o Verify IAS-MOV106 is Open. IF IAS-MOV106 is not open, AND an ATWS condition exists, THEN notify the CRS that EOP Enclosure 16 is required. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 17 of 20 o If RPV level cannot be restored and maintained above -162 inches, then go to alternate level control. | ||
-162 inches , then go to alternate level control. | o Direct ATC to inhibit ADS. | ||
o Direct ATC to inhibit ADS. | CRS o Recognize when RPV level cannot be restored and maintained above - | ||
o Recognize when RPV level cannot be restored and maintained above | 187 inches, emergency depressurization is required. | ||
o Direct ATC to open 7 ADS/SRVs. | |||
o Direct ATC to open 7 ADS/SRVs. | Inhibits ADS: | ||
o Places both ADS INHIBIT switches to the INHIBIT position. | o Places both ADS INHIBIT switches to the INHIBIT position. | ||
o Open 7 ADS/SRVs Critical Task: | ATC o Open 7 ADS/SRVs Critical Task: Emergency Depressurize prior to -187 inches compensated fuel zone. | ||
- | o Direct ATC to maintain RPV level -20 to 51 inches, using RHR A CRS through SDC injection valve E12-F053A and LPCS. | ||
-20 to 51 inches, using RHR A through SDC injection valve E12-F053A and LPCS. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 18 of 20 Event No: 7 Event | ||
7 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
RHR | RHR A pump fails to automatically start The RHR A pump will fail to auto start after automatic initiation. Automatic trigger Event 7. | ||
o Manually start RHR A pump. | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report RHR A pump fail to auto start. | ||
Critical Task: | o Manually start RHR A pump. | ||
-211 inches). | ATC Critical Task: Manually start RHR A pump and open LPCS injection valve prior to entering SAPs (restore and maintain reactor water level >-211 inches). | ||
o Recognize RHR A pump fail to auto start and direct ATC to manually CRS start RHR A pump. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 19 of 20 Event No: 8 Event | ||
8 | |||
== Description:== | == Description:== | ||
LPCS injection valve fails to automatically open | LPCS injection valve fails to automatically open The LPCS injection valve will fail to open after automatic initiation and emergency depressurization. | ||
o Manually open LPCS injection valve. | Automatic trigger Event 8. | ||
Critical Task: | TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report LPCS injection valve fails to auto open. | ||
-211 inches). | o Manually open LPCS injection valve. | ||
ATC Critical Task: Manually start RHR A pump and open LPCS injection valve prior to entering SAPs (restore and maintain reactor water level >-211 inches). | |||
o Direct ATC to manually open LPCS injection valve. | o Recognize LPCS injection valve fails to auto open. | ||
CRS o Direct ATC to manually open LPCS injection valve. | |||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 20 of 20 TERMINATION Once reactor water level is being restored, or as directed by Lead Evaluator: | ||
Take the simulator to Freeze and turn horns off. | * Take the simulator to Freeze and turn horns off. | ||
Instruct the crew to not erase any markings or talk about the scenario until after follow-up questions are asked. | * Instruct the crew to not erase any markings or talk about the scenario until after follow-up questions are asked. | ||
Save SBT data. | * Save SBT data. | ||
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 | Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Offgoing OSM: Oncoming OSM: Off-Going Shift N D | ||
Oncoming OSM: | _______________________ _____ ___________________ _____ | ||
Off-Going Shift | (Print) KCN (Print) KCN Date PART I - TO BE REVIEWED PRIOR TO ASSUMING THE SHIFT UNIT STATUS MODE 1 RX POWER 100% | ||
_______________________ | |||
_____ ___________________ | |||
EVOLUTIONS (COMPLETED / IN PROGRESS / PLANNED); GENERAL INFORMATION Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete. | EVOLUTIONS (COMPLETED / IN PROGRESS / PLANNED); GENERAL INFORMATION Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete. | ||
RPS B power supply is on alternate due to repairs to B RPS MG set. RPS B normal power supply is available and tags are being cleared. | RPS B power supply is on alternate due to repairs to B RPS MG set. RPS B normal power supply is available and tags are being cleared. | ||
CRD pumps need to be swapped for | CRD pumps need to be swapped for maintenance per SOP-2. Steps 5.1.1 1-3 are complete (Perform this prior to STP). | ||
-3 are complete (Perform this prior to STP) | STP-203-6305 is in progress commence on step 7.6.3. | ||
SIGNIFICANT LCO STATUS None EQUIPMENT STATUS None | |||
SIGNIFICANT LCO STATUS None | |||
Tues 2 | ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 FACILITY: RBS DATE OF EXAM: 09/12/2016 OPERATING TEST NO.: NRC 301-1 Scenarios A E P V 1 2 3 (Spare) 4 T M P E O I L N T N I T C | ||
A I A T L M N Y U T P Tues Wed Thurs M(*) | |||
E CREW POSITION CREW CREW CREW POSITION POSITION POSITION R I U S A B S A B S A B S A B R T O R T O R T O R T O O C P O C P O C P O C P 0 1 1 0 RX R1 0 1 1 1 NOR 3,4,9 3,4, 7 4 4 2 I/C 7,8 6,8 5,6 4 2 2 1 MAJ TS 0 0 2 2 3 1 1 1 0 RX R2 1 1 1 1 1 NOR 2 4,5 5 4 4 2 I/C 8,9 5,6 7 3 2 2 1 MAJ TS 0 0 2 2 2 1 1 1 0 RX R3 1 1 1 1 1 NOR 3,4, 3 5 4 4 2 I/C 7,8 5,6 7 3 2 2 1 MAJ TS 0 0 2 2 3 1 1 1 0 I1 RX 1 1 1 1 1 NOR 1-4, 2 7 4 4 2 I/C 7,9 6,8 5,6 4 2 2 1 MAJ TS 1,5 2 0 2 2 Instructions: | |||
: 1. Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (BOP) positions; Instant SROs must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an Instant SRO additionally serves in the BOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC position. | |||
: 2. Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. (*) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-1 basis. | |||
: 3. Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand columns. | |||
: 4. For licenses that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-I applicants in either the ATC or BOP position to best evaluate the SRO-I in manipulating controls. | |||
ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 FACILITY: RBS DATE OF EXAM: 09/12/2016 OPERATING TEST NO.: NRC 301-1 Scenarios A E P V 1 2 3 (Spare) 4 T M P E O I L N T N I T C | |||
A I A T L M N Y U T P Tues Wed Thurs M(*) | |||
E CREW POSITION CREW CREW CREW POSITION POSITION POSITION S A B S A B S A B S A B R I U R T O R T O R T O R T O O C P O C P O C P O C P 3 2 2 1 1 0 RX I2 1 1 2 1 1 1 NOR 1-4, 2 3-6, 7 4 4 2 I/C 7,9 8,9 6,8 5,6 7 5 2 2 1 MAJ TS 1,5 2,6 4 0 2 2 3 1 1 1 0 RX U1 1 1 1 1 1 NOR 1,2,7 2-4, 8 4 4 2 I/C 7,8 6,8 5,6 4 2 2 1 MAJ TS 2,4 2 0 2 2 3 1 1 1 0 RX U2 1 1 1 1 1 NOR 1,2,7 2-4, 8 4 4 2 I/C 7,8 6,8 5,6 4 2 2 1 MAJ TS 2,4 2 0 2 2 1 1 0 RX 1 1 1 1 NOR 1-4, 3,4, 2,3 4 4 2 I/C 8,9 8,9 6,7 6,7 6,7 2 2 1 MAJ TS 2,3 0 2 2 Instructions: | |||
: 1. Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (BOP) positions; Instant SROs must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an Instant SRO additionally serves in the BOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC position. | |||
: 2. Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. (*) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-1 basis. | |||
: 3. Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand columns. | |||
: 4. For licenses that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-I applicants in either the ATC or BOP position to best evaluate the SRO-I in manipulating controls. | |||
RBS 2016-09 NRC Exam ES-301 Competencies Checklist Form ES-301-6 Facility: RBS Date of Examination: 09/12/2016 Operating Test No.: NRC 301-1 APPLICANTS RO RO RO 1 RO 2 SRO-I SRO-I SRO-I SRO-I SRO-U 1 SRO-U 2 SRO-U SRO-U Competencies SCENARIO SCENARIO SCENARIO SCENARIO 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 3,5, Interpret/Diagnose 1,2, 1,2, 3,4, 3,4, 6,8, 2-8 2-8 5,6, 3-8 5,6, Events and Conditions 6-8 6-8 8,9 8,9 9, | |||
10 3,5, Comply With and 1,2, 1,2, 3,4, 3,4, 6,8, 2-8 2-8 5,6, 3-8 5,6, Use Procedures (1) 6-8 6-8 8,9 8,9 9, | |||
10 3,5, Operate Control 1,2, 1,2, 3,4, 3,4, 6,8, N/A N/A 5,6, 3-8 5,6, Boards (2) 6-8 6-8 8,9 8,9 9, | |||
. | 10 Communicate and ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL Interact Demonstrate Supervisory N/A 1-8 N/A 1-8 N/A N/A N/A N/A Ability (3) | ||
Comply With and 1,5 2,4 1,5 2,4 N/A N/A N/A N/A Use Tech. Specs. (3) | |||
Notes: | |||
(1) Includes Technical Specification compliance for an RO. | |||
(2) Optional for an SRO-U. | |||
(3) Only applicable to SROs. | |||
Instructions: | |||
Check the applicant's license type and enter one or more event numbers that will allow the examiners to evaluate every applicable competency for every applicant. (This includes all rating factors for each competency.) (Competency Rating factors as described on forms ES-303-1 and ES-303-3.) | |||
Page 1 of 2 | |||
RBS 2016-09 NRC Exam ES-301 Competencies Checklist Form ES-301-6 Facility: RBS Date of Examination: 09/12/2016 Operating Test No.: NRC 301-1 APPLICANTS RO 3 RO RO RO SRO-I SRO-I 1 SRO-I 2 SRO-I SRO-U SRO-U SRO-U SRO-U Competencies SCENARIO SCENARIO SCENARIO SCENARIO 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 Interpret/Diagnose 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1-3-8 4,7, 1-9 3,5, 1-9 3,5, Events and Conditions 8 6 6 10 Comply With and 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1-3-8 4,7, 1-9 3,5, 1-9 3,5, Use Procedures (1) 8 6 6 10 Operate Control 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 3-8 4,7, N/A 3,5, N/A 3,5, N/A Boards (2) 8 6 6 Communicate and ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL Interact Demonstrate 1-Supervisory N/A N/A 1-9 N/A 1-9 N/A 10 Ability (3) | |||
Comply With and N/A N/A 1,5 N/A 1,5 N/A 3,7 Use Tech. Specs. (3) | |||
Notes: | |||
(1) Includes Technical Specification compliance for an RO. | |||
(2) Optional for an SRO-U. | |||
(3) Only applicable to SROs. | |||
RBS 2016-09 NRC Exam | |||
RBS | |||
NRC 301-1 | |||
N/A N/A | |||
N/A N/A | |||
(2) | |||
-U. (3) | |||
Instructions: | Instructions: | ||
Check the applicant's license type and enter one or more event numbers that will allow the examiners to evaluate every applicable competency for every applicant. | Check the applicant's license type and enter one or more event numbers that will allow the examiners to evaluate every applicable competency for every applicant. (This includes all rating factors for each competency.) (Competency Rating factors as described on forms ES-303-1 and ES-303-3.) | ||
(This includes all rating factors for each competency.) (Competency Rating factors as described on forms ES | Page 2 of 2}} | ||
-303-1 and ES-303-3.)}} |
Latest revision as of 23:02, 4 February 2020
ML16280A437 | |
Person / Time | |
---|---|
Site: | River Bend |
Issue date: | 09/12/2016 |
From: | Vincent Gaddy Operations Branch IV |
To: | |
References | |
Download: ML16280A437 (321) | |
Text
ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 Facility: River Bend Nuclear Station Date of Examination: 9/12/2016 Examination Level: RO SRO Operating Test Number: LOT-2016 Administrative Topic Type Describe activity to be performed (see Note) Code*
Conduct of Operations R-N CRD pump clearance Conduct of Operations R-N Calculation for leakage Electrical Print Reading (Determine effect of Equipment Control R-N removing fuses in RPS system)
Determine emergency entry requirements for high Radiation Control R-N dose Emergency Plan NOTE: All items (5 total) are required for SROs. RO applicants require only 4 items unless they are retaking only the administrative topics, when all 5 are required.
- Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs; 4 for SROs & RO retakes)
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1)
(P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected)
ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 Facility: River Ben Nuclear Station Date of Examination: 9/12/2016 Examination Level: RO SRO Operating Test Number: LOT-2016 Administrative Topic Type Describe activity to be performed (see Note) Code*
Print Reading (RPS fuse removal)
Conduct of Operations R-N Leakage calculation and TS call associated with Conduct of Operations R-N leakage.
Evaluate a CRD pump clearance Equipment Control R-N Emergency entry for high dose and who authorizes Radiation Control R-N the entry.
Emergency Classification Emergency Plan R-N NOTE: All items (5 total) are required for SROs. RO applicants require only 4 items unless they are retaking only the administrative topics, when all 5 are required.
- Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs; 4 for SROs & RO retakes)
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1)
(P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected)
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Perform a Manual Tagout for Control Rod Drive Pump B CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 20 PERFORMANCE TIME:
Time Critical No Alt Path No License Level RO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: June 29, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant identified the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration for a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B IAW the attached key.
Synopsis: eSOMS Clearance Module is unavailable due to a network failure. This task will have the applicant write a paper tagout using the form found in the attachments of EN-OP-102-01. Only three columns are required to be filled out in accordance with the initiating cue.
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
- 2) Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to perform a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B using Attachment 9.3 of EN-OP-102-01, Tagout Tags Sheet. Identify the following on the manual Tagout Tags Sheet:
- Tag Type
- Equipment/Equipment Description, and
- Placement Configuration
- 3) Initial Conditions:
The plant is Mode 1, 100%.
Maintenance is scheduled to replace pump oil on CRD-PC001B, Control Rod Drive Pump B.
The eSOMS Clearance Module is unavailable due to problems with the network.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 2 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 ANSWER KEY Critical Items are:
- Danger NNS-SWG1B ACB18 OPEN, RACKED OUT or REM
- Danger SCA-PNL8B1 BKR14 OFF
- Danger C11-VF014B CLOSED
- Danger C11-VF015B CLOSED RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 3 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Perform Hand Written Tagout for 300095003001 G 2.1.29 4.1 CRD Pump B Oil Replacement Rev 2 included recommendation made by the ops validation team.
Rev 3 clarified the task standard and initiating cue to better direct the applicant.
REFERENCES:
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES PID-36-01A, Rev 21 RLP-HLO-0201, Obj 4 SOP-0002, Rev 47 EE-001G, Rev 11 ESK-05RDS02, Rev 18 ESK-07RDS01, Rev 04 EN-OP-0102, Rev 18 EN-OP-0102-01, Rev 10 Archived Tagout 1-C15-01 052-001-C11-PC001B REQUIRED MATERIALS:
PID-36-01A, Rev 21 SOP-0002, Rev 47 EE-001G, Rev 11 ESK-05RDS02, Rev 18 ESK-07RDS01, Rev 04 EN-OP-0102, Protective and Caution Tagging, Rev 18 .3 of EN-OP-0102-1, Rev 10 (attached)
LICENSE LEVEL: RO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams must be developed for the applicants use.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: The applicant identified the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration for a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B IAW the attached key.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 4 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
- 1. Procedure Step: Applicant uses drawings and EN-OP102-01 Att 9.3 to complete required tagout list Standard Applicant uses Att 9.3 to complete the task Cue Notes
- 2. *Procedure Step: Identify the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration to be tagged for a manual tagout of Control Rod Drive Pump B.
Standard Applicant identified the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration for a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B IAW the attached key. The critical items are as follows:
Danger NNS-SWG1B ACB18 OPEN, RACKED OUT or REM Danger SCA-PNL8B1 BKR14 OFF Danger C11-VF014B CLOSED Danger C11-VF015B CLOSED Cue Notes Provide applicant with attachments as necessary Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: The applicant identified the Tag Type, Equipment/Equipment Description, and Placement Configuration for a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B IAW the attached key.
This completes this JPM.
STOP TIME:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 5 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 6 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 7 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to perform a manual tagout on Control Rod Drive Pump B using Attachment 9.3 of EN-OP-102-01, Tagout Tags Sheet. Identify the following on the manual Tagout Tags Sheet:
- Tag Type
- Equipment/Equipment Description, and
- Placement Configuration Initial Conditions:
The plant is mode 1, 100%.
Maintenance is scheduled to replace pump oil on CRD-PC001B, Control Rod Drive Pump B.
The eSOMS Clearance Module is unavailable due to problems with the network.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 8 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 9 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 10 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev. 3 RJPM-NRC-S16-A1 Rev 3 Page 11 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Determine Unidentified Leakage and Leak Rates Manually CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 8 Actual Time (min):
VALIDATION TIME:
Time Critical No Alt Path No License Level RO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: July 9, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant calculated the identified and unidentified leakage rates IAW the attached key.
Synopsis: The Drains Process Computer is inoperable due to a component failure.
This task will have the applicant perform a manual leakage calculation using SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drain System, Section 5.2.3.5. The applicant will use attachment 6 in the procedure to calculate values for leakage using columns D through J; K will not be performed for this JPM.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- The plant is operating at 100% power
- The Drains Process Computer is inoperable due to a component failure
- Sumps have been pumped down IAW section 5.2.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System, and the appropriate data entered on Attachment 6
- 3) Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to determine identified and unidentified leakage rates manually. Complete columns D through J of Attachment 6 IAW Section 5.2.3.5.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 2 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Determine Unidentified Leakage and 231014001001 G2.1.23 4.3 / 4.4 Leak Rates Manually 295036 EA1.01 3.2 /
3.3 REFERENCES
- APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drain RLP-HLO-405, Obj 1 System, Rev 39 Tech Spec 3.4.5 REQUIRED MATERIALS:
SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drain System, with marked up Attachments 5 & 6 LICENSE LEVEL: RO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams must be developed for the applicants use.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: The applicant calculated the identified and unidentified leakage rates IAW the attached key.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 3 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 ANSWER KEY Evaluator Notes:
- Column H acceptable range can be calculated between 2.24 and 2.26
- Column J acceptable range can be calculated between 4.40 and 4.43 RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 4 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
SOP-0104 Section 5.2.3.5, Perform the following to calculate Primary Containment Leakage Rates:
- 3) Record the following on Attachment 6, Manual Calculation - Current Leak Rate History on the hour:
- 1. Procedure Step: a) Present time under PUMP STOP TIME Standard NA Cue Notes The handout of Attachment 6 already has the current sump pumpdown data.
- 2. *Procedure Step: b) Under column D calculate the Unidentified Leakage (UL) by adding the changes in levels of column A to the changes in levels of column B since the previous hourly calculations Standard Applicant calculated the delta from column A (250-150) as 100 gallons, then calculated the delta from column B (225-190) as 35 gallons; applicant then added 100 plus 35 and recorded 135 gallons in column D Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 5 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 5.2.3.5. 3) continued
- 3. *Procedure Step: c) Under column E calculate the Identified Leakage (IL) by entering the changes in level of column C since the previous hourly calculations Standard Applicant calculated the delta from column C (280-150) and recorded 130 gallons in column E Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 4. Procedure Step: d) Under column F calculate the Total Leakage by adding the values of UL column D and IL column E.
Standard Applicant calculated the sum of column D and E (135+130) and recorded 265 gallons in column F Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 5. Procedure Step: e) Record 60 minutes in column G.
Standard Applicant recorded 60 minutes in column G.
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 6 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 5.2.3.5. 3) continued
- 6. *Procedure Step: f) Calculate Unidentified Leakage Rate (ULR) in column H by dividing the UL from column D by column G.
Standard Applicant calculated the quotient of column D by column G (135 / 60) and recorded a value of between 2.24 and 2.26 gallons per hour in column H.
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 7. Procedure Step: g) Calculate Total Leakage Rate (TLR) in column J by dividing the TL in column F by column G.
Standard Applicant calculated the quotient of column F by column G (265 / 60) and recorded a value of between 4.40 and 4.43 gallons per hour in column H.
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: The applicant calculated the identified and unidentified leakage rates IAW the attached key.
This completes this JPM.
STOP TIME:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 7 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 8 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev 2 Page 9 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A2 Rev. 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- The plant is operating at 100% power
- The Drains Process Computer is inoperable due to a component failure
- Sumps have been pumped down IAW section 5.2.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System, and the appropriate data entered on Attachment 6.
Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to determine identified and unidentified leakage rates manually. Complete columns D through J of Attachment 6 IAW Section 5.2.3.5.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System.
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 10 of 10
CONTINUOUS USE ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 1 MANUAL CALCULATION - CURRENT LEAK RATE HISTORY DATE:____9/12/2016___
Pump Stop A B C D E F G *H J K Time DRYWELL PEDESTAL DRYWELL UN- IDENTIFIED UN- TOTAL FLOOR DR FLOOR DR EQPT DR IDENTIFIED LEAKAGE TOTAL DELTA IDENTIFIED LEAKAGE TLR SUMP SUMP SUMP LEAKAGE LEAKAGE TIME LEAKAGE RATE IL 24 AVG LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL UL (D+E) (min) RATE F/G DFR-LI105 DFR-LI128 DER-LI118 (DA + DB) DC D/ G I F I F I F 0030 160 150 NA 190 270 150 10 120 130 60 0.17 2.17 2.12 0130 160 150 NA 190 270 150 10 120 130 60 0.17 2.17 2.12 0230 170 150 195 190 280 150 25 130 155 60 0.42 2.58 2.14 0330 165 150 195 190 270 150 20 120 140 60 0.33 2.33 2.15 0430 175 150 195 190 270 150 30 120 150 60 0.50 2.50 2.16 0530 175 150 195 190 280 150 30 130 160 60 0.50 2.67 2.19 0630 180 150 195 190 270 150 35 120 155 60 0.58 2.58 2.21 0730 180 150 195 190 270 150 35 120 155 60 0.58 2.58 2.23 0830 190 150 195 190 280 150 45 130 175 60 0.75 2.92 2.26 0930 190 150 200 190 280 150 50 130 180 60 0.83 3.00 2.30 1030 195 150 200 190 270 150 55 120 175 60 0.92 2.92 2.33 1130 200 150 200 190 270 150 60 120 180 60 1.00 3.00 2.37 1230 220 150 200 190 280 150 80 130 210 60 1.33 3.50 2.43 1330 230 150 210 190 280 150 100 130 230 60 1.67 3.83 2.50 1430 250 150 225 190 280 150
- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION LIMITING CONDITIONS SOP-0104 REV - 039 PAGE 105 OF 119
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Determine the Effect of Removing a Fuse in RPS System CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 28 Actual Time (min):
VALIDATION TIME:
Time Critical No Alt Path No License Level RO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: June 30, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P692 in accordance with the attached key.
Synopsis: The applicant will use plant drawings to determine the effects of removing a fuse in the RPS system to support a maintenance activity.
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
- 2) Initiating Cues:
Given the appropriate drawings, the CRS has directed you to determine the following upon the removal of the fuse:
- 2. Complete the following table:
Component Affected? Associated Effect (position or condition)
- 1. SDV Vent and Drain Valves (F010, F011, Y / N F180, F181)
- 2. 3-way Vent Valves for SDV Vent and Drain Y / N Valves (F009 & F182)
- 3. Div 2 solenoid valves for Y / N 3-way Vent Valves
- 4. White Lights for Backup Y / N Scram Valve B
- 3) Initial Conditions:
A maintenance activity requires the removal of a fuse in the RPS system.
Electricians are ready to remove fuse F50B in Panel P692 for work to begin.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 2 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 ANSWER KEY Critical Steps are marked with an asterisk (*)
Initiating Cues:
Given the appropriate drawings, the CRS has directed you to determine the following upon the removal of the fuse:
- 2. Complete the following table:
Component Affected? Associated Effect (position or condition)
- 1. SDV Vent and Drain Valves (F010, F011, Y / N None - will not re-position F180, F181)
- 2. 3-way Vent Valves for SDV Vent and Drain Y / N None - will not re-position Valves (F009 & F182)
- 3. Div 2 solenoid valves Y / N Solenoids will de-energize for 3-way Vent Valves
- 4. White Lights for Backup Y / N One light will extinguish Scram Valve B RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 3 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Use Plant Drawings to Determine 300246003001 G 2.2.15 3.9 Effect of Fuse Removal 299003001001
REFERENCES:
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES GE-828E531AA RLP-HLO-542-1, Obj 5, 6, 7 REQUIRED MATERIALS:
GE-828E531AA Sheets 1, 2, 6, 9, and 11 LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams must be developed for the applicants use.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P692 in accordance with the attached key.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 4 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
Standard Applicant determined that is it not a scram condition (as indicated in the attached key).
Cue Notes Provide applicant with drawings and procedures as necessary Results SAT UNSAT
- 2. *Procedure Step: Complete the table affected by removal of fuse F50B.
Standard Applicant determined that:
- the Vent and Drain valves do not re-position and
- the Div 2 solenoids for SDV vent and drain valves de-energize (as indicated in the attached key).
Cue Notes Provide applicant with drawings and procedures as necessary Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P692 in accordance with the attached key.
This completes this JPM.
STOP TIME:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 5 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 6 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 7 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev. 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
A maintenance activity requires the removal of a fuse in the RPS system.
Electricians are ready to remove fuse F50B in panel H13-P692 for work to begin.
Initiating Cues:
Given the appropriate drawings, the CRS has directed you to determine the following upon the removal of the fuse:
- 2. Complete the following table:
Component Affected? Associated Effect (position or condition)
- 1. SDV Vent and Drain Valves (F010, F011, Y / N F180, F181)
- 2. 3-way Vent Valves for SDV Vent and Drain Y / N Valves (F009 & F182)
- 3. Div 2 solenoid valves for Y / N 3-way Vent Valves
- 4. White Lights for Backup Y / N Scram Valve B RJPM-NRC-S16-A3 Rev 2 Page 8 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Determine Emergency Entry Requirements for a High Dose Situation CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min):
VALIDATION TIME:
Time Critical No Alt Path No License Level RO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: July 6, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant determined admin dose limits are suspended and that the allowed dose for performing this task in a high rad area during an emergency is 4350 mrem exactly.
Synopsis:
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- The Emergency Response Organization is operational and the site has declared a Site Area Emergency due to a station blackout.
- An entry must be made to the RWCU Pump Room to stop a steam leak.
- Dose rates in the vicinity of the steam leak isolation valves are 3 rem per hour.
- 3) Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to determine the following:
- 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _____ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is _____ per year.
- 2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits for River Bend Station are applicable / suspended. (circle one)
- 3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 2 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 ANSWER KEY Complete the following:
- 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _2 R (2000 mR)_ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is __5R (5000 mR)__ per year.
- 2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits for River Bend Station are applicable / suspended. (circle one)
- 3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit.
5000 mrem (10CFR limit)
- 650 mrem (current dose) 4350 mrem (allowed dose)
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 3 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK TITLE: Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Determine Emergency Entry 300241004002 G 2.3.4 3.2 Requirements for a High Dose 301023005003 G 2.3.12 3.2 Situation.
Rev 2 corrected the initiating cue to better reflect task standard, per the NRC validation.
REFERENCES:
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES EN-RP-201, Dosimetry Administration, Rev 4 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls, Rev 21 10CFR20.1201, Occupational Dose Limits REQUIRED MATERIALS:
EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls, Rev 21 Calculator LICENSE LEVEL: RO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams may need to be developed for the applicants use.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: The applicant determined admin dose limits are suspended and that the allowed dose for performing this task in a high rad area during an emergency is 4350 mrem exactly.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 4 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
- 1. Procedure Step: Identify the Administrative and 10CFR dose limits.
Standard Applicant identified the Administrative and 10CFR dose limits are 2000mR and 5000mR (respectively), in accordance with the attached key.
Cue Notes
- 2. *Procedure Step: Determine Administrative Dose Limits should be suspended.
Standard Applicant determined that Administrative Dose Limits should be suspended in accordance with the attached key.
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 3. *Procedure Step: Calculate the allowed dose for a task during emergency conditions.
Standard Applicant calculated allowed dose to be 4350 mrem (in accordance with attached key). No error bars allowed.
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: The applicant determined admin dose limits are suspended and that the allowed dose for performing this task in a high rad area during an emergency is 4350 mrem exactly.
This completes this JPM.
STOP TIME:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 5 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 6 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 7 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev. 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- The Emergency Response Organization is operational and the site has declared a Site Area Emergency due to a station blackout.
- An entry must be made to the RWCU Pump Room to stop a steam leak.
- Dose rates in the vicinity of the steam leak isolation valves are 3 rem per hour.
Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to determine the following:
- 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _____ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is _____ per year.
- 2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits for River Bend Station are applicable / suspended. (circle one)
- 3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A4 Rev 2 Page 8 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Evaluate a Manual Tagout for Control Rod Drive Pump B CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 12 Actual Time (min):
VALIDATION TIME:
Time Critical No Alt Path NA License Level SRO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: June 29, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: Applicant reviewed the prepared tagout and determined that it is (1) not approved (2) due to not including:
- Danger C11-VF015B, CRD Pump B Recirc Line Isolation Valve CLOSED
- Danger CKTBRK-SCA-PNL8B1 BKR 14 OFF Rev 2 incorporated comments from NRC Prep Week to clarify task standards Synopsis: eSOMS Clearance Module is unavailable due to a network failure. This task will have the applicant review a paper tagout using the form found in the attachments of EN-OP-102-01 and determine if the tagout could be approved.
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
- 2) Initiating Cues:
You are the CRS. Review the attached manual tagout (non-shaded areas only) and approve or disapprove as appropriate.
If disapproved, list the reason(s) why.
- 3) Initial Conditions:
The plant is Mode 1, 100%.
Maintenance is scheduled to replace pump oil on CRD-PC001B, Control Rod Drive Pump B.
The eSOMS Clearance Module is unavailable due to problems with the network.
A Reactor Operator has prepared a manual tagout using Attachment 9.3 of EN-OP-102-01, Tagout Tags Sheet.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 2 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 ANSWER KEY Critical Items are:
- (1) Tagout is approved / not approved. (circle one)
- (2) Applicant adds the following:
Danger C11-VF015B, CRD PUMP B RECIRC LINE ISOL VLV CLOSED Danger SCA-PNL8B1 BKR 18, CRD Aux Oil Pump B OFF RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 3 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Perform Hand Written Tagout for 300095003001 G 2.1.29 4.1 CRD Pump B Oil Replacement
REFERENCES:
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES PID-36-01A, Rev 21 RLP-HLO-0201, Obj 4 SOP-0002, Rev 47 EE-001G, Rev 11 ESK-05RDS02, Rev 18 ESK-07RDS01, Rev 04 EN-OP-0102, Rev 18 and EN-OP-0102-01, Forms, Rev 10 Archived Tagout 1-C15-01 052-001-C11-PC001B REQUIRED MATERIALS:
PID-36-01A, Rev 21 SOP-0002, Rev 47 EE-001G, Rev 11 ESK-05RDS02, Rev 18 ESK-07RDS01, Rev 04 EN-OP-102, Protective and Caution Tagging, Rev 18 .3 of EN-OP-0102-1 (attached)
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams must be developed for the applicants use.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: The applicant reviewed the prepared tagout and determined that it is (1) not approved, (2) due to not including:
- Danger C11-VF015B, CRD Pump B Recirc Line Isolation Valve CLOSED
- Danger CKTBRK-SCA-PNL8B1 BKR 14 OFF RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 4 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
- 1. *Procedure Step: Determine if Tagout is approved for Control Rod Drive Pump B.
Standard Applicant used data provided to disapprove the tagout.
Cue Notes Provide applicant with attachments as necessary Results SAT UNSAT
- 2. *Procedure Step: List the reason(s) why this tagout is not approved.
Standard Applicant used data provided to state that the tagout did not include valve C11-VF015B or Circuit Breaker 14 on SCA Panel 8B1.
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: Applicant reviewed the prepared tagout and determined that it is (1) not approved (2) due to not including:
- Danger C11-VF015B, CRD Pump B Recirc Line Isolation Valve CLOSED
- Danger CKTBRK-SCA-PNL8B1 BKR 14 OFF This completes this JPM.
STOP TIME:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 5 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 6 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 7 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initiating Cues:
You are the CRS. Review the attached manual tagout (shaded areas only) and approve or disapprove as appropriate.
If disapproved, list the reason(s) why.
Initial Conditions:
The plant is Mode 1, 100%.
Maintenance is scheduled to replace pump oil on CRD-PC001B, Control Rod Drive Pump B.
The eSOMS Clearance Module is unavailable due to problems with the network.
A Reactor Operator has prepared a manual tagout using Attachment 9.3 of EN-OP-102-01, Tagout Tags Sheet.
(1) Tagout is approved / not approved. (circle one)
(2) If disapproved, list the reason(s) why:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 8 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 9 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev. 2 RJPM-NRC-S16-A5 Rev 2 Page 10 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Determine Unidentified Leakage and Leak Rates Manually CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 8 Actual Time (min):
VALIDATION TIME:
Time Critical No Alt Path No License level SRO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: July 9, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant calculated the identified and unidentified leakage rates and tech spec entry IAW the attached key.
Synopsis: The Drains Process Computer is inoperable due to a component failure.
This task will have the applicant perform a manual leakage calculation using SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drain System, 5.2.3.5. The applicant will use attachment 6 in the procedure to calculate values for leakage using columns D through J; K will not be performed for this JPM.
The SRO applicant will then go on to determine that Tech Specs 3.4.5 Condition B should be entered.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- The plant is operating at 100% power
- The Drains Process Computer is inoperable due to a component failure
- Sumps have been pumped down IAW section 5.2.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System, and the appropriate data entered on Attachment 6
- 3) Initiating Cues:
The Shift Manager has directed you to determine identified and unidentified leakage rates manually. Complete columns D through J of Attachment 6 IAW Section 5.2.3.5.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System and determine any tech spec entries (if any) that are required, with a basis for your conclusion.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 2 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Determine Unidentified Leakage and 231014001001 G2.1.23 4.3 / 4.4 Leak Rates Manually 295036 EA1.01 3.2 /
3.3 REFERENCES
- APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drain RLP-HLO-405, Obj 1 System, Rev 39 Tech Spec 3.4.5 REQUIRED MATERIALS:
SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drain System, with marked up Attachments 5 & 6 Copy of Tech Specs LICENSE LEVEL: SRO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams must be developed for the applicants use.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: The applicant calculated the identified and unidentified leakage rates and tech spec entry IAW the attached key.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 3 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 ANSWER KEY Evaluator Notes:
- Column H acceptable range can be calculated between 2.24 and 2.26
- Column J acceptable range can be calculated between 4.40 and 4.43
- Critical Task: (The reason may be paraphrased)
Enter Tech Spec 3.4.5 Condition B.
Due to RCS Leakage where there must be less than or equal to a 2 gallon per minute increase in unidentified leakage within the previous 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period in mode 1.
According to the 1430 calculations, a 2.08 gpm increase has occurred.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 4 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
SOP-0104 Section 5.2.3.5, Perform the following to calculate Primary Containment Leakage Rates:
- 3) Record the following on Attachment 6, Manual Calculation - Current Leak Rate History on the hour:
- 1. Procedure Step: a) Present time under PUMP STOP TIME Standard NA Cue Notes The handout of Attachment 6 already has the current sump pumpdown data.
- 2. *Procedure Step: b) Under column D calculate the Unidentified Leakage (UL) by adding the changes in levels of column A to the changes in levels of column B since the previous hourly calculations Standard Applicant calculated the delta from column A (250-150) as 100 gallons, then calculated the delta from column B (225-190) as 35 gallons; applicant then added 100 plus 35 and recorded 135 gallons in column D Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 5 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 5.2.3.5. 3) continued
- 3. *Procedure Step: c) Under column E calculate the Identified Leakage (IL) by entering the changes in level of column C since the previous hourly calculations Standard Applicant calculated the delta from column C (280-150) and recorded 130 gallons in column E Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 4. Procedure Step: d) Under column F calculate the Total Leakage by adding the values of UL column D and IL column E.
Standard Applicant calculated the sum of column D and E (135+130) and recorded 265 gallons in column F Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 5. Procedure Step: e) Record 60 minutes in column G.
Standard Applicant recorded 60 minutes in column G.
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 6 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 5.2.3.5. 3) continued
- 6. *Procedure Step: f) Calculate Unidentified Leakage Rate (ULR) in column H by dividing the UL from column D by column G.
Standard Applicant calculated the quotient of column D by column G (135 / 60) and recorded a value of between 2.24 and 2.26 gallons per minute in column H.
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 7. Procedure Step: g) Calculate Total Leakage Rate (TLR) in column J by dividing the TL in column F by column G.
Standard Applicant calculated the quotient of column F by column G (265 / 60) and recorded a value of between 4.40 and 4.43 gallons per hour in column H.
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 7 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1
- 8. *Procedure Step: Determine Tech Spec entry (if any) and reason for entry.
Standard Applicant determined that TS 3.4.5 Condition B should be entered based on greater than 2 gpm increase in unidentified leakage within the previous 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period.
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: The applicant calculated the identified and unidentified leakage rates and tech spec entry IAW the attached key.
This completes this JPM.
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 8 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A6 Rev 1 Page 9 of 10
OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- The plant is operating at 100% power
- The Drains Process Computer is inoperable due to a component failure
- Sumps have been pumped down IAW section 5.2.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System, and the appropriate data entered on Attachment 6.
Initiating Cues:
The Shift Manager has directed you to determine identified and unidentified leakage rates manually. Complete columns D through J of Attachment 6 IAW Section 5.2.3.5.3 of SOP-0104, Floor and Equipment Drains System and determine any tech spec entries (if any) that are required, with a basis for your conclusion.
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 10 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Determine the Effect of Removing a Fuse in RPS CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 22 Actual Time (min):
VALIDATION TIME:
Time Critical No Alt Path NA License Level SRO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: June 30, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2014 (Operations Representative)
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 7
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P692 in accordance with the attached key.
Synopsis: The applicant will use plant drawings to determine the effects of removing a fuse in the RPS system to support a maintenance activity.
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
- 2) Initiating Cues:
Given the appropriate drawings, the CRS has directed you to determine the following upon the removal of the fuse:
- 2. Complete the following table:
Component Affected? Associated Effect (position or condition)
- 1. SDV Vent and Drain Valves (F010, F011, Y / N F180, F181)
- 2. 3-way Vent Valves for SDV Vent and Drain Y / N Valves (F009 & F182)
- 3. Div 2 solenoid valves for Y / N 3-way Vent Valves
- 4. White Lights for Backup Y / N Scram Valve B
- 3) Initial Conditions:
A maintenance activity requires the removal of a fuse in the RPS system.
Electricians are ready to remove fuse F50B in panel H13-P692 for work to begin.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Page 2 of 7
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev. 1 ANSWER KEY Critical Steps are marked with an asterisk (*)
Initiating Cues:
Given the appropriate drawings, the CRS has directed you to determine the following upon the removal of the fuse:
- 2. Complete the following table:
Component Affected? Associated Effect (position or condition)
- 1. SDV Vent and Drain Valves (F010, F011, Y / N None - will not re-position F180, F181)
- 2. 3-way Vent Valves for SDV Vent and Drain Y / N None - will not re-position Valves (F009 & F182)
- 3. Div 2 solenoid valves Y / N Solenoids will de-energize for 3-way Vent Valves
- 4. White Lights for Backup Y / N One light will extinguish Scram Valve B RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Page 3 of 7
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Use Plant Drawings to Determine 300246003001 G 2.2.15 3.9 Effect of Fuse Removal 299003001001
REFERENCES:
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES GE-828E531AA RLP-HLO-542-1, Obj 5, 6, 7 REQUIRED MATERIALS:
GE-828E531AA Sheets 1, 2, 6, 9, and 11 SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams must be developed for the applicants use.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P692 in accordance with the attached key.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Page 4 of 7
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev. 1 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
Standard Applicant determined the fail position in accordance with the attached key.
Cue Notes Provide applicant with attachments as necessary Results SAT UNSAT
- 2. *Procedure Step: Determine component positions affected by removal of fuse F50B.
Standard Applicant determined the position(s) of other components affected in accordance with the attached key.
Cue Notes Provide applicant with attachments as necessary Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: The applicant determined the effects of removing fuse F50B in Panel P652 in accordance with the attached key.
This completes this JPM.
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Page 5 of 7
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Page 6 of 7
RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev. 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
A maintenance activity requires the removal of a fuse in the RPS system.
Electricians are ready to remove fuse F50B in panel H13-P692 for work to begin.
Initiating Cues:
Given the appropriate drawings, the CRS has directed you to determine the following upon the removal of the fuse:
- 2. Complete the following table:
Component Affected? Associated Effect (position or condition)
- 1. SDV Vent and Drain Valves (F010, F011, Y / N F180, F181)
- 2. 3-way Vent Valves for SDV Vent and Drain Y / N Valves (F009 & F182)
- 3. Div 2 solenoid valves for Y / N 3-way Vent Valves
- 4. White Lights for Backup Y / N Scram Valve B RJPM-NRC-S16-A7 Rev 1 Page 7 of 7
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Determine Emergency Entry Requirements for a High Dose Situation and Identify Who Authorizes the Entry CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min):
VALIDATION TIME:
Time Critical No Alt Path No License Level SRO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: July 6, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: The applicant determined emergency allowed dose of 9350 mrem for performing a task in a high rad area and identified the Emergency Director or the Emergency Plant Manager as authorized to allow the entry IAW the attached key.
Synopsis:
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- The Emergency Response Organization is operational and the site has declared a Site Area Emergency due to a station blackout.
- An entry must be made to the RWCU Pump Room to stop a steam leak.
- Dose rates in the vicinity of the steam leak isolation valves are 13 rem per hour.
- 3) Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to determine the following:
- 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _______ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is _______ per year; and the Emergency TEDE limit for immediate actions taken to prevent major damage to equipment, prevent the release of radioactive materials, or control fires is
- 2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits of the RBS Radiation Protection Plan, RBNP-024 and RBNP-202 are applicable / suspended. (circle one)
- 3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 2 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 ANSWER KEY Complete the following:
- 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _2 R (2000 mR)_ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is __5R (5000 mR)__ per year; and the Emergency TEDE limit for immediate actions taken to prevent major damage to equipment, prevent the release of radioactive materials, or control fires is
__10R (10,000 mR)__.
- 2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits of the RBS Radiation Protection Plan are applicable / suspended. (circle one)
- 3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit.
10000 mrem (10CFR limit)
- 650 mrem (current dose) 9350 mrem (allowed dose)
- 4. Identify who must authorize this entry.
One of the following: Emergency Director or Emergency Plant Manager RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 3 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK TITLE: Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Determine Emergency Entry 300241004002 G 2.3.4 3.7 Requirements for a High Dose 301023005003 G 2.3.12 3.7 Situation.
Rev 2 corrected the initiating cue to better reflect task standard, per the NRC validation.
REFERENCES:
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES EN-RP-201, Dosimetry Administration, Rev 4 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls, Rev 21 10CFR20.1201, Occupational Dose Limits REQUIRED MATERIALS:
EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls, Rev 21 Calculator LICENSE LEVEL: SRO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup but pictures/diagrams may need to be developed for the applicants use.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: The applicant determined emergency allowed dose of 9350 mrem for performing a task in a high rad area and identified the Emergency Director or the Emergency Plant Manager as authorized to allow the entry IAW the attached key.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 4 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
- 1. Procedure Step: Identify the Administrative, 10CFR, and emergency dose limits.
Standard Applicant identified the Administrative and 10CFR dose limits (2R, 5R, and 10R) in accordance with the attached key.
Cue Notes
- 2. *Procedure Step: Determine if Administrative Dose Limits should be suspended.
Standard Applicant determined that Administrative Dose Limits should be suspended in accordance with the attached key.
Cue Notes
- 3. *Procedure Step: Calculate the allowed dose for a task during emergency conditions.
Standard Applicant calculated allowed dose (9350 mrem) in accordance with attached key.
Cue Notes RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 5 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2
- 4. *Procedure Step: Identify who must authorize this entry.
Standard Applicant identified position of person who must authorize dose (the ED or the EPM) in accordance with attached key.
Cue Notes Terminating Cue: The applicant determined emergency allowed dose of 9350 mrem for performing a task in a high rad area and identified the Emergency Director or the Emergency Plant Manager as authorized to allow the entry IAW the attached key.
This completes this JPM.
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 6 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 7 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev. 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- The Emergency Response Organization is operational and the site has declared a Site Area Emergency due to a station blackout.
- An entry must be made to the RWCU Pump Room to stop a steam leak.
- Dose rates in the vicinity of the steam leak isolation valves are 13 rem per hour.
Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to determine the following:
- 1. The RBS Routine Administrative Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) whole body exposure limit is _______ per year; the 10CFR20 TEDE Radiation Exposure limit is _______ per year; and the Emergency TEDE limit for immediate actions taken to prevent major damage to equipment, prevent the release of radioactive materials, or control fires is
- 2. Based on the initial conditions, the administrative exposure limits of the RBS Radiation Protection Plan are applicable / suspended. (circle one)
- 3. Determine the dose allowed by an operator whose current yearly dose is 650 mrem to isolate the leak in the RWCU Pump Room without exceeding the correct limit.
- 4. Identify who must authorize this entry: _____________________________________
RJPM-NRC-S16-A8 Rev 2 Page 8 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 Classify an Emergency CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): Actual Time (min):
VALIDATION TIME:
Time Critical Yes Alt Path No License Level SRO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate Simulator Control Room X Classroom Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: June 16, 2016 Reviewed: John Fralick Date: July 8, 2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: Dan James Date: July 14, 2016 (Operations Management)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 6
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET This is a Time Critical JPM Task Standard: Applicant classified the event as an ALERT (FA1, RC3) within fifteen minutes.
Synopsis: This JPM is based on simulator scenario #RSMS-OPS-508. The task will have the applicant determine the classification of an event. This is a TIME CRITICAL JPM.
NOTE: This JPM is Administrative and will be performed in a classroom.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
- 2) Initiating Cues:
You are the Emergency Director. Classify the event.
- 3) Initial Conditions:
The plant was operating at 100% power APRM G was in bypass due to its flow biased trip card requiring replacement Standby Gas Treatment B was tagged out for decay heat removal fan replacement APRM C failed downscale; CRD Flow Control Valve B failed closed and FCV A was placed in service; A steam leak occurred in the Drywell which forced the crew to insert a scram; EOP-1 was entered due to the steam leak; EOP-2 was entered due to High Drywell Temperature A fault developed on EJS-ACB 066 which caused 3 DW coolers to be unavailable Bypass Leakage was observed EOP-2 was entered for High Containment Pressure The highest unidentified leakage report was 50 gpm Emergency Depressurization was performed due to Pressure Suppression Pressure
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 Page 2 of 6
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Classify an Emergency 300001005003 G 2.4.41
4.6 REFERENCES
- APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES EIP-2-001, Rev 26 RCBT-EP-SRORMED Obj 16 REQUIRED MATERIALS:
EIP-2-001, Rev 26 (Simulator Copy)
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS &/or SETUP:
- 1. This is a classroom/Admin JPM - There is no simulator setup 2.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD:
Applicant classified the event as an ALERT (FA1, RC3) within fifteen minutes.
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 Page 3 of 6
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
- 1. *Procedure Step: 1 Classify the event.
Standard Applicant classified the event as an ALERT (FA1, RC3) within 15 minutes.
Cue Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: Applicant classified the event as an ALERT (FA1, RC3) within fifteen minutes.
This completes this JPM.
STOP TIME:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 Page 4 of 6
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 JPM COMMENT SHEET CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 Page 5 of 6
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET This is a Time Critical JPM Initiating Cues:
You are the Emergency Director. Classify the event.
Initial Conditions:
The plant was operating at 100% power APRM G was in bypass due to its flow biased trip card requiring replacement Standby Gas Treatment B was tagged out for decay heat removal fan replacement APRM C failed downscale; CRD Flow Control Valve B failed closed and FCV A was placed in service; A steam leak occurred in the Drywell which forced the crew to insert a scram; EOP-1 was entered due to the steam leak; EOP-2 was entered due to High Drywell Temperature A fault developed on EJS-ACB 066 which caused 3 DW coolers to be unavailable Bypass Leakage was observed EOP-2 was entered for High Containment Pressure The highest unidentified leakage report was 50 gpm Emergency Depressurization was performed due to Pressure Suppression Pressure Answer Below:
The Emergency Action Level (EAL) Classification is:
RJPM-NRC-S16-A9 Rev 1 Page 6 of 6
ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 Facility: RIVER BEND NUCLEAR STATION Date of Examination: 9/12/2016 Exam Level: RO SRO-I SRO-U Operating Test No.: LOT 2016 Control Room Systems* 8 for RO; 7 for SRO-I; 2 or 3 for SRO-U Safety System / JPM Title Type Code*
Function S1. Perform Rod Withdrawal Limiter Test with a MSIV 1 A-N-S inadvertent closure.
S2. Align SU FRV and controller drifts open. A-N-S-L 2 S3. Open MSIVs per SOP-011. M-S-L 3 S4. Align Division 3 DG to power ENS-SWGR1A E-N-S-L 4
- S6. Swap electrical bus power supplies N-S 6 S7. Drive In IRM/SRM Detectors Following a SCRAM D-S-L 7
- P1. CRD filter swap with new filter clogged (CR-2016-1724) A-N-R 1
- All RO and SRO-I control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; all five SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.
- and bolded indicates SRO-U selected JPMs.
Shaded JPM indicates RO only JPM.
- Type Codes Criteria for RO / SRO-I / SRO-U
(A)lternate path 4-6 / 4-6 / 2-3 (C)ontrol room (D)irect from bank 9/8/4 (E)mergency or abnormal in-plant 1/1/1 (EN)gineered safety feature 1 / 1 / 1 (control room system)
(L)ow-Power / Shutdown 1/1/1 (N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A) 2/2/1 (P)revious 2 exams 3 / 3 / 2 (randomly selected)
(R)CA 1/1/1 (S)imulator
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 RWL Functional Test CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min):
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES (MANUAL TRIGGER)
SIMULATOR IC: 68 with S6 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST is completed and reactor power is reduced with critical steps completed satisfactory.
Synopsis: Operator performs ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST and when the ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK clears, a MSIV will close requiring reactor power to be reduced to 75%. NOTE: This will be a MANUAL trigger.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- The reactor is at 87%.
- 3) Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to perform STP-500-0704, ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST, section 7.1 and restore per 7.3.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 2 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Perform Rod Withdrawal Limiter 214001002001 201005 A3.03 3.4 / 3.3 Functional Test 295020 AK1.02 3.5 /
3.8 REFERENCES
- APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES STP-500-0704, RLP-STM-0500, Obj 7, 9, 13, 22 ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION:
STP-500-0704 __1__
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): NEW EMERGENCY: NO ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: NO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. IC # 68 Run this with S6
- 2. Rx Power: above the RPCS high power set point (67.9%)
- 3. Insert MSS016 (Closes B21-F022A) when control rod block alarm clears.
- 4. STP-500-0704:
Step 6.4 3087 MWt Step 6.6 28-13 Start Position 10, Final Position 14 N/A section 7.2
- 5. INDIVID DRIVE light on.
- 6. Select rod 28-13 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST is completed and reactor power is reduced with critical steps completed satisfactory.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 3 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
STP-500-0704, ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST Section 7.1, Reactor Power Above RPCS High Power Set Point
- 1. Procedure Step: 7.1.1. Verify the selected rod is in the start position recorded in Step 6.6.
Record rod position.
Standard Operator depressed the two numbers (28-13) corresponding to the rod to be withdrawn. The full core display showed the rod position for the selected rod (Start Position 10).
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 2. *Procedure Step: 7.1.2. On the ROD SELECT module, perform the following:
- 1. Deselect the rod.
Standard Operator depressed the Rod Select Clear pushbutton.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 4 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2
- 3. *Procedure Step: 2. Select the rod that corresponds to the rod coordinate position recorded in Step 6.6.
Standard Operator depressed the two numbers (28-13) corresponding to the rod to be withdrawn. The full core display showed the rod position for the selected rod.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 4. *Procedure Step: 7.1.3. Withdraw the rod two notches in the notch withdrawal mode.
Standard Operator depressed the WITHDRAW pushbutton until the IN indicator was on or the start of rod motion was observed. Released the WITHDRAW pushbutton until SETTLE light extinguished. Operator verified the rod notch position was at the next highest even number. Then depressed the WITHDRAW pushbutton until the IN indicator was on or the start of rod motion was observed to move the rod the second notch.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 5 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2
- 5. Procedure Step: 7.1.4. Check Annunciator P680-07A-C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK alarms.
Standard Operator verified the Annunciator P680-07A-C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK is in alarm.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 6. *Procedure Step: 7.1.5. Check the rod withdrawal limiter stops rod motion at the second notch by attempting to withdraw the rod a third notch and verifying the rod does not move.
Standard Operator depressed the WITHDRAW pushbutton and verified no rod motion.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 6 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2
- 7. *Procedure Step: 7.3 Restoration 7.3.1. On the ROD SELECT module, perform the following:
- 1. Deselect the rod.
Standard Operator depressed the Rod Select Clear pushbutton.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 8. *Procedure Step: 2. Select the rod that corresponds to the rod coordinate position recorded in Step 6.6.
Standard Operator depressed the two numbers (28-13) corresponding to the rod to be withdrawn. The full core display showed the rod position for the selected rod.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 7 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2
- 9. Procedure Step: 7.3.2. Check Annunciator P680-07A-C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK is clear.
Standard Operator verified Annunciator P680-07A-C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK is clear.
Cue N/A Notes When the alarm is clear, the MSIV will close and H13-P680/06A/B06 will alarm. (NOTE: This is a manual trigger from the booth. This requires no cueing when the alarm clears the booth will trigger open MSIV.)
Results SAT UNSAT ALTERNATE PATH
- 10. Procedure Step: Operator verifies Main Steam Isolation Valve Closure on P601.
Per H13-P680/06A/B06, MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VLVS CLOSURE:
- 2. Determine cause of MSIV closure.
- 3. If operating with a Main Steam Line isolated, THEN reduce power to less than or equal to 75% per SOP-11, Main Steam System.
SOP-11, MAIN STEAM SYSTEM Precautions and Limitations 2.4 Reactor power shall be limited to less than or equal to 75% RTP with one Main Steam Line out of service.
Standard Operator may dispatch SNEO or maintenance to investigate MSIV closure.
Operator should inform CRS to reduce flow to 75%.
Cue If required, concur with recommendation to reduce flow to 75% using Recirc Flow Control Valves.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 8 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2
- 11. *Procedure Step: Per the Reactivity Management Plan, Casualty Step Reduce reactor recirculation flowrate to reduce reactor power to 75%.
Standard Operator toggles B33-K603A(B), RECIRC LOOP A(B) FLOW CONTROL down and to the left to reduce flow in slow speed. The operator will alternate between A and B Recirc Loop Flow Control Valves to reduce power.
Cue N/A Notes The first step of the RMP casualty step requires recirc flow to be lowered to 80%. Then rods must be inserted to lower power to 75%.
ONCE THE OPERATOR REDUCES FLOW 1% WITH FIRST FCV END THE JPM.
Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST is completed and reactor power is reduced with critical steps completed satisfactory.
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 9 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 Page 10 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S1 Rev 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- The reactor is at 87%.
Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to perform STP-500-0704, ROD WITHDRAWAL LIMITER FUNCTIONAL TEST, section 7.1 and restore per 7.3.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Align SU FRV in Auto CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 7 Actual Time (min):
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES (MANUAL TRIGGER)
SIMULATOR IC: 67 with S8 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: SU FRV placed in manual after control failure, restore reactor water level prior to Narrow Range Level 8 trip (51 inches) with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
Synopsis: SU FRV placed in AUTO per SOP-9, Section 4.7. Once FRV is in AUTO, the FRV will drift open requiring the operator to place the FRV back to MANUAL to restore reactor water level, per AOP-6. (Note: This will require a manual trigger when the operator begins adjusting controller to raise reactor water level.)
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- The reactor is being shut down.
- Feed system is aligned to the vessel through the startup level control valve
- The startup level control valve is in manual per SOP-9, section 4.6 and tape is set at 25 inches.
- 3) Initiating Cues:
- The CRS has directed you to place the Startup Level Control in Automatic per SOP-9, Section 4.7.
- Adjust reactor water level to 36 inches narrow range.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Page 2 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
SU FRV placed in manual after control 259010001001 259001 K6.07 3.8 / 3.8 failure 259023001001 259001 A2.07 3.7 / 3.8 295008 AA1.01 3.7 /
3.7 REFERENCES
- APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0009, Rev 73 RLP-STM-0107, Obj 7, 10 AOP-0006, Rev 22 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION:
SOP-0009, Main Steam System (Sim Copy) __2__
AOP-0006, Condensate/Feedwater Failures (Sim Copy)
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): NEW EMERGENCY: NO ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: YES SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. IC # 67 Run with S8.
- 2. Reactor is critical.
- 3. Trigger 1 AO_FWVFF002 to 100 ramped over 2 minutes.
- 4. Trigger 2 Delete malfunction.
- 5. Event 1 AUTO Pushbutton for SUFRV zdi6(73)
- 6. Event 2 MANUAL Pushbutton zdi6(74)
- 7. STEAM TO AIR EJECT LOW P870_52A:H_3 to OFF nuisance alarm.
- 8. Thumbwheel 0 to 100% 35 = 58.4% 30=50.3% (0-60)
- 9. AI_C33_R602_CTW to 100 on event 1 ramped 30 seconds
- 10. Event 1 zdi6(74) SUFRV AUTO pushbutton
- 11. AI_C33_R602_CTW delete in 1 on event 2
- 12. Event 2 zdi6(73) SU FRV Man P/B CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- and gray box are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: SU FRV placed in manual after control failure, restore reactor water level prior to Narrow Range Level 8 trip (51 inches) with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Page 3 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 START TIME:
SOP-9 Section 4.7, Placing Startup Level Control in Automatic
- 1. *Procedure Step: 4.7.1. Return C33 R602, START UP FWREG VALVE FLOW CONTROLLER to AUTO as follows:
- 1. Adjust tape set 2 inches above actual vessel level and observe the deviation signal is positive.
Standard Uses thumbwheel to adjust tape set to 2 inches above actual vessel level and verify the deviation signal is positive.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 2. *Procedure Step: 2. Lower tape set 2 inches below actual vessel level and observe the deviation signal is negative.
Standard Uses thumbwheel to adjust tape set to 2 inches below actual vessel level and verify the deviation signal is negative.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Page 4 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1
- 3. *Procedure Step: 3. Match tape set to actual vessel level in order to null the deviation signal.
Standard Uses thumbwheel to adjust tape set to actual vessel level and verify the deviation signal is approximately zero.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 4. *Procedure Step: 4. Depress the AUTO Pushbutton and check green light above the pushbutton is on.
Standard Operator depresses the AUTO pushbutton and verifies the green light is on.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 5. *Procedure Step: 4.7.2. Adjust C33 R602, START UP FWREG VALVE FLOW CONTROLLER Tape Set to maintain the level requested by the OSM/CRS.
Standard Adjust C33 R602, START UP FWREG VALVE FLOW CONTROLLER Tape Set to 36 inches.
Cue N/A Notes When the thumbwheel is moved, the booth will manually trigger the controller failure and Reactor Water Level will continue to go up.
Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Page 5 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 ALTERNATE PATH
- 6. *Procedure Step: AOP-6, 5.1, (Immediate Action) Manually control the feedwater level control system and/or reduce reactor power to mitigate any level transient.
AOP-6, 6.2, IF any of the following flow control valves have failed, THEN attempt to take manual control or isolate the flow control valve to control reactor vessel level:
Place C33 R602, START UP FWREG VALVE FLOW CONTROLLER in MANUAL.
FWS FV104, START UP RECIRC FCV isolated by closing FWS MOV103, LONG CYCLE CLEANUP ISOL Standard Start Up FWREG Valve Flow Controller MANUAL pushbutton is depressed.
Operator is able to manually restore reactor water level by depressing the open / closed pushbuttons on the controller to open / close the valve prior to reaching Narrow Range Level 8 trip (51 inches).
Cue N/A Notes Narrow Range A/B/C gages are located at P680, Insert 3, Vertical Section, top row, and on the right. They are labeled with large 4A, 4B, and 4C on top.
Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: SU FRV placed in manual after control failure, restore reactor water level prior to Narrow Range Level 8 trip (51 inches) with all critical steps completed satisfactory..
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Page 6 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 Page 7 of 8
RJPM-NRC-S16-S2 Rev 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- The reactor is being shut down.
- Feed system is aligned to the vessel through the startup level control valve
- The startup level control valve is in manual per SOP-9, section 4.6.
Initiating Cues:
- The CRS has directed you to place the Startup Level Control in Automatic per SOP-9, Section 4.7.
- Adjust reactor water level to 36 inches narrow range.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Reopen MSIVs Following Automatic Isolation CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA PERFORMANCE TIME: Average Time (min): 20 Actual Time (min):
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No IC: 66 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: Inboard MSIVs are open with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
Synopsis: The reactor is shutdown, pressurized with the MSIVs closed following an automatic isolation. This task will re-open inboard MSIVs using SOP-0011, Main Steam System, Section 4.2, Opening MSIVs During Hot Startup/Recovery From Automatic Isolation.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- The reactor is scrammed and pressurized.
- All MSIVs are closed (NSSSS isolation is clear).
- Main Condenser vacuum is established.
- The Circulating Water System is lined up in accordance with SOP-0006.
- 3) Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to open the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs) in accordance with SOP-0011, Main Steam, Section 4.2.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 2 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Open MSIVs During Recovery from 239007001001 239001 A4.01 4.2 / 4.0 Automatic Isolation 295020 AA1.01 3.6 /
3.6 REFERENCES
- APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0011, Rev 29 RLP-STM-0109, Obj 7, 12 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION:
SOP-0011, Main Steam System (Sim Copy) __3__
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): Modified (Removed alternate path)
EMERGENCY: NO ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: YES SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. IC # 66
- 2. Rx Power: Shutdown. pressurized
- 3. MSIVs closed on an initiation signal; (MSS021A&B) signal has been cleared.
- 4. Condenser Vacuum established, with Condenser Air Removal Pump A.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: Inboard MSIVs are open with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 3 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
SOP-0011, Main Steam System Section 4.2, Opening MSIVs During Hot Startup/Recovery From Automatic Isolation CAUTION Bypassing the Condenser Low Vacuum trip and opening the MSIVs following an Automatic Isolation could result in a Condenser overpressurization condition. The Condenser Low Vacuum Bypass switches should only be used during startup.
- 1. Procedure Step: 4.2.1. IF Main Condenser vacuum is not established, THEN place the following switches in BYPASS:
- B21H S24A, DIV 1 CONDENSER LOW VACUUM BYPASS
- B21H S24B, DIV 2 CONDENSER LOW VACUUM BYPASS
- B21H S24C, DIV 3 CONDENSER LOW VACUUM BYPASS
- 2. Procedure Step: 4.2.2. Verify the current alignment of the Circulating Water Pumps, Cooling Towers and Condenser Waterboxes is in accordance with SOP-0006, Circulating Water System.
Standard N/A Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 4 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2
- 3. Procedure Step: 4.2.3. At H13 P601, place the following control switches in the CLOSE position:
Operator verified all four Inboard MSIV control switches to CLOSE.
Operator verified all four Outboard MSIV control switches to CLOSE.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 5 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 NOTE Step 2.11 contains the MSIV isolation signals.
2.11 The Main Steam System automatically isolates when any of the following conditions exist:
Reactor Low-Low-Low Water Level, Level 1 (-143 in.)
Main Steam Line High Flow
- MSL A, 185 psid
- MSL B, 189 psid
- MSL C, 189 psid
- MSL D, 189 psid Main Steam Line Low Pressure, 849 psig, bypassed when Reactor Mode Switch not in RUN position.
Steam Tunnel High Temperature, 173oF Low Condenser Vacuum, 8.5 inches Hg, may be bypassed during startup.
Manual Isolation via B21H-S25(A)(B)(C)(D), MANUAL ISOLATION Pushbuttons.
- 4. Procedure Step: 4.2.4. Check that an MSIV isolation signal is not present.
Standard Applicant verified that all MSIV isolation signals listed in Step 2.11 are clear.
Cue As backpanel operator, report that Main Steam Line Flow is zero psid.
As backpanel operator, report that Steam Tunnel Temperature is 126°F Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 6 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2
- 5. Procedure Step: 4.2.5. At H13 P680, check the Turbine Pressure Regulator setpoint is greater than RPV pressure.
Standard Applicant compared RPV Pressure to the Turbine Pressure Regulator Setpoint.
Cue N/A Notes Turbine Pressure Regulator Setpoint is located P680, Insert 7, 3rd and 4th squint meter above the red pushbuttons.
Results SAT UNSAT
- 6. *Procedure Step: 4.2.6. Depress the following pushbuttons to reset the inboard and outboard MSIV isolation logic:
- B21H S33, INBD ISOLATION SEAL IN RESET
- B21H S32, OUTBD ISOLATION SEAL IN RESET Standard Applicant depressed the B21H-S33, Inboard Isolation Seal-In Reset Pushbutton. Applicant depressed the B21H-S32, Outboard Isolation Seal-In Reset Pushbutton.
Cue N/A Notes The pushbuttons S33 and S32 need not be pressed in any particular order, but both must be pushed.
Indications after action, MSL Drains white light is on Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 7 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2
- 7. *Procedure Step: 4.2.7. Verify open the following to equalize pressure across the outboard MSIVs:
- B21 MOVF067A, MSL A DRAIN VALVE
- B21 MOVF067B, MSL B DRAIN VALVE
- B21 MOVF067C, MSL C DRAIN VALVE
- B21 MOVF067D, MSL D DRAIN VALVE
- B21 MOVF086, MSL DRAIN HDR SHUTOFF VALVE PROCEDURE NOTE When opening B21-MOVF068, the valve should be cracked open a few percent and then slowly opened over a period of greater than a minute to allow any condensate to clear upstream of the valve. (Ref: EC-63114)
- B21-MOVF068, MSL DRAIN HDR COND DRAIN BYP VALVE Standard Applicant verified open the 67A, B, C, and D drain valves. No manipulation was required.
Applicant verified open the keylock B21-MOVF086 drain valve open, by verifying red light is ON and green light is OFF. No manipulation was required.
Applicant opened B21-MOVF068 drain valve by turning the switch to open and holding it until the red light is on and the green light is off. This is a throttle valve so the operator must hold the handswitch in the open position until the valve is open. Valve stroke takes about 65 seconds.
Cue N/A Notes The 6 valves in step 4.2.7 may be verified in any order.
Valve is open when red light is ON and green light is OFF.
Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 8 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2
Standard Applicant verified the B21 MOVF020 valve was closed as indicated by the green light on and the red light off. No manipulation required.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 9. Procedure Step: 4.2.9. IF the differential pressure across the outboard MSIVs is greater than 50 psid as indicated by the difference between MSS PI101, MAIN STEAM HEADER PRESSURE and Main Condenser Vacuum, THEN perform the following to reduce the differential pressure:
Standard Applicant identified that differential pressure is less than 50 psid as seen by comparing Main Steam Header Pressure and Condenser Vacuum.
Cue N/A Notes Main Condenser Vacuum is on the process computer to the left of the full core display in the middle of the screen.
Main steam header pressure is read on MSS PI101 on P870 Insert 52 in the middle of the panel.
Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 9 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2
- 10. *Procedure Step: 4.2.10. Place the following control switches in AUTO:
- B21 AOVF028D, MSL D OUTBD MSIV Standard Applicant rotated four Outboard MSIV control switches clockwise to AUTO.
These valves can be placed in AUTO in any order.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 11. Procedure Step: 4.2.11. Check outboard MSIVs are open.
Standard Applicant checked all four outboard MSIVs indicate open by observing red lights on and green lights off.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 10 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2
- 12. Procedure Step: 4.2.12. On H13 P623, observe the indicating lights and ammeters to confirm the energization of both solenoids on each outboard MSIV.
Standard N/A Cue Examiner role play as a backpanel operator, report MSIV solenoid lights are energized and ammeters readings are normal.
Notes No actions are taken by the applicant except to simulate going to the backpanel.
This panel is not in the simulator.
Results SAT UNSAT
- 13. *Procedure Step: 4.2.13. Verify closed the following:
- B21 AOVF069, MSL DRAIN HDR COND DRAIN VALVE Standard B21 MOVF021 is verified closed. No manipulation required.
Applicant closed the drain valve by rotating the control switch from AUTO to CLOSE and verified the green light on and the red light off.
Applicant closed the drain bypass valve by rotating and holding the control switch in the close direction until the red light is off and the green light is on.
Applicant closed the drain valve by placing the control switch to CLOSE and verified the green light on and the red light off.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 11 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2
- 14. Procedure Step: 4.2.14. Verify open the following:
- B21 MOVF085, MSL WARMUP HDR SHUTOFF VALVE Standard Applicant verified the two warmup header valves open by checking the red lights on and the green lights off.
Applicant verified the B21 F085 valve open by checking the red light on and the green light off.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT PROCEDURE NOTE When opening B21-MOVF020 slowly, the valve should be cracked open a few percent and then slowly opened over a period of greater than a minute to allow any condensate to clear upstream of the valve. (Ref: EC-63114)
- 15. *Procedure Step: 4.2.15. Open slowly B21 MOVF020, MSL WARMUP HDR SUPPLY VALVE to equalize pressure across the inboard MSIVs.
Standard Applicant throttled opened the warmup header supply valve.
Cue N/A Notes Applicant will move back and forth between throttling the 20 valve and checking pressures per the next step.
How aggressively the applicant is willing to open the 20 valve will determine the time it takes to equalize pressure; It takes about 7 minutes to equalize pressure Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 12 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2
- 16. Procedure Step: 4.2.16. Monitor differential pressure across the inboard MSIVs using the following:
- C33 R605, REACTOR PRESSURE
- MSS PI101, MAIN STEAM HEADER PRESSURE Standard Applicant monitored differential pressure across the inboard MSIVs using the appropriate meters.
Cue N/A Notes The Reactor Pressure meter is on insert 3 of the 680 panel The Main Steam pressure meter is on insert 52 of the 870 panel.
Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 13 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 NOTES Opening an MSIV can cause a Reactor water level transient.
Slowly opening the MSIV using the OPEN/SLOW TEST position and intermittent release of the TEST Pushbutton can mitigate the level transient.
If only one Main Steam Line is to be unisolated, then Main Steam Line A should be unisolated to ensure a vent path for the Reactor Vessel.
- 17. *Procedure Step: 4.2.17. WHEN differential pressure across the inboard MSIVs is less than or equal to 50 psid, THEN place the following switches in AUTO to open the inboard MSIVs:
- B21 AOVF022D, MSL D INBD MSIV Standard Applicant placed the A, B, C, and D inboard MSIV switches to AUTO (AFTER d/p was equal or less than 50 psid). These may be placed in AUTO in any order.
Cue N/A Notes The applicant may use the test pushbutton in accordance with the note listed above. The test pushbutton is not required to complete the step.
Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 14 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2
- 18. *Procedure Step: 4.2.18. Check inboard MSIVs are open.
Standard Applicant checked all four inboard MSIVs indicate open (Red lights on/Green lights off)
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 19. Procedure Step: 4.2.19. On H13 P622, observe the indicating lights and ammeters to confirm the energization of both solenoids on each inboard MSIV.
Standard N/A Cue If requested, the lights are on and the ammeters are indicating normal.
Notes NOTE: Once the inboard MSIVs are open the JPM is complete. Examiner should end JPM prior to next step.
Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: Inboard MSIVs are open with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable.
- RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 15 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 16 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 Page 17 of 18
RJPM-NRC-S16-S3 Rev 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- The reactor is shutdown and pressurized.
- All MSIVs are closed.
- Main Condenser vacuum is established.
- The Circulating Water System is lined up in accordance with SOP-0006.
Initiating Cues:
- The CRS has directed you to open the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs) in accordance with SOP-0011, Main Steam, Section 4.2.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev 2 Align Division 3 DG to power ENS-SWGR1A CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min):
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No IC: 69 (Instructor needed on floor to silence alarms.)
EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: ENS-SWG1A is aligned to Division 3 Diesel Generator completing all critical steps satisfactory.
Synopsis: Division 3 Diesel Generator is aligned to ENS-SWG1A.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to energize ENS SWGR 1A from Division 3 Diesel Generator per AOP-50, Attachment 9, starting with step 2.5.
- 3) Initial Conditions:
- Station Blackout in progress.
- RCIC maintaining Reactor Water level.
- AOP-50, Steps 2.1-2.4 are complete.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 2 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Manually tie HPCS Diesel Generator 258013001001 239003 AA1.02 4.2 / 4.3 to Dead Bus 1E22*S004
REFERENCES:
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES AOP-50, Rev. 55 RLP-STM-0309H, Obj 8 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION:
AOP-50, Rev. 55 __3__
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): New EMERGENCY: Yes ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: YES SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. IC # 69
- 2. Station instructor at P680 to silence alarms as they come in. Turns horns off after the expected alarm for the fast transfer.
- 3. Rx Power: Shutdown. pressurized
- 4. MSIVs closed on an initiation signal; (MSS021A&B) signal has been cleared.
- 5. Condenser Vacuum established, with Condenser Air Removal Pump A.
- 6. RHR-A in Suppression Pool Cooling
- 7. Several Alarms are forced on (they continue to come in and out, causing distraction)
P680_4-A5, A11, _5-C6 P870_52-E4, F1, G3, H1, H3 INSTALL ATTACHMENT FOR AOP ATTACHMENT 9.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- and gray box are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: ENS-SWG1A is aligned to Division 3 Diesel Generator completing all critical steps satisfactory.
RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 3 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 START TIME:
AOP-0050 Attachment 9, Using the Division 3 Diesel Generator to supply power to ENS-SWG1A.
- 1. *Procedure Step: 2.5 On H13-P870, depress the STOP and LOCKOUT push buttons for the following pumps:
- SWP-P2A, STBY SVCE WTR PUMP 2A
- CCS-P1A, TPCCW PUMP 1A
- CCS-P1B, TPCCW PUMP 1B
- CCS-P1C, TPCCW PUMP 1C Standard Operator depresses the STOP pushbutton and then the LOCKOUT pushbuttons for the associated pumps.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 4 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2
- 2. *Procedure Step: 2.6 On H13-P808, verify the following breaker alignment:
- NNS-ACB23, NNS SWGR 1C/1A BRKR is open.
- NNS-ACB25, HPCS BUS S004 BRKR is closed.
- NNS-ACB24, NNS SWGR 1C/1B BRKR is closed.
- NNS-ACB28, NNS SWGR 1B/1C BRKR is closed.
- NNS-ACB20, NNS SWGR 4B/1B BRKR is open.
- NNS-ACB14, NORM SUPPLY BRKR is open.
- NNS-ACB15, 4160V PFD SUPPLY BRKR is open.
Standard NNS-ACB23, 24, 20, and 15 switches must be operated to OPEN/CLOSE the breakers.
NNS-ACB-25, 28, and 14 only require verification. No manipulation required.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 3. Procedure Step: 2.7 On H13-P877, verify ENS-ACB04, ALTERNATE SUPPLY BRKR is open.
Standard ENS-ACB04 is verified open. No manipulation required.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 5 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2
- 4. Procedure Step: 2.8 On H13-P808, close NNS-ACB13, STBY BUS A ALTN SUPPLY.
Standard NNS-ACB13 is closed. No manipulation is required.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 5. *Procedure Step: 2.9 WHEN Steps 2.2 through 2.8 have been completed, THEN in the Main Control Room, on H13-P601, energize NNS-SWG1C and NNS-SWG1B from Div III Diesel Generator as follows:
2.9.1. Place E22-ACB04, SYNC SWITCH in NRM/BUS.
Standard Operator rotates E22-ACB04, SYNC SWITCH to NRM/BUS.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 6 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2
- 6. *Procedure Step: 2.9.2. Close E22-ACB04, HPCS BUS SUPPLY BRKR.
Standard Operator rotates E22-ACB04, HPCS BUS SUPPLY BRKR to trip then to close.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 7. Procedure Step: 2.9.3. Place E22-ACB04, SYNC SWITCH in OFF.
Standard Operator rotates E22-ACB04, SYNC SWITCH to OFF.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 8. Procedure Step: 2.10 Shutdown the HPCS Pump per SOP-0030, High Pressure Core Spray.
Standard N/A. HPCS is not running.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 7 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 PROCEDURE NOTE Energizing ENS-SWG1A will allow the automatic sequencing of loads on the buses. The HPCS Diesel Generator load must be maintained less than 2850 KW.
- 9. *Procedure Step: 2.11 On H13-P877, energize ENS-SWG1A, EJS-SWG1A, and EJS-SWG2A as follows:
2.11.1. Place ENS SWG1A SYNCHRONIZING Switch in ALTN.
Standard Operator rotates ENS SWG1A SYNCHRONIZING Switch to ALTN.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 10. *Procedure Step: 2.11.2. Close ENS ACB04, ALTERNATE SUPPLY BRKR.
Standard Operator rotates hand switch for ENS ACB04, ALTERNATE SUPPLY BRKR to close.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 8 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2
- 11. Procedure Step: 2.11.3. On V 1EGSA08, STBY BUS A VOLTS Indication, verify standby bus voltage normal.
Standard Bus voltage will indicate in normal range (green band).
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 12. Procedure Step: 2.11.4. Place ENS SWG1A SYNCHRONIZING Switch in OFF.
Standard Operator rotates t-handle switch to OFF.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: ENS-SWG1A is aligned to Division 3 Diesel Generator completing all critical steps satisfactory.
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 9 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-S4 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 Page 10 of 11
RJPM-AUD-D14-S4 Rev 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to energize ENS SWGR 1A from Division 3 Diesel Generator per AOP-50, Attachment 9, starting with step 2.5.
Initial Conditions:
- Station Blackout in progress.
- RCIC maintaining Reactor Water level.
- AOP-50, Attachment 9 Steps 2.1-2.4 are complete.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Isolate Auxiliary Building CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 10 Actual Time (min):
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES IC: 67 with S7 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 9
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: Isolate auxiliary building (HVR AOD 143 and HVR AOD 262 manually shut) and start both trains of standby gas systems with all critical tasks completed satisfactory.
Synopsis: Auxiliary building HVAC is required to be isolated due to high radiation levels per EOP-3 and OSP-53 Attachment 21. The ventilation system isolation is manually initiated with two dampers failing to close and both of the standby gas systems fails to automatically start (must be manually started).
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- The reactor scrammed one hour ago.
- Auxiliary Building rad levels have raised to EOP-3 entry conditions.
- Reactor pressure 390 psig.
- 3) Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to isolate the auxiliary building per OSP-53, Attachment 21 in order to reduce radiation levels and allow re-entry.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 2 of 9
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Restore Affected Systems to Service 400007004001 295034 EA1.03 4.0 / 3.9 Following Isolation
REFERENCES:
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES OSP-53, Attachment 21 RLP-STM-0409, Obj 6 SOP-53, Section 4.1 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION:
OSP-53, Attachment 21 __9__
SOP-53, Section 4.1 LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: Yes LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): New EMERGENCY: No ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: Yes LOW POWER: No SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. IC # 67 Performed with S7
- 2. Note: GTS Reset/Lockout is labeled backwards in the computer. 2(448) GTS Fan A start and 2(466) GTS Fan B start.
- 3. P863_73a:e6 Off - SGT Filter Train INOP
- 4. P863_73a:d6 Off - SGT Filter Train INOP
- 7. DI-GTS_FN1AL RESET - GTS FN 1 A LOCKOUT SWITCH
- 8. DI-GTS_FN1BL RESET - GTS FN 1 B LOCKOUT SWITCH
- 9. DI_GTS_FN1AL RESET - Delete in 1 sec on event 3
- 10. DI_GTS_FN1BL RESET - Delete in 1 sec on event 4
- 11. Event 3: zdi2(448) GTS FN 1A Start Switch
- 12. Event 4: zdi2(466) GTS FN 1B Start Swith CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: Isolate auxiliary building (HVR AOD 143 and HVR AOD 262 manually shut) and start both trains of standby gas systems with all critical tasks completed satisfactory.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 3 of 9
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
OSP-53, EMERGENCY AND TRANSIENT RESPONSE SUPPORT PROCEDURE Attachment 21, Operating Auxiliary Building Ventilation
- 1. Isolate Auxiliary Building as follows
- 1. *Procedure Step: 1.1 Perform the following:
Standard HVR-AOD22A, ANNULUS MIX SPLY TO SGT hand switch rotated to Man Init.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 2. *Procedure Step:
Standard HVR-AOD22B, ANNULUS MIX SPLY TO SGT hand switch rotated to Man Init.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 4 of 9
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1
- 3. *Procedure Step:
- Depress AUX BLDG TO SGT FLTR A MANUAL INITIATION Man Initiate Pushbutton.
Standard AUX BLDG TO SGT FLTR A MANUAL INITIATION Man Initiate Pushbutton is depressed.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 4. *Procedure Step:
- Depress AUX BLDG TO SGT FLTR B MANUAL INITIATION Man Initiate Pushbutton.
Standard AUX BLDG TO SGT FLTR B MANUAL INITIATION Man Initiate Pushbutton is depressed.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT ALTERNATE PATH RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 5 of 9
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1
- 5. *Procedure Step: 1.2 Verify the following dampers are closed:
- HVR AOD143, DN STREAM ISOL SUPPLY
- HVR AOD164, UP STREAM ISOL SUPPLY
- HVR AOD263, SGT UPSTREAM SPLY ISOL
- HVR AOD264, SGT DNSTREAM SPLY ISOL
- HVR AOD262, AUX/CNTMT BLDG EXH ISOL
- HVR AOD214, AUX/CNTMT BLDG EXH ISOL
- HVR AOD161, ANNULUS PRESS CONT SUCT
- HVR AOD142, APC UP STREAM DISCH
- HVR AOD261, APC DN STREAM DISCH Standard The bolded dampers have to be manually closed.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 6. *Procedure Step: 1.3 Verify both divisions of GTS Start.
Standard Operator depressed GTS A(B) start and holds it until suction damper GTS-AOD1A(B) is full open.
Cue N/A Notes RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 6 of 9
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: Isolate auxiliary building (HVR AOD 143 and HVR AOD 262 manually shut) and start both trains of standby gas systems with all critical tasks completed satisfactory.
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 7 of 9
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 Page 8 of 9
RJPM-NRC-S16-S5 Rev 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- The reactor scrammed one hour ago.
- Auxiliary Building rad levels have raised to EOP-3 entry conditions.
- Reactor pressure 390 psig.
Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to isolate the auxiliary building per OSP-53, Attachment 21 in order to reduce radiation levels and allow re-entry.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Transfer NPS SWG1A and NPS SWG1B from preferred to normal CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min):
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No IC: 65 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: NPS-SWG1A and NPS-SWG1B are aligned to Normal completing all critical steps satisfactory.
Synopsis: NPS SWG1A and NPS SWG1B are swapped from preferred to normal sources of power.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- Reactor power is approximately 9%.
- Fast transfer function has been verified OPERABLE by verifying STP-302-0603 has been performed and is current.
- Currently performing actions in GOP-1, Attachment 1.
- 3) Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to transfer NPS SWG1A and NPS SWG1B from preferred to normal sources of power per SOP-45, Sections 5.1.1 and 5.1.2.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 2 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET Task Title Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Transfer NPS SWG1A 262006001001 262001 A4.01 3.4 / 3.7 From Preferred to Normal 262001 A4.04 3.6 /
3.7 REFERENCES
- APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-46, Rev 51 RLP-STM-0300, Obj 9 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION:
SOP-0046, 4.16 KV SYSTEM (Sim Copy) __6__
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): New EMERGENCY: No ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: No LOW POWER: No SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. IC # 65 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: NPS-SWG1A and NPS-SWG1B are aligned to Normal completing all critical steps satisfactory.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 3 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
SOP-0045 Section 5.1, Transfer of Power Source from Preferred Station Service Transformers to Normal Station Service Transformers NOTE Operation of the tap changer on RTX-XSR1E and RTX-XSR1F in the automatic mode or the electrically driven manual mode can be prevented if the manual operating handle is not fully inserted into its storage apparatus. With this handle not fully inserted, the tap changer will not operate in automatic or electrically driven manual mode which does not allow movement of the tap changer from its current position. The storage apparatus is designed to prevent automatic and electrically driven manual operation when the crank handle is removed, because the removed handle could be in use manually operating the tap changer.
- 1. *Procedure Step: 5.1.1. Transfer NPS SWG1A from preferred to normal source as follows:
- 1. Turn 13.8KV SYNC SELECT Switch to NORM for NPS SWG1A.
Standard Operator placed handle in sync select notch. Then rotated handle clockwise to NORM.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 4 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1
- 2. Procedure Step: 2. On V 1NPSA08, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY VOLTS Indication, check voltage is in normal band.
Standard Operator verifies voltage is in normal band.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 3. Procedure Step: 3. Check sync scope pointer is at approximately 12 O'clock and motionless.
Standard Operator verifies sync scope is at 12 Oclock and motionless.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 5 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1
- 4. Procedure Step: 4. Check breaker sync permissive red light above the breaker indicating lights is on.
Standard Operator verifies breaker sync permissive red light is on.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT NOTE Due to switchgear rating, both supply breakers should only remain closed for the minimum possible time and in all cases less than 15 seconds.
- 5. *Procedure Step: 5. Close NPS ACB09, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY BRKR.
Standard Operator depresses NPS ACB09 breaker close pushbutton.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 6 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1
- 6. Procedure Step: 6. On A 1SPSA03, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY AMPS Indication, check amperage increase.
Standard Operator verified amperage increase on A 1SPSA03, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY AMPS Indication.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 7. *Procedure Step: 7. Trip NPS ACB11, 13.8KV PFD SUPPLY BRKR as soon as possible by depressing TRIP Pushbutton.
Standard Operator tripped NPS ACB11, 13.8KV PFD SUPPLY BRKR Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 7 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1
- 8. Procedure Step: 8. Place 13.8KV SYNC SCOPE Switch to OFF for NPS SWG1A.
Standard Operator rotates 13.8KV SYNC SCOPE Switch counter clockwise to OFF.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT NOTE Operation of the tap changer on RTX-XSR1E and RTX-XSR1F in the automatic mode or the electrically driven manual mode can be prevented if the manual operating handle is not fully inserted into its storage apparatus. With this handle not fully inserted, the tap changer will not operate in automatic or electrically driven manual mode which does not allow movement of the tap changer from its current position. The storage apparatus is designed to prevent automatic and electrically driven manual operation when the crank handle is removed, because the removed handle could be in use manually operating the tap changer.
- 9. Procedure Step: 5.1.2. Transfer NPS SWG1B from preferred to normal source as follows:
- 1. At RTX XSR1F Transformer Control Cabinet, place the Tap Changer Control Switch in LOCAL CONTROL.
- 2. Hold the MANUAL RAISE/LOWER Switch to move the tap changer to the 3 LOWER position; which is 3 steps counterclockwise from zero.
Standard Operator contacts SNEO to place the Tap Changer Control Switch in LOCAL CONTROL and the tap changer is in 3 LOWER position.
Cue Report as SNEO that the Tap Changer Control Switch is in LOCAL CONTROL and the tap changer is in 3 LOWER position.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 8 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1
- 10. *Procedure Step: 3. Turn 13.8KV SYNC SELECT Switch to NORM for NPS SWG1B.
Standard Operator moves handle to NPS SWG1B switch and turned 13.8KV SYNC SELECT Switch to NORM for NPS SWG1B.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 11. Procedure Step: 4. On V 1NPSB08, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY VOLTS Indication, check voltage is in normal band.
Standard Operator verifies voltage is in normal band.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 12. Procedure Step: 5. Check sync scope pointer is at approximately 12 Oclock and motionless.
Standard Operator verifies sync scope is at 12 Oclock and motionless.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 9 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1
- 13. Procedure Step: 6. Check breaker sync permissive red light above the breaker indicating lights is on.
Standard Operator verifies breaker sync permissive red light is on.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT NOTE Due to switchgear rating, both supply breakers should only remain closed for the minimum possible time and in all cases less than 15 seconds.
- 14. *Procedure Step: 7. Close NPS ACB25, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY BRKR.
Standard Operator closed NPS ACB25, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY BRKR.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 10 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1
- 15. Procedure Step: 8. On A 1SPSB03, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY AMPS Indication, check amperage increase.
Standard Operator verified amperage increase on A 1SPSA03, 13.8KV NORM SUPPLY AMPS Indication.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 16. *Procedure Step: 9. Trip NPS ACB27, 13.8KV PFD SUPPLY BRKR as soon as possible by depressing TRIP Pushbutton.
Standard Operator tripped NPS ACB27, 13.8KV PFD SUPPLY BRKR.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 11 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1
- 17. Procedure Step: 10. Place 13.8KV SYNC SELECT Switch to OFF for NPS SWG1B.
Standard Operator rotated 13.8KV SYNC SELECT Switch counter clockwise to OFF for NPS SWG1B.
Cue N/A.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: NPS-SWG1A and NPS-SWG1B are aligned to Normal completing all critical steps satisfactory.
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 12 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 Page 13 of 14
RJPM-NRC-S16-S6 Rev 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- Reactor power is approximately 9%.
- Fast transfer function has been verified OPERABLE by verifying STP-302-0603 has been performed and is current.
- Currently performing actions in GOP-1, Attachment 1.
Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to transfer NPS SWG1A and NPS SWG1B from preferred to normal sources of power per SOP-45, Sections 5.1.1 and 5.1.2.
River Bend Station Initial License Exam
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 DRIVE IN IRM/SRM DETECTORS FOLLOWING A SCRAM CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 10 Actual Time (min):
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No IC: 67 with S5 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 12
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: SRM and IRM detectors driven full in with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
Synopsis: This task will insert the SRM and IRM detectors following a scram to monitor core power. This task is completed using operator toolbox skills.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- A reactor scram has just occurred from extended power operation.
- SRM mode switches are in OPERATE.
- 3) Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to drive in the SRM and IRM detectors (all detectors in parallel), in accordance with AOP-0001.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 2 of 12
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
DRIVE IN SRM/IRM DETECTORS 215003001001 215003 A1.01 3.4/3.3 215003 A4.03 3.6/3.4 215003 A4.06 3.0/2.9 215003 A4.07 3.6/3.6 215004 A1.01 3.0/3.1 215004 A4.04 3.2/3.2 215004 A4.07 3.4/
3.6 REFERENCES
- APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0074, Rev 307, Section 5.1 RLP-STM-0503 Objective 2, 10, 15 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION:
SOP-0074, Rev 307, Section 5.1 __7__
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: No LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): Bank RJPM-AUD12-S6 EMERGENCY: No ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: No LOW POWER: Yes SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. IC # 67 Performed with S5.
- 2. Reactor scram occurred.
- 3. Reactor pressure 390 psig.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: SRM and IRM detectors driven full in with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 3 of 12
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
SOP-0007, Neutron Monitoring System Section 5.1, Inserting SRM/IRM Detectors
- 1. Procedure Step: 5.1.1. IF undervessel access has been permitted during a plant outage, THEN perform the following:
- 1. Verify that the CRD Removal Platform is stowed and locked in its proper position.
- 2. Verify that the SRM/IRM cover plates have been removed from the CRD Removal Platform.
- 3. Verify that the SRM/IRM cables are in the proper position to allow for inserting detectors.
Standard N/A. The detectors are not inserted during a plant outage.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 2. *Procedure Step: 5.1.2. Depress the SRM/IRM POWER ON Pushbutton.
Standard The SRM/IRM POWER ON Pushbutton is depressed. Verified POWER ON light is lit.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 4 of 12
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2
- 3. Procedure Step: 5.1.3. Check position indication of the detectors.
Standard Candidate located/identified the detector position indicating light and verified the detector is OUT by checking the OUT light is ON and the IN light is OFF.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 4. *Procedure Step: 5.1.4. Depress the SRM/IRM SELECT Pushbuttons for the SRM/IRM detectors to be inserted.
Standard Candidate located/identified the SRM/IRM SELECT Pushbuttons and selected all 4 SRMs and all 8 IRMs by depressing the associated pushbutton and verifying the pushbutton light illuminated indicating that it was depressed/selected.
Cue N/A Notes The standard listed here will drive in all detectors simultaneously. The candidate may elect to drive in the SRMs and IRMs separately. Either way is acceptable.
Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 5 of 12
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 PROCEDURE NOTE Observation of changing indicated power levels provides verification of detector movement.
- 5. *Procedure Step: 5.1.5. IF driving in SRMs, THEN depress the DRIVE IN Pushbutton as necessary to maintain SRM counts greater than or equal to 1 x 103 and less than or equal to 1 x 105 CPS.
Standard Candidate located/identified and depressed the DRIVE IN pushbutton and monitored SRM count rate.
Cue N/A Notes Takes approximately 3 minutes 20 seconds from full out to full in.
Results SAT UNSAT PROCEDURE CAUTION Premature down ranging of the IRM Range Switches can result in a Reactor Scram. Do not down range IRMs until the detectors are fully inserted in the core to prevent possible RPS actuation.
- 6. Procedure Step: 5.1.6. IF driving in IRMs, THEN perform the following:
- 1. Place IRM/APRM Recorder Switches to the IRM position.
Standard Candidate located/identified the IRM/APRM Recorder Switches and placed them all into the IRM position by manipulating the toggle switch to IRM.
Cue N/A Notes Not critical because the SRM detectors are already on service.
Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 6 of 12
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2
- 7. Procedure Step: 5.1.6. IF driving in IRMs, THEN perform the following:
- 2. Range IRMs as necessary to maintain power level indication greater than or equal to 15/125 and less than or equal to 75/125.
Standard N/A. SRMs are on range.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 8. *Procedure Step: 5.1.7. Depress the DRIVE IN Pushbutton.
Standard Candidate located/identified and depressed the DRIVE IN Pushbutton and monitored IRM power levels.
Cue N/A Notes Takes approximately 3 minutes 20 seconds from full out to full in.
Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 7 of 12
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2
- 9. Procedure Step: 5.1.8. Check the DRIVE IN and DRIVING IN Indicator Lights are on.
Standard Candidate located/identified and verified the DRIVE IN and DRIVING IN lights are on for all detectors.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 10. Procedure Step: 5.1.9. IF the detector was out of the core, THEN check the OUT Indicator Lights go off.
Standard Candidate located/identified and verified the OUT indicating light for each detector extinguished.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 11. Procedure Step: 5.1.10. WHEN the detectors are fully inserted into the core, THEN perform the following:
- 1. Check the IN Lights are on.
- 2. Check the DRIVING IN Light is off.
Standard Candidate located/identified and verified the IN indicating light for each detector was ON.
Candidate located/identified and verified the DRIVING IN indicating light for each detector was OFF.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 8 of 12
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2
- 12. *Procedure Step: 5.1.10. WHEN the detectors are fully inserted into the core, THEN perform the following:
- 3. Depress the DRIVE IN Pushbutton.
Standard Candidate located/identified and depressed the DRIVE IN pushbutton.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 13. *Procedure Step: 5.1.10. WHEN the detectors are fully inserted into the core, THEN perform the following:
- 4. Depress the SRM/IRM SELECT Pushbuttons to de select the detector drive motors.
Standard Candidate located/identified the SRM/IRM SELECT Pushbuttons and de-selected all 4 SRMs and all 8 IRMs by depressing the associated pushbutton and verifying the pushbutton light extinguished indicating that it was no longer depressed/de-selected.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 9 of 12
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2
- 14. *Procedure Step: 5.1.11. Depress SRM/IRM POWER ON Pushbutton to turn off power.
Standard Candidate located/identified and depressed the SRM/IRM POWER ON Pushbutton to turn the power off and verified the POWER ON light extinguished.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: SRM and IRM detectors driven full in with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 10 of 12
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 Page 11 of 12
RJPM-NRC-S16-S7 Rev 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- A reactor scram has just occurred from extended power operation.
- SRM mode switches are in OPERATE.
Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to drive in the SRM and IRM detectors (all detectors in parallel), in accordance with AOP-0001.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 PLACE RHR A IN SUPPRESSION POOL COOLING MODE CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 15 Actual Time (min):
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: Yes IC: 67 with S2 EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
X Perform Plant Simulate X Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Danny James Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: RHR A aligned in suppression pool cooling and RHR A pump secured with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
Synopsis: RHR A aligned in suppression pool cooling. When flow is established the pump amps will be high and require the pump to be secured.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- RHR A is filled and vented in Standby.
- Suppression Pool temperature is 80ºF.
- 3) Initiating Cues:
- The CRS directs you as Unit Operator to place RHR A in Suppression Pool Cooling per SOP-0031 Section 4.6 in preparation for upcoming scheduled RCIC run.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 2 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Place RHR A in Suppression Pool 205012001001 219000K1.01 3.8/3.9 Cooling Mode with high pump amps 21900 A4.02 3.7/3.5 21900 A4.01 3.8/3.7 21900 A4.05 3.4/3.4 21900 K3.01 3.9/4.1 21900 K4.07 3.0/3.1 21900 K4.09 3.3/3.4 21900 G04 3.9/3.9 21900 A1.01 4.0/4.0 21900 G07 4.0/4.1 21900 A1.02 3.5/3.5 21900 A1.08 3.7/
3.6 REFERENCES
- APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0031, Residual Heat Removal HLO-021-07, Obj 2, 3, 6, 8, and 11.
ARP-P601-20 ALARM RESPONSE REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION:
SOP-0031, Residual Heat Removal __3__
ARP-P601-20 ALARM RESPONSE LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: Yes LOCATION: Simulator ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): Bank RJPM-OPS-204-01A EMERGENCY: No ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: No LOW POWER: Yes SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
Required Power: Reactor Shutdown IC No.: 67 Performed with S2 Notes: Set up on trigger 1 the following Annunicator and meter Override on E12-F024A control switch Annunicator Override p601_20a:a_4 RHR PUMPA OVERLOAD PRE-TRIP WARNING t1 d00:0:30 Meter Override AO_E12-C002A-M 601-20B RHR PUMP A MOTOR AMPS MT t1 s-130 r00:00:30 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: RHR A aligned in suppression pool cooling and RHR A pump secured with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 3 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
SOP-0031, Residual Heat Removal Section 4.6, Suppression Pool Cooling Mode Startup
- 1. Procedure Step: 4.6.1. IF Standby Service Water is supplying service water loads, THEN verify closed SPC-AOV16, SPC HX SW DISCH VLV.
Standard N/A. Normal service water is supplying service water loads.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT PROCEDURE CAUTION Opening E12-F024A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) TEST RTN TO SUP PL partially or fully, with the associated RHR Pump shutdown can cause water hammer when the pump is started. Do not allow a pump start until the loop has been filled and vented if E12-F024A(B) has been opened with the pump shutdown.
- 2. Procedure Step: 4.6.2. Verify the RHR Heat Exchangers are being supplied by either Normal or Standby Service Water.
Standard Operator verifies the RHR Heat Exchangers are being supplied by Normal Service Water.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 4 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 PROCEDURE NOTE Per ER 98-0273 - 5800 gpm of Normal Service Water may be supplied to each Division of the RHR Hxs during ATWS conditions provided the guidelines outlined in the P&Ls are observed.
Normal Service Water can be supplied to both RHR Heat Exchangers to support modes of operation in both loops, provided the COMBINED Normal Service Water flow does not exceed 5800 gpm.
Two Standby Service Water Pumps are required in each loop when operating the Standby Service Water System for heat removal through the RHR Heat Exchangers.
- 3. *Procedure Step: 4.6.3. On H13-P870, throttle open E12-F068A, RHR HX A SVCE WTR RTN to establish less than or equal to 5800 gpm flow as indicated on E12 R602A, RHR HX A SVCE WTR FLOW.
Standard Operator throttles open E12-F068A, on the P870, to establish less than or equal to 5800 gpm flow as indicated on E12 R602A, on the P601.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 4. Procedure Step: 4.6.4. IF performing this Section for RHR Heat Exchanger service water flushing only, WHEN 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> have elapsed, THEN go to Step 6.3.4 to secure from flushing.
Standard N/A Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 5 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1
- 5. *Procedure Step: Start the E12-C002A, RHR PUMP A.
Standard Operator rotates hand switch clockwise to start the pump.
Cue N/A Notes Expected annunciator P601-19-F07 Div 1 ADS LOGIC LPCS/LPCI OPR PERMISSIVE.
Results SAT UNSAT
- 6. *Procedure Step: 4.6.6. Open E12-F024A, RHR PUMP A TEST RTN TO SUP PL.
- 1. WHEN flow exceeds 1100 gpm, THEN verify E12-F064A, RHR PUMP A MIN FLOW TO SUP PL closes.
Standard Operator opens E12-F024A and observes the E12-F064A closes.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 7. Procedure Step: 4.6.7. Check running pump amps are less than or equal to 91 amps.
Standard Operator verifies running pump amps are less than or equal to 91 amps.
Cue N/A Notes When the operator verifies pump amps, they will indicate greater than 105 amps.
Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 6 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 ALTERNATE PATH
- 8. Procedure Step: Per H13-P601/20A/A04, RHR PUMP A OVERLOAD PRE-TRIP WARNING
- 1. Verify the following:
- RHR Pump A discharge flow is less than 5950 gpm.
- E12-F064A, RHR PUMP A MIN FLOW TO SUP PL is closed.
Standard Operator verifies pump A discharge flow is less than 5950 gpm and the E12-F064A is closed.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT NOTE RHR Pump A trips if current reaches 150 amps. RHR Pump A full load motor current is 91 amps.
- 9. Procedure Step: 2. Reduce pump motor amps by throttling closed any of the following valves:
- E12-F048A, RHR A HX BYPASS VALVE Standard The operator will throttle closed either the E12-F003A or E12-F048A.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 7 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1
- 10. *Procedure Step: 3. IF pump motor amps cannot be reduced below 105 amps AND RHR A is not needed for level control, THEN stop RHR Pump A.
Standard Operator will stop RHR Pump A.
Cue N/A Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: RHR A aligned in suppression pool cooling and RHR A pump secured with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 8 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 Page 9 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-S8 Rev 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- RHR A is filled and vented in Standby.
- Suppression Pool temperature is 80ºF.
Initiating Cues:
- The CRS directs you as Unit Operator to place RHR A in Suppression Pool Cooling per SOP-0031 Section 4.6 in preparation for upcoming scheduled RCIC run.
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Alternating CRD Discharge Filters CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 20 Actual Time (min):
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
Perform X Plant X Simulate Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: A. Willson Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: CRD pump discharge filters swapped and discharge filter B placed back in service with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
Synopsis: Operator will attempt to place CRD pump discharge filter A on service.
While placing A on service a high D/P will occur requiring B to be placed back in service. (NOTE: The CRD pump has a low suction pressure trip, but it does not have a high discharge pressure trip, so the pump will not automatically trip when the discharge filter clogs.)
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- The reactor is critical.
- CRD pump discharge filter B is in service.
- The out of service discharge filter A is clean.
- The C11 PDIS N002, Filter Differential Pressure Indicating Switch is in operation.
- 3) Initiating Cues:
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 2 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Alternate CRD Discharge Filters 201005001001 201001 A2.05 2.9 / 2.9 201009001004
REFERENCES:
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0002, Section 5.4 RLP-STM-0109, Obj 7, 12 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION:
SOP-0002, Section 5.4 __1__
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: YES LOCATION: RCA ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): NEW EMERGENCY: NO ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: NO SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
N/A for plant JPM CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: CRD pump discharge filters swapped and discharge filter B placed back in service with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 3 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
SOP-0002, CONTROL ROD DRIVE HYDRAULICS Section 5.3, Alternating Discharge Filters
- 1. Procedure Step: 5.3.1. Verify the C11 PDIS N002, Filter Differential Pressure Indicating Switch is in operation.
Standard No action required. The initial conditions state this is in operation.
Cue If requested, gauge indicates 12 psid.
Notes Gage is about 5 feet off of the ground. Large black gage and is about 7 feet from the right wall. Gage may actually indicate 10-18 psid based on last time the filters have been swapped.
Results SAT UNSAT
- 2. *Procedure Step: 5.4.2. Perform the following for the filter to be placed in operation.
Standard Operator rotates C11 VF020A, CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A INLET ISOL VLV counter clockwise.
Cue Stem rises and resistance felt in the counter clockwise direction. Hear flow noise when the valve starts to open.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 4 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2
- 3. *Procedure Step: 2. Vent the filter as follows:
Standard Operator rotates C11 VF022A, CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A VENT VLV in the counter clockwise direction.
Cue Resistance is felt in the counter clockwise direction.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 4. *Procedure Step: 2) Throttle open DER V8(V10), C11 FLTD003A(B) VENT VALVE to vent air from the filter.
Standard Operator rotates DER V8, C11 FLTD003A VENT VALVE clockwise.
Cue After the handwheel is rotated approximately 1/2 turn counter clockwise, report air is streaming from the valve for approximately 3 seconds. Then a steady stream of water is coming from the vent valve.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 5. *Procedure Step: 3) WHEN air free water is vented from filter, THEN close the following valves:
- DER V8(V10)
- C11 VF022A(B)
Standard Operator rotates DER V8 and C11 VF022A clockwise.
Cue Resistance felt in the clockwise direction for each valve closed.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 5 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 NOTE: Operator may call control room prior to next step to inform them that CRD filter A is about to be placed on service.
CUE: If required acknowledge CRD A filter is about to be placed on service.
OUTLET ISOL VLV.
Standard Operator rotates C11 VF021A, CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003A OUTLET ISOL VLV counter clockwise.
Cue Resistance felt in the counter clockwise direction. Flow noise though the pipe.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT CAUTION Backflow through the filter could damage the filter cartridge. Do not close C11-VF020A(B) before closing C11-VF021A(B).
- 7. *Procedure Step: 5.3.3. Perform the following for the filter being removed from service:
Standard Operator rotates C11 VF021B, CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003B OUTLET ISOL VLV clockwise.
Cue Resistance felt in the counter clockwise direction.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 6 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2
- 8. Procedure Step: 2. Verify proper filter operation by observing C11 PDIS N002 is in normal band.
Standard Operator verifies D/P by observing C11 PDIS N002.
Cue C11 PDIS N002 indicates 0-30 psid. Raise half inch increments until 28 psid.
Notes Gage is about 5 feet off of the ground, large black gage, and is about 7 feet from the right wall.
Discharge filter high D/P alarms at 20 psid at P601 in control room.
The CRD pump has a low suction pressure trip but no discharge pressure trip.
Results SAT UNSAT ALTERNATE PATH If operator calls control room for guidance, request recommendation.
Concur with recommendation to place CRD filter B back on service and state, I concur with recommendation. We are seeing indications of header pressure slowly lowering and we could be getting accumulator faults shortly.
- 9. *Procedure Step: Per EN-OP-120, Operator Fundamentals Program Monitoring: Identify degrading parameter and equipment trends.
Control: Anticipate the impact of component operation prior to its operation, and then verify that the expected effects occur during and following the operation.
Standard Operator rotates C11 VF021B, CRD PMP DISCH FILTER D003B OUTLET ISOL VLV. counter clockwise.
Cue Resistance felt in the counter clockwise direction.
C11_PDIS_N002 indicates as is. (10-18 psid)
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 7 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 Terminating Cue: CRD pump discharge filters swapped and discharge filter B placed back in service with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 8 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 Page 9 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P1 Rev 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- The reactor is critical.
- CRD pump discharge filter B is in service.
- The out of service discharge filter A is clean.
- The C11 PDIS N002, Filter Differential Pressure Indicating Switch is in operation.
Initiating Cues:
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 AOP-31, Attachment 12, ATC actions CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 20 Actual Time (min):
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: NO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
Perform X Plant X Simulate Simulator Control Room Prepared: Gabe Kimich Date: 7/8/2016 Reviewed: Scott Dallas Date: 7/21/2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: John Fralick Date: 8/5/2016 (Facility Reviewer)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: AOP-31, Attachment 12, Sections 1.1.4-1.1.6 critical tasks completed satisfactory.
Synopsis: Operator completes ATC actions for control room evacuation due to fire at the remote shutdown panel.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
- The reactor is shutdown.
- Crew is manning the remote shutdown panel due to smoke in the control room.
- RHR is not in Shutdown cooling.
- 3) Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to complete AOP-31, (SHUTDOWN FROM OUTSIDE THE MAIN CONTROL ROOM) Sections 1.1.4-1.1.6.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 2 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Place Division 1 Transfer Switches 400049004001 203000 K4.14 3.6 / 3.7 in EMERG 295016 AA1.07 4.2 /
4.3 REFERENCES
- APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0031 RLP-STM-200, Obj 3, 11 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION:
SOP-0031, Section 1.1.4-1.1.6 __2__
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: NO LOCATION: Plant outside RCA ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): NEW EMERGENCY: YES ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: YES SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
N/A CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: AOP-31, Attachment 12, Sections 1.1.4-1.1.6 critical tasks completed satisfactory.
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 3 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
SOP-31, SHUTDOWN FROM OUTSIDE THE MAIN CONTROL ROOM Section 1.1.4-1.1.6
- 1. *Procedure Step: 1.1.4. WHEN informed by the CRS per Step 5.9, THEN At C61-P001, REMOTE SHUTDOWN PANEL, perform the following:
- 1. Place S8, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-F027A, E12 F042A, E12 F053, in EMERG.
Standard S8, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-F027A, E12 F042A, E12 F053, rotated to EMERG.
Cue S8 switch has been rotated to EMERG position. Red and green lights energize as required for the valves above the handswitch.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 2. Procedure Step: 2. IF RHR A was in Shutdown Cooling, THEN place the E12-F004A, RHR PUMP A SUP PL SUCTION VALVE Control Switch in the CLOSE position.
Standard N/A. Initial conditions state RHR A in shutdown cooling.
Cue N/A. If asked, RHR A was not in shutdown cooling.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 4 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1
- 3. *Procedure Step: 3. Place the following Transfer Switches in EMERG:
- 1) S6, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-F048A, E12 F008, E12 F006A, E12 F004A Standard S6 handswitch rotate clockwise to EMERG position.
Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction. Red and green lights energize as required for the valves above the handswitch.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 4. *Procedure Step: 3. Place the following Transfer Switches in EMERG:
- 2) S12, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-C002A Standard S12, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-C002A, rotated clockwise to EMERG position.
Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 5 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1
- 5. *Procedure Step: 3. Place the following Transfer Switches in EMERG:
- 3) S7, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-F068A, E12 F047A, E12 F003A, E12 F024A Standard S7, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-F068A, E12 F047A, E12 F003A, E12 F024A, is rotated clockwise to EMERG position.
Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 6. Procedure Step: 4. IF RHR A was in Shutdown Cooling, THEN verify that E12-F040, RHR A TO RADWASTE DN STREAM ISOL VALVE Control Switch in the CLOSE position.
Standard N/A. Initial conditions do not mention RHR A in shutdown cooling.
Cue N/A. If asked, RHR A was not in shutdown cooling.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 7. *Procedure Step: 5. Place S9, TRANSFER SWITCH FOR E12-F064A, E12 F037A, E12 F040, E12-F026A, E12-F011A in EMERG.
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 6 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 Standard S9 rotated clockwise to EMERG position.
Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT PROCEDURE NOTE If the Division I Emergency Diesel Generator tripped due to a high Lube Oil or Jacket Water outlet temperature, the UO may have already placed 43-1SWP A05 and 43-1SWP A08 to EMERG.
- 8. *Procedure Step: 1.1.5. At RSS-PNL101, BOP REMOTE SHUTDOWN PNL, the far right panel, verify the following RSS Transfer Switches in EMERG:
- 1. 43-1SWP A05, CONTACT TRANSFER SWITCH Standard Operator rotates handle for 43-1SWP A05, CONTACT TRANSFER SWITCH clockwise to EMERG position.
Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 9. *Procedure Step: 1.1.5. At RSS-PNL101, BOP REMOTE SHUTDOWN PNL, the far right panel, verify the following RSS Transfer Switches in EMERG:
- 2. 43-1SWP A08, CONTACT TRANSFER SWITCH Standard Operator rotates handle for 43-1SWP A08, CONTACT TRANSFER SWITCH clockwise to EMERG position.
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 7 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 Cue You hear click sound and resistance in clockwise direction.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
Standard Operator reports Attachment 12 is complete.
Cue Acknowledge attachment 12 is complete.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: AOP-31, Attachment 12, Sections 1.1.4-1.1.6 critical tasks completed satisfactory.
STOP TIME:
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 8 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 9 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev. 1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 Page 10 of 11
RJPM-NRC-S16-P2 Rev 1 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
- The reactor is shutdown.
- Crew is manning the remote shutdown panel due to smoke in the control room.
- RHR is not in Shutdown cooling.
Initiating Cues:
The CRS has directed you to complete AOP-31, (SHUTDOWN FROM OUTSIDE THE MAIN CONTROL ROOM) Sections 1.1.4-1.1.6.
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Place Inverter ENB-INV01B in Service CRITICAL TIME FRAME: Required Time (min): NA Actual Time (min): NA VALIDATION TIME: Average Time (min): 20 Actual Time (min):
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: NO EVALUATION METHOD: EVALUATION LOCATION:
Perform X Plant X Simulate Simulator Control Room Prepared: Dave Bergstrom Date: September 11, 2013 Reviewed: A. Willson Date: July 21, 2016 (Operations Representative)
Approved: John Fralick Date: August 5, 2016 (Facility Reviewer)
River Bend Station Initial License Exam Page 1 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 EXAMINER INFO SHEET Task Standard: ENB-INV01B is started with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
Synopsis: This task will have the applicant start an ENB inverter.
- 1) Read to the operator:
I will provide the initial conditions and initiating cues to you. I may also provide cues during the performance and ask follow-up questions at the conclusion of this JPM.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this JPM will be satisfied.
Inform me when you have completed the task.
NOTE: If in the Plant or the Control Room, Caution the operator NOT to MANIPULATE the controls, but to make clear what they would do if this were not a simulated situation.
- 2) Initial Conditions:
The plant is shut down. Inverter ENB-INV01B has just been placed in bypass in accordance with section 4.5 of SOP-48, 120VAC System.
- 3) Initiating Cues:
The CRS directs you to start up inverter ENB-INV01B in accordance with SOP-48, 120VAC System, Step 4.3 for post maintenance testing.
- 4) Solicit and answer any questions the operator may have.
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 2 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 DATA SHEET TASK
Title:
Task Number K&A SYSTEM: K&A RATING:
Place Inverter ENB-INV01B in 278014001004 262002 A4.01 2.8 / 3.1 Service.
REFERENCES:
APPLICABLE OBJECTIVES SOP-0048, Rev 327 RLP-STM-0121, Obj 2 REQUIRED MATERIALS: SAFETY FUNCTION:
SOP-0048, Rev 323, Section 4.3 __6__
LICENSE LEVEL: SRO / RO ALTERNATE PATH: NO LOCATION: Plant outside RCA ORIGIN (Previous 2 exams): Modified Bank: RJPM-AUD-D14-P3 EMERGENCY: YES ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE: NO LOW POWER: YES SIMULATOR CONDITIONS & SETUP:
- 1. NA - This is an In Plant JPM.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Items marked with an
- are Critical Steps and are required to be performed. Failure to successfully complete a Critical Step requires the JPM to be evaluated as Unsatisfactory.
TASK STANDARD: ENB-INV01B is started with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 3 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 PERFORMANCE:
START TIME:
SOP-0048, 120 VAC SYSTEM 4.3 Startup of ENB-INV01A(B) Inverter Side with the Inverter Operating in Maintenance Bypass for Testing PROCEDURE NOTE This Section is used to start up the inverter section of the inverter with the bypass section supplying the inverter output. Section 5.6 is used to start ENB-INV01A(B) and transfer from ENB-INV01A1(B1).
- 1. Procedure Step: 4.3.1. Verify ENB-INV01A(B) is in Maintenance Bypass per Section 4.5 or 6.2.
Standard NA - Applicant verified by way of initial conditions Cue NA Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 2. Procedure Step: 4.3.2. On ENB-INV01A1(B1), verify BATTERY INPUT breaker is in OFF.
Standard Applicant located/identified and verified the ENB INV01B1 battery input breaker is OFF.
Cue After the applicant identifies the correct battery input breaker, indicate to the applicant that the breaker is in down position.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 4 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2
- 3. Procedure Step: 4.3.3. At VBS-TRS02A(B) verify the following:
- 1. ALTERNATE 120VAC SOURCE FROM ENB-INV01A1(B1), is locked open with the Kirk Key removed.
- 2. ALTERNATE 120VAC SOURCE FROM ENB-INV01A(B), is locked open with the Kirk Key removed.
Standard Applicant located/identified VBS-TRS02B and verified the two alternate sources are locked open and the Kirk Key removed.
Cue After the applicant identifies VBS-TRS02B Alternate Sources, indicate to the applicant that the metal rod is over the breaker hand switch, breaker hands switch is down, and there is nothing in the key hole. (Should be as indicated).
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 4. Procedure Step: 4.3.4. At ENB-SWG01A(B), verify ACB 564(584), ENB INV01A(B) VITAL BUS A(B) INVERTER is racked in and closed.
Standard Applicant located/identified ENB-INV01B and verified ACB 584 is racked in and closed.
Cue After the applicant identifies the correct breaker, indicate to the applicant that the breaker handle is up and red (CLOSED) flag present. (Should be as indicated).
Notes Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 5 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2
- 5. Procedure Step: 4.3.5. Verify EHS-MCC8A(B)/BKR 3AB(3AB), ENB-INV01A(B) 480 VAC NORMAL ENB INV01A(B) VITAL BUS INVERTER is closed.
Standard Applicant located/identified Breaker 3AB on MCC8B and verified the breaker is closed.
Cue After the applicant identifies the correct breaker, indicate to the applicant that the breaker handle is in the left position. (Should be as indicated).
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 6.
- Procedure Step: 4.3.6. On ENB-INV01A(B), open the DC INPUT to AN1 AND AN2 breaker.
Standard Applicant located/identified the breaker for AN1 and AN2 on ENB-INV01B and simulated opening the breaker.
Cue After the applicant identifies and simulates opening the correct breaker, indicate to the applicant that the breaker handle is down position. (Should be as indicated). Also heard a loud clunk when breaker was opened.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT NOTE While warming up, ENB-INV01A(B) can take approximately 4 to 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> to reach 118.5 to 123.8 VAC as indicated on V1, Voltage Output located on the front of the static switch.
Per Inverter Vendor, maximum time to warm up an inverter is 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br />.
The PRECHARGE light will go out after 5 to 10 seconds. If the light goes out before closing the BATTERY INPUT breaker, the PRECHARGE button can be depressed again.
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 6 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2
- 7.
- Procedure Step: 4.3.7. On ENB-INV01A(B), depress AND hold the PRECHARGE pushbutton until the PRECHARGE light is lit.
Standard Applicant located/identified and simulated depressing and holding the PRECHARGE pushbutton.
{cue}
After the cue, the applicant released the pushbutton.
Cue After the applicant depresses the pushbutton wait three seconds and inform applicant that the ORANGE light is lit.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 8.
- Procedure Step: 4.3.8. On ENB-INV01A(B), before the PRECHARGE light goes out, close the BATTERY INPUT breaker.
Standard Applicant simulated closing the BATTERY INPUT breaker.
Cue When breaker is closed, simulate clunk from breaker operation and handle is in up position.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT
- 9. Procedure Step: 4.3.9. On ENB-INV01A(B) INVERTER OUTPUT meter, observe that the inverter begins generating voltage.
Standard Applicant located/identified INVERTER OUTPUT meter on ENB-INV01B and simulated verified voltage rising.
Cue After the applicant identifies the correct meter, indicate to the applicant that voltage is rising and then stabilizes at 120V (use a pen/pointer to show the needle is moving).
Notes Do not indicate voltage going past 120 V.
Results SAT UNSAT RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 7 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2
- 10.
- Procedure Step: 4.3.10 WHEN the voltage has stabilized, THEN on ENB-INV01A(B) close the AC INPUT TO RECTIFIER breaker.
Standard Applicant simulates closing the AC INPUT TO RECTIFIER breaker.
Cue Indicate to the applicant that voltage is stabilizes at 120V.
(use a pen/pointer to show the needle steady)
After the applicant identifies and simulates closing the correct breaker, indicate to the applicant that the breaker handle is in up position. And clunk sound when the beaker is closed. Red light on, Green light is off.
Notes Results SAT UNSAT Terminating Cue: ENB-INV01B is started with all critical steps completed satisfactory.
This completes this JPM.
STOP TIME:
CRITERIA FOR SATISFACTORY EVALUATION
- 1. 100% of critical elements/steps identified in the JPM successfully completed.
- 2. Critical Time Frame is met if applicable.
- 3. No actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
CRITERIA FOR UNSAT EVALUATION
- 1. Any critical element/step is graded as "UNSAT"
- 2. Critical Time Frame is not met if applicable. *
- 3. Actual safety violation (radiological or industrial) requiring evaluator intervention.
- 4. Operator's actions would have damaged plant equipment, created a personnel safety hazard, or otherwise reduced the level of safety of the plant RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 8 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev. 2 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Operator: License (Circle one): RO / SRO Evaluator:
Follow-up Questions:
Follow-up Question Response:
Time to complete JPM: minutes Comments / Feedback:
RESULT: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Note: An "Unsatisfactory" requires comments.
Evaluator's Signature: Date:
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 Page 9 of 10
RJPM-NRC-S16-P3 Rev 2 OPERATOR CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
The plant is shut down. Inverter ENB-INV01B has just been placed in bypass in accordance with section 4.5 of SOP-48, 120VAC System.
Initiating Cues:
The CRS directs you to start up inverter ENB-INV01B in accordance with SOP-48, 120VAC System, Step 4.3 for post maintenance testing.
River Bend Station Initial License Exam
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 1 of 7 Facility: River Bend Nuclear Station Scenario No.: 1 Op-Test No.: NRC LOT 2016 Examiners: ____________________________ Operators: _____________________________
Initial Conditions: Operating at 100% power.
Inoperable Equipment: None Turnover:
Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 (Severe Weather Operation) are complete.
Scenario Notes:
This scenario is a NEW Scenario.
Validation Time: 60 minutes
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 2 of 7 Event Malf. No. Event Event No. Type Description C (BOP)
TS (CRS) HPCS Inadvertent Initiation. AOP 6, Condensate/Feedwater 1 HPCS004 Failures. TS 3.5.1 AOP Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trips. SOP 67, Isolated 2 MGEN005A C (BOP)
Phase Bus Duct Cooling System. ARP P870-54-B-1 p808_86a:h_1 C (ATC) Degraded Grid. Adjust MVARs per AOP 64, Degraded Grid.
3 DI_EXS-VRAA AOP ARP 680-P808-86-H-1.
AO_FWS-A03-M C (ATC) FWS Pump A motor failure (amps increasing/secure pump).
4 AOP 6, Condensate/Feedwater Failures. AOP 24, Thermal P680_3a:c_1 AOP Hydraulics Stability Controls. ARP P680-3-C-1.
p680_6a:a_8 p680_5a:b_10 SDV level instrument fails high 1 of 4 instruments. TS 3.3.1.1.
5 TS (CRS)
RPS005D ARP P680-5-B-10, P680-5-A-10, P680-6-A-8 NPS-B Fault/Trip. Complete loss of feedwater.
6 ED002B M (CREW)
EOP 1 RCIC001 RCIC trips due to malfunction. Restore HPCS.
7 C (BOP)
E51MOVF045P EOP-2, EOP-3 RWCU line break in the steam tunnel 100 gpm ramp for 3 8 WCS006 M (CREW) minutes after mode switch taken to shutdown.
EOP-2, EOP 3 WCS004 9 C (ATC) G33-MOV-1 and G33-MOV-4 fail to auto close. AOP 3 WCS005 (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor, (A)bnormal (TS) Tech Spec Quantitative Attributes Table Normal Events 0 EOP Contingency Procedures Used 1 Total Malfunctions 9 Simulator Run Time 60 Malfunctions After EOP Entry 2 EOP Run Time 30 AOP Events 3 Critical Tasks 2 Major Transients 2 Reactivity Manipulations 0 EOPs Used (Requiring measurable action) 3
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 3 of 7 SCENARIO ACTIVITIES:
HPCS Inadvertent Initiation:
A. After turnover and at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 1.
B. The BOP will override HPCS off. This will prevent further automatic initiation.
Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trips:
A. The BOP will restart Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan per SOP 67, Isolated Phase Bus Duct Cooling System and ARP P870-54-B-1.
Degraded Grid:
A. CRS will enter AOP 64 and dispatcher will notify control room to adjust MVARs.
B. MVARs will initially be 250 MVARs. ATC adjusts MVARs to 200 MVARs per AOP 64, Degraded Grid and ARP 680-P808-86-H-1.
FWS Pump A Motor Failure:
A. The ATC will recognize the increasing FW motor amps and secure the FWS Pump A per AOP 6 (Condensate/Feedwater Failures), AOP 24 (Thermal Hydraulics Stability Controls), ARP P808-86-H-1, and ARP P680-3-C-1.
SDV level instrument fails high:
A. 1 of 4 SDV level instruments fails high. CRS enters TS 3.3.1.1.
NPS-B Fault/Trip, Complete loss of feedwater,:
A. Crew will manually scram the reactor due to the complete loss of feedwater. The automatic RPS scram will occur at 9.7 reactor water level if manual action is not taken first.
RCIC malfunction A. Crew will recognize RCIC malfunction and restore HPCS injection to maintain reactor water level in expanded level band.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 4 of 7 RWCU line break in the steam tunnel:
A. 5 minutes after automatic or manual scram, Event 7 will automatically trigger.
B. Indications of high temperatures in the steam tunnel will cause isolation signals.
G33-MOV-1 and G33-MOV-4 will fail to auto close.
C. Crew will shut the failed isolation valves.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 5 of 7 Critical Task Number Description Basis Per EOP basis, An area temperature above its maximum normal operating level is an indication that steam from a primary system may be discharging into the secondary containment. As temperatures continue to Per EOP-3, close one RWCU isolation increase, the continued operability of valve (G33-MOV-1 OR G33-MOV-4) equipment needed to carry out EOP actions 1 after failure to close on group 15 isolation may be compromised. High area temperatures before completion of step 5.9 of AOP-3 also present a danger to personnel, a (EOP-3, SC-4) consideration of significance since access to the secondary containment may be required by actions specified in the EOPs.
(EPSTG*0002, B-9-3)
Per EOP basis, Submergence is the preferred method for cooling the core. The core is adequately cooled by submergence when it Restore HPCS injection prior to can be determined that RPV water level is at 2 Emergency Depressurization (EOP-1, or above the top of the active fuel. All fuel ALC-8). nodes are then assumed to be covered with water and heat is removed by boiling heat transfer.
(EPSTG*0002, B-3-1)
- Critical Task (As defined in NUREG 1021 Appendix D)
- Per NUREG-1021, Appendix D, If an operator or the crew significantly deviates from or fails to follow procedures that affect the maintenance of basic safety functions, those actions may form the basis of a CT identified in the post-scenario review.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 6 of 7 Simulator Notes:
Prior to scenario, ensure GML Fan 1 is running Note: for event 4, get to 360 amps quicker and then ramp to 440 amps slower.
Event 30 deletes amps when FWS pump is tripped.
Event 8, RCIC trips when >90% speed.
Event 29/30 deletes the leak and valve failure when valve switches are closed.
For the isophase fan trouble ARP states, Check computer alarm typer Points GMLFC01 and GMLFC02 to determine which device is causing alarm. May need to provide screen shot to provide proper indications.
Graphics for the SPI-REC102 to indicate values consistent with grid.
Screen Shot for C11NC036 needs to indicate one trip unit in TRIP.
When restoring HPCS during leak, if asked to fill and vent system, expedite the process.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 7 of 7 SIMULATOR SET UP:
SCHEDULE FILE PICTURE DIRECTOR FILE PICTURE Provide the following:
- Turnover briefing sheets and reactivity management briefing materials.
- Marked up copy of AOP-29, Severe Weather
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 1 of 19 Event No: 1 Event
Description:
HPCS Inadvertent Initiation After turnover and at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 1.
NOTE: It is not necessary to secure the Division 3 Diesel Generator after initiation.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report HPCS initiation per:
o H13-P601/16A/A04, HPCS INITIATION LOW RX WATER LEVEL 2.
o H13-P601/16A/C02, DIV III D/G ENGINE RUNNING.
BOP o H13-P808 / 86A / E04, NNS-SWG1A OR 1B FAST TRANSFER BLOCKED o Dispatch SNEO to monitor running Division 3 Diesel Generator.
o Request I&C investigate HPCS inadvertent initiation.
o When back panel (or I&C) requested to investigate inadvertent initiation of HPCS, (wait 5 minutes) and report B21-LISN673R and B21-LISN673C both failed downscale.
Booth o Acknowledge as SNEO to monitor running Division 3 Diesel Generator.
o Acknowledge as work control for FIN team to investigate and develop troubleshooting plan IAW EN-MA-125.
o Diagnose and report instrument failure per H13-P601/16A/A04, HPCS INITIATION LOW RX WATER LEVEL 2.
o Verify by two independent means the HPCS initiation was inadvertent.
Then place HPCS in standby per OSP-53, Attachment 5 Terminating and Preventing Injection from HPCS (HARDCARD):
BOP o Verify the E22-F004, HPCS INJECT ISOL VALVE (closed) amber override light is lit.
o Stop the HPCS pump. (Trip E22-ACB02, HPCS PUMP SUPPLY BRKR.)
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 2 of 19 o Recognize and direct BOP to restore HPCS to standby per SOP-0030, HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM.
o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.5.1 ECCS -Operating:
B. High Pressure Core Spray (HPCS) System inoperable.
B.1 Verify by administrative means RCIC System is OPERABLE when RCIC is required to be OPERABLE. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> completion time.
AND B.2 Restore HPCS System to OPERABLE status. 14 days completion time.
o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.3.5.1 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) Instrumentation CRS Table 3.3.5.1-1 3. High Pressure Core Spray System
- a. Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low, Level 2 - 4 required channels per function. Conditions referenced from required action A.1: B.
B. As required by Required Action A.1 and referenced in Table 3.3.5.1-1.
B.1 Declare supported feature inoperable when its redundant feature ECCS initiation capability is inoperable. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> from discovery of loss of initiation capability for feature in both divisions.
AND B.2 Declare HPCS system inoperable. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> from discovery of loss of HPCS initiation capability.
AND B.3 Place channel in trip. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> completion time.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 3 of 19 Event No: 2 Event
Description:
Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan 1 Trips At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 2.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report isophase bus duct cooling fan 1 trips. References H13-P870/54A/B01, ISOL PHASE BUS DUCT COOLING SYS FAILURE alarm.
o Per ARP H13-P870/54A/B01, check computer alarm typer Points GMLFC01 and GMLFC02 to determine which device is causing alarm.
ROLE PLAY: Use screen shots for GML Fan Two screen shots are available:
(1) for after trip of fan 1, but before start of stby fan (fan 2)
BOP (2) for after the start of the standby fan o Per ARP H13-P870/54A/B01, if needed, swap to the standby fan per SOP-0067, Isolated Phase Bus Duct Cooling System.
o Start Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan per SOP 67, Isolated Phase Bus Duct Cooling System, section 5.1.1:
In the Main Control Room on H13-P870, start the alternate GML fan by depressing GML-FN1 DUCT FAN 2, START Pushbutton.
o Recognize and direct BOP to start Isophase Bus Duct Cooling Fan per CRS SOP 67, Isolated Phase Bus Duct Cooling System, section 5.1.1.
o When SNEO dispatched, wait 3 minutes and report no obvious indications of why Fan 1 tripped. Fan 2 post start checks are completed satisfactory.
Booth o When Work Control dispatched, wait 3 minutes and report no obvious indications of why Fan 1 tripped. Troubleshooting will continue once EN-MA-125 troubleshooting plan is approved.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 4 of 19 Event No: 3 Event
Description:
Degraded Grid At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 3.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognize and report degraded grid per ARP P808-86-H-1, GRID BOP TROUBLE alarm.
o If indications of meter SPI--REC102 are requested/viewed, Role Two screen shots are available:
Play point 03 is for grid voltage ( reading 232.455 KV )
point 04 is for grid frequency ( reading 60.07 HZ )
o Diagnose and report high MVARs per AOP 64, step 5.3
( normal band = 0 and +230 MVARS ).
ATC o MVARs will raise to approximately 270 MVARs as a result of the grid transient.
o Recognize and enter AOP 64, DEGRADED GRID.
o Contact SOC to determine cause of grid transient and desired actions.
CRS Recommend lowering MVARS.
o Direct ATC to lower Generator MVARS between 0 to +230 MVARS.
o SOC should ask for recommendation to correct plant conditions. When CRS recommends reducing MVARs, the SOC will concur with plan to reduce MVARs (0 to +230 MVARS).
Booth o Once MVARs are reduced, if requested, SOC will report correct response.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 5 of 19 Adjusting Generator VARS with the Voltage Regulator in Auto per SOP-80, Section 5.9:
o Verify the VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE SELECT Switch in AUTO.
o Adjust Generator VARS to the desired output per Attachment 9, MVAR vs. MW Limits or as directed by this procedure or the Load Dispatcher by performing the following:
ATC o IF VARS are high, THEN to lower VARS on the VOLTAGE REGULATOR AUTO ADJUST depress momentarily the LOWER Pushbutton, while monitoring VARS output on VAR-1SPGN05, GENERATOR VARS.
o Continue to perform previous step until the desired (0 to +230) VARS reading is indicated on VAR-1SPGN05, GENERATOR VARS.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 6 of 19 Event No: 4 Event
Description:
FWS Pump A Motor Failure At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 4.
Note: Once trigger is fired, the first alarm comes in at 2 minutes.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report rising FWS-P1A Motor amps using ARP P680 C-1, RX FWP 1A SUPPLY BRKR PRE-TRIP OL.
o Observe increasing motor amps using 1A RX FWP MOTOR AMPS, P680-3 (Second row, first small squint meter).
ATC o Dispatch SNEO to investigate abnormal 1A Reactor Feed water pump indications.
o Observe Recirculation FCV runback when feed pump trips.
o When SNEO dispatched to investigate abnormal 1A Reactor Feed Booth water pump indications, wait 3 minutes and report the motor is hot to touch and no other abnormal indications.
o Recognize and enter AOP 6 (Condensate/Feedwater Failures) and AOP 24 (Thermal Hydraulics Stability Controls).
CRS o Direct ATC to reduce power to 85% using FCVs.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 7 of 19 Reduce reactor power to 85% using recirculation FCVs per SOP-3, Section 5.9 Maintaining Reactor Power with Reactor Recirculation Flow:
o Determine which B33-K603A(B), RECIRC LOOP A(B) FLOW CONTROL is to be adjusted by observing Loop Flows on B33-R612A and B33-R612B. Both loops may have to be adjusted to obtain the desired Reactor Power while maintaining Loop Flow mismatch within ATC specification.
o Lower Reactor Recirculation Flow by toggling momentarily B33 K603A(B) controller in the closed direction using the slow detent while observing a servo error deviation in the negative direction.
o Observe B33-HYVF060A(B), FLOW CONTROL VALVE position, generator load, MWt, APRMs and loop flows for expected changes.
o Once power is reduced to 85%, direct ATC to secure FWS-P1A, CRS Feedwater Pump A per SOP-9, Section 6.1 Reactor Feed Pump Shutdown.
o Secure FWS-P1A, Feedwater Pump A per SOP-9, Section 6.1 Reactor Feed Pump Shutdown:
o 6.1.5 IF the capability of meeting feed flow requirements with the remaining Feedwater Pumps is uncertain, THEN make a determination as follows:
o Close FWS MOV26A, RX FWP 1A DISCH VLV for the pump being shutdown ATC o Verify the minimum flow valve for the pump being secured is open.
o Monitor Feed Flow/Steam Flow mismatch and RPV Level to insure remaining pump(s) can maintain level.
o 6.1.7 Stop FWS P1A, RX FWP P1A.
o 6.1.8 Verify CNM H/A68A, RX FWP 1A MIN FLOW FLOW CONTROLLER is in AUTO for the Reactor Feed Pump that was secured.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 8 of 19 Event No: 5 Event
Description:
SDV level instrument fails high At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 5.
NOTE: This is for CRS Tech spec call only. Do not wait for crew actions to bypass SDV level instrument. Keylock bypass switches do not work in Mode 1.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognize and report division 2 half scram using:
o H13-P680/05A/A10 RPS TRIP LOGIC B OR D ACTIVATED o H13-P680/05A/B10 RPS SYSTEM B OR D INOPERATIVE ATC o H13-P680/06A/A08 CRD SCRAM DISCH VOL HIGH WATER LEVEL o Division 2 RPS white lights are out (under full core display on P680).
o Dispatch I&C to investigate half scram.
BOP o Requests back panel indications (booth) for failed SDV level instrumentation.
o Backpanel indications have C11-LIS N601 B offscale high and the other three are reading 0.
Booth o When I&C dispatched to investigate Division 2 half scram, wait 5 minutes and report failed SDV level instrument high.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 9 of 19 o Recognize 1 of 4 SDV level instruments fails high.
o Recognizes and enters Tech Spec 3.3.1.1 Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation Table 3.3.1.1-1, 8. Scram Discharge Volume Water Level High
- a. Transmitter/Trip Unit - 2 required channels per trip system.
CRS Conditions referenced from required action D.1: H A. One or more required channels inoperable.
A.1 Place channel in trip. Completion time 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.
OR A.2 Place associated trip system in trip. Completion time 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 10 of 19 Event No: 6 Event
Description:
NPS-B Fault/Trip, Complete loss of feedwater At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 6.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognize and report loss of NPS-B trip and complete loss of feedwater.
o Per AOP-0006, place C71A S1, REACTOR SYSTEM MODE SWITCH, ATC to SHUTDOWN.
- Automatic scram on reactor water level 3 (9.7 inches) will occur in about 10 seconds.
o Enter the following abnormal and emergency procedures:
o AOP-1, REACTOR SCRAM CRS o AOP-6, CONDENSATE/FEEDWATER FAILURES o EOP-1, RPV CONTROL o Direct manual reactor scram due to complete loss of feedwater.
o SCRAM Report o Mode switch is in shutdown.
o All rods are in.
ATC o EOP 1 (RPV CONTROL) Entry Conditions:
o Level 3 o High reactor pressure
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 11 of 19 Event No: 7 Event
Description:
RCIC malfunction E51-F045 will automatically (Event 7) fail closed. E51-F063 and F064 will isolate on high Main Steam Tunnel temperature due to RWCU leak in steam tunnel.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognize the complete loss of feedwater and initiate RCIC in anticipation of and in an attempt to avoid a Level 2 initiation signal.
BOP o Diagnose and report failure of RCIC to start. E51-F045 fails to open.
o Dispatch SNEO to investigate and manually open E51-F045.
o When SNEO dispatched to investigate and manually open E51-F045, Booth wait 5 minutes and report valve is stuck.
o Recognize and direct BOP to restore HPCS.
o Per EOP-1, direct BOP to maintain reactor water level -20 to 51 inches wide range.
CRS o Per EOP-1, direct ATC to maintain reactor pressure 500-1090 psig using bypass and drain valves.
o Direct ATC to install enclosure 12, 16, 20, and 24.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 12 of 19 o Restore HPCS per OSP-53, Attachment 4, INITIATING HPCS:
o Verify Annunciator P601-16A-G04, HPCS INJECTION LINE PRESSURE LOW, is not lit.
o Arm and depress HPCS MANUAL INITIATION Pushbutton.
o Verify HPCS PUMP running.
o Verify E22-F004, HPCS INJECT ISOL VALVE, Opens.
BOP o Verify HPCS injection flow.
o Verify E22-F012, HPCS MIN FLOW VALVE TO SUPPRESSION POOL, Closes.
o Per EOP-1, maintain reactor water level -20 to 51 inches wide range.
Critical Task: Restore HPCS injection prior to Emergency Depressurization.
o Per EOP-1, maintain reactor pressure 500-1090 psig using bypass and drain valves.
ATC o Install enclosure 16 and 24.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 13 of 19 o Recognize and direct ATC to verify level 3 and level 2 isolations and initiations.
o Recognize and enter EOP-0002, Primary Containment Control:
CRS o Drywell Temperature o Suppression Pool Level o Containment Pressure ATC o Verify level 3 and level 2 reactor water level initiations and isolations.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 14 of 19 Event No: 8 Event
Description:
RWCU line break in the steam tunnel 5 minutes after the reactor scram (AUTOMATIC) or at the direction of the lead evaluator (MANUAL),
trigger Event 8.
NOTE: SP suction swap will occur with rising SP level. SP level steadies out at approximately 20 feet 3 inches.
Main Steam Line Tunnel Temperatures Max Safe 200F Isolation 173F Max Normal 144F TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report leak in the main steam tunnel using:
o P601-21-A-1, DIV I RCIC ISOL STM SPLY PRESS LOW o P601-21-A-6, RCIC ISOLATION MS TNL HI AMBIENT TEMP ATC o P601-21-B-1, DIV II RCIC ISOL STM SPLY PRESS LOW o P601-21-A-3, RCIC PUMP DISCHARGE FLOW LOW o P601-21-B-3, RCIC TURBINE STEAM SPLY WATER DRAIN TRAP LVL HI o Recognize and enter EOP-3, (SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AND RADIOACTIVITY RELEASE CONTROL) and EOP-2 (PRIMARY CONTAINMENT CONTROL).
CRS o Recognize and direct ATC to verify high steam tunnel temperature isolations per AOP-3, Automatic Isolations.
o Directs BOP to install enclosure 20 for DW cooling.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 15 of 19 o Per EOP-3, indications of high temperatures in the steam tunnel will cause isolation signals.
Main Steam Line Tunnel Temperature High: 173°F Group 2, 6, 7, 15, and 16 valves isolate.
o Verify Group 15 Valves closed per AOP-3:
o G33 F004 o G33 F054 o G33 F039 o G33 F034 ATC o G33 F001 o G33 F053 o G33 F040 o G33 F028 o Recognize and report G33-MOV-1 and G33-MOV-4 failed to auto close.
o Manually close failed isolation valves.
Critical Task: Close one RWCU isolation valve (G33-MOV-1 OR G33-MOV-4) after failure to close on group 15 isolation before completion of step 5.9 of AOP-3
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 16 of 19 Enclosure 20, DEFEATING DRYWELL COOLING ISOLATION INTERLOCKS o OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 20 keys (2) o 3.2 VERIFY Normal Service Water pressure on SWP-PI124, SVCE SPLY HDR PRESSURE (H13-P870) OR Standby Service Water pressure on SWP-PR50A(B), STBY CLG TOWER LVL & PUMP DISCH PRESS RECORDER (H13-P870) as applicable is greater than Containment AND Drywell pressure on CMS-PR2A(B), DRYWELL PRESSURE (H13 P808) o 3.3 PLACE Control Switches for all tripped Drywell Unit Coolers to OFF. (H13-P863) o 3.4 PLACE the following keylock switches in the EMERGENCY position AND VERIFY the red lights illuminate.
Switch Name Panel No.
o DW CLG ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P851 o DW CLG ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P852 BOP NOTE DIV I AND II H2 Analyzers will no longer auto start.
o 3.5 START DIV I AND II H2 Analyzers. (H13-P808) o 3.6 IF any drywell temperature on CMS-TR41A or B, DRYWELL ATMOS TEMP (H13-P808) is or has been greater than 200 °F, THEN notify the CRS/OSM that this enclosure cannot be completed.
CAUTION Restoration of Service Water to Drywell unit coolers following isolation, if any drywell temperature on CMS-TR41A or B is or has been greater than 200 °F, can result in piping failure due to voiding and subsequent water hammer. Drywell UC Supply and Return Valves should NOT be reopened if any drywell temperature on CMS-TR41A or B is or has been greater than 200 °F.
NOTE o Service Water should only be aligned and Drywell Unit Coolers started if a minimum of two (2) units can run. (Ref. CR-RBS-2011-00346)
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 17 of 19 o 3.7 IF a minimum of two (2) Drywell Unit Coolers can be started, THEN perform the following:
o OPEN the following valves: (H13-P870) o SWP-MOV4A DRYWELL UC SUPPLY o SWP-MOV5A DRYWELL UC RETURN o SWP-MOV4B DRYWELL UC SUPPLY o SWP-MOV5B DRYWELL UC RETURN o VERIFY closed the following: (H13-P877) o EJS-ACB25 NHS-MCC102A SPLY BRKR o EJS-ACB66 NHS-MCC102B SPLY BRKR BOP o 3.8 IF a minimum of two (2) Drywell Unit Coolers can be started, THEN START Drywell Unit Coolers as directed by the CRS.
o 3.9 Monitor Stby Cooling Tower Level on SWP-PR50A (B) (H13-P870) at the frequencies shown on the Stby Cooling Tower Inventory Losses During Post DBA table.
o 3.10 IF Stby Cooling Tower Level lowers to below the minimum water level of the Stby Cooling Tower Inventory Losses During Post DBA table, THEN reclose the valves opened in Step 3.7 above.
o 3.11 IF Stby Cooling Tower inventory continues to lower below the minimum water level, THEN provide makeup water within 10 days per SOP-0042 or AOP-0004.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Page 18 of 19 TERMINATION Once at least one RWCU isolation valve is shut and reactor water level is being controlled in band or as directed by Lead Evaluator:
- Take the simulator to Freeze and turn horns off.
- Stop and save the SBT report and any other recording devices.
- Instruct the crew to not erase any markings or talk about the scenario until after follow-up questions are asked.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 1 Offgoing OSM: Oncoming OSM: Off-Going Shift N D
_______________________ _____ ___________________ _____ ? ?
(Print) KCN (Print) KCN Date PART I - TO BE REVIEWED PRIOR TO ASSUMING THE SHIFT UNIT STATUS MODE 1 RX POWER 100%
EVOLUTIONS (COMPLETED / IN PROGRESS / PLANNED); GENERAL INFORMATION Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 (Severe Weather Operation) are complete.
SIGNIFICANT LCO STATUS None EQUIPMENT STATUS None
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 1 of 5 Facility: River Bend Nuclear Station Scenario No.: 2 Op-Test No.: NRC LOT 2016 Examiners: ____________________________ Operators: _____________________________
Initial Conditions: Operating at 100% power.
Inoperable Equipment: None Turnover:
Restore 3-element control for feedwater. I&C has completed maintenance and retest.
Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete.
Main Turbine experienced increased (approximately 1 mil higher than normal) turbine vibrations on previous shift.
Scenario Notes:
This scenario is a NEW Scenario.
Validation Time: 60 minutes
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 2 of 5 Event Malf. No. Event Event No. Type Description 1 N (ATC) Restore 3-element control per SOP-9, Section 4.10 C (ATC) NJS-J malfunction. MFP A trip. FCV runback. B FCV fails to runback. Recirculation flow mismatch. AOP 2 (MAIN ED004J TS (CRS) TURBINE AND GENERATOR TRIPS) AOP 6 (Condensate /
2 Feedwater failures). TS 3.4.1 RCS015B AOP Reset FCV Runback IAW ARP. Increase flow to increase R (ATC) margin away from restricted region.
FWS012 3 C (BOP) Loss of extraction steam. ARP 870-53-H09, AOP-7 DTM-AOV41A C (BOP) 4 MSS005J TS (CRS) SRV (47C) stuck open. AOP-35. TS 3.5.1 and 3.6.5.3 AOP TMS003 Main Turbine Vibrations increase to manual scram level.
5 M (CREW)
EOP 1 (RPV Control). OSP-53, AOP-2, EOP-1.
CRD014 Hydraulic ATWS 65%. EOP 1A (RPV Control, ATWS).
6 M (CREW)
EOP 2 7 SLC002A/B C (BOP) SLC Pump Failure.
E12MOVF064AP 8 E12MOVF064BP C (BOP) Failure of RHR A/B min flow valve to auto close.
(N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor, (A)bnormal (TS) Tech Spec Quantitative Attributes Table Normal Events 1 EOP Contingency Procedures Used 1 Total Malfunctions 8 Simulator Run Time 60 Malfunctions After EOP Entry 2 EOP Run Time 30 AOP Events 2 Critical Tasks 3 Major Transients 2 Reactivity Manipulations 1 EOPs Used (Requiring measurable action) 2
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 3 of 5 SCENARIO ACTIVITIES:
Restore 3-element control A. After turnover the ATC will restore 3-element control for feedwater control using SOP-9, Section 4.10.
NJS-J malfunction:
A. FWP A will trip. An automatic FCV runback will occur. The B FCV fails to runback.
A large Recirculation flow mismatch will result.
B. The ATC will manually runback the B FCV to eliminate the flow mismatch per AOP 6 (Condensate / Feedwater failures).
C. The CRS will enter TS 3.4.1.
D. ATC will reset FCV Runback IAW ARP. Increase flow to increase margin away from restricted region.
Loss of Extraction Team:
A. BOP will report the 1st point heater failure and reference ARP-870-53-H09. The ARP operator actions include referencing AOP-7, Loss of FW Heating. The drain will fail to automatically open and the BOP will manually open DTM-AOV41A, 1ST PT EXTRACTION LINE DRAIN CONTROL VLV.
SRV (47C) stuck open:
A. SRV (47C) will open. Per AOP-35, SRV Stuck Open, the valve will shut when the hand switch is manually taken to close.
Main Turbine Vibrations:
A. Vibrations continue to increase to 12 mils which require a manual scram and turbine trip per OSP-53.
ATWS:
A. After the ATC manually scrams the reactor, a 65% Hydraulic ATWS will occur automatically.
B. The crew will install EOP attachments and drive the control rods in.
SLC Pump Failure:
A. The first SLC pump started will have an automatic malfunction resulting in a failure to inject.
B. The second SLC pump will operate normally and inject boron as required.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 4 of 5 Failure of RHR A or B min flow valve to Auto Close:
A. The crew will establish Suppression Pool Cooling per OSP 53, Attachment 12.
B. The min flow valve will fail to auto close when the test return valves are opened and require crew to manually close the minimum flow valve.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 5 of 5 Critical Task Number Description Basis With RPV injection terminated, RPV level and reactor power decrease at the maximum Per EOP-1A, RLA-13, terminate and possible rate allowed by boiloff. Failure to prevent all injection sources except completely stop RPV injection flow (with the 1
boron injection, CRD and RCIC prior to exception of CRD, RCIC, and boron injection) exceeding HCTL. would delay the reduction in core inlet subcooling, thus increasing the potential for flux oscillations. (EPSTG*0002, B-7-37)
A scram failure event with reactor power above 5% coupled with an MSIV isolation, however, may result in rapid heatup of the suppression pool due to the steam discharged from the RPV via SRVs. The challenge to containment thus becomes the limiting factor which defines the second of the two possible conditions requiring initiation of boron injection. If suppression pool temperature and RPV pressure cannot be maintained below the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit, emergency
110F. power, it is desirable to shut down the reactor prior to reaching the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit. Suppression pool temperature of 110ºF represents the minimum Boron Injection Initiation Temperature (BIIT).
The suppression pool temperature at which a reactor scram is required by plant Technical Specifications (110ºF). River Bend Station uses the suppression pool temperature at which a reactor scram is required by plant Technical Specifications in place of a curve that is a function of reactor power for simplicity.
(EPSTG*0002, B-7-59)
Positive confirmation that the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions is best obtained by determining that no control rod is withdrawn beyond the Maximum Subcritical Per EOP-1A, RQA-2, commence driving Banked Withdrawal Position (MSBWP). The 3 control rods in prior to exiting EP-1A. MSBWP is the greatest banked rod position at which the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions. For the current fuel design and core load, the MSBWP is all control rods fully inserted. (EPSTG*0002, B-7-2)
- Critical Task (As defined in NUREG 1021 Appendix D)
- Per NUREG-1021, Appendix D, If an operator or the crew significantly deviates from or fails to follow procedures that affect the maintenance of basic safety functions, those actions may form the basis of a CT identified in the post-scenario review.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 1 of 24 Event No: 1 Event
Description:
Restore 3-element control Normal evolution completed by ATC after turnover.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior Per SOP-9, Section 4.10 Single Element to Three Element Control Transfer:
o Verify feedwater flow is greater than 10% or 1.31 x 106 lbm/hr.
o Verify RPV level is stable and being controlled automatically by C33 R600, FW REG VALVES MASTER FLOW CONTROLLER.
o Place C33 R600, FW REG VALVES MASTER FLOW CONTROLLER in MANUAL.
o Depress 3 ELEM on the SINGLE ELEMENT THREE ELEMENT Select Switch.
o Place C33 R600, FW REG VALVES MASTER FLOW CONTROLLER in AUTO as follows:
ATC o Adjust tape set 2 inches above actual vessel level and observe the deviation signal is positive.
o Lower tape set 2 inches below actual vessel level and observe the deviation signal is negative.
o Match tape set to actual vessel level in order to null the deviation signal.
o WHEN the level signal is nulled, THEN depress the AUTO Pushbutton and check green light above the pushbutton is on.
o Readjust C33 R600, FW REG VALVES MASTER FLOW CONTROLLER Tape Set to maintain the reactor level requested by the OSM/CRS.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 2 of 24 Event No: 2 Event
Description:
NJS-J malfunction At the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger Event 2.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report NJS-J malfunction per:
o H13-P808 / 86A / B05, NJS-LDC1A-M/U&V LOAD CENTER GROUND FAULT o H13-P808 / 86A / G05, NJS-LDC1J BLOWN FUSE BOP o H13-P808 / 86A / G07, NJS-LDC1J OR 1K UNDERVOLTAGE (RED) o H13-P808 / 86A / H04, NJS-LDC DIST BRKRS AUTO TRIP o Dispatch SNEO and electrical maintenance to investigate loss of NJS-J.
o When SNEO dispatched to investigate loss of NJS-J, wait 3 minutes and report 86 device (overcurrent) is actuated on feeder breaker.
o When electrical dispatched to investigate loss of NJS-J, wait 10 minutes and report 86 device (overcurrent) is actuated on feeder Booth breaker and tagout is being written to complete troubleshooting per EN-MA-125.
o When directed to investigate Alarm on GML Panel 101 (p680-15-A6),
report alarm GML-PNL101/2-A04, DIFFL SEAL OIL PRESS LOW is in Alarm; operator actions have been taken and all oil pressures are normal. Alarm is a due to loss of power.-
o Diagnose and report feedwater pump A trip and B Recirculation FCV fails to runback per:
o H13-P680 / 03A / A01, RX FW PUMP BREAKERS AUTO TRIP o H13-P680 / 03A / D01, RX FWP 1A DC OIL PUMPS RUNNING ATC o H13-P680/04A/A03, FCV A RUNBACK RFP TRIP o H13-P680/04A/A09, FCV B RUNBACK RFP TRIP - NOT LIT o Loop A/B Flow (C51-R614 Red A/ Blue B, Bottom right on vertical section Insert 4) has a large mismatch.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 3 of 24 o Recognize and enter the following AOPs:
o AOP 6, Condensate / Feedwater failures o AOP 24, THERMAL HYDRAULIC STABILITY CONTROLS o Direct ATC to balance recirculation loop flows due to failure of B Recirculation FCV.
CRS o The CRS will enter TS 3.4.1.
3.4.1 Recirculation Loops Operating A. Recirculation loop jet pump flow mismatch not within limits.
A.1 Shutdown one recirculation loop. Completion 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.
o Runback B Recirculation FCV per H13-P680/04A/A09, FCV B RUNBACK RFP TRIP:
Verify both Reactor Recirc flow control valves close to approximately 60% drive flow position: (Operator manually runs back B Recirc FCV until flow mismatch is less than 10%.)
ATC o Lower Reactor Recirculation Flow by toggling momentarily B33 K603B controller in the closed direction using the slow detent while observing for a servo error deviation in the negative direction.
o Observe B33-HYVF060AB, FLOW CONTROL VALVE position, generator load, MWt, APRMs and loop flows for expected changes.
o When RE is contacted about monitor region entry, request crew raise power using Recirc flow control valves to approximately 51.8 Mlbm/hr.
Booth o Role Play as RE with the printed RMP
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 4 of 24 o Direct ATC to reset FCV runback per ARP H13-P680/04A/A03, FCV A RUNBACK RFP TRIP:
CRS o Direct ATC to raise power 2% using Recirc flow control valves to approximately 47.9 Mlbm/hr.
Reset FCV runback per ARP H13-P680/04A/A03, FCV A RUNBACK RFP TRIP:
o Adjust B33-K603A, RECIRC LOOP A FLOW CONTROL station to obtain zero % LIMITER ERROR.
o Adjust B33-K603B, RECIRC LOOP B FLOW CONTROL station to obtain zero % LIMITER ERROR.
o Perform the following to reset the cavitation interlock:
o Depress the CAVITAITION INTLK RECIRC PMP A RESET pushbutton and verify alarm H13-P680/04A/A03, FCV A RUNBACK RFP TRIP resets.
ATC o Depress the CAVITAITION INTLK RECIRC PMP B RESET pushbutton and verify alarm H13-P680/04A/A09, FCV B RUNBACK RFP TRIP resets.
o IF the alarms do not reset, THEN re-perform steps 2.a - c, as needed, to reset the runback alarm(s).
Raise Power as follows:
o Raise Reactor Recirculation Flow by toggling momentarily B33 K603B controller in the open direction using the slow detent while observing for a servo error deviation in the positive direction.
o Observe B33-HYVF060AB, FLOW CONTROL VALVE position, generator load, MWt, APRMs and loop flows for expected changes.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 5 of 24 Event No: 3 Event
Description:
Loss of Extraction Steam At the direction of the lead evaluator, Trigger Event 3.
Note: Crew may review actions per SOP-10, but no actions required at this time.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognize and report FEEDWATER & POINT HEATERS EXTREME HIGH LVL alarm (870-53-H09). Reference ARP-870-53-H09.
o Diagnose the 1st Pt Htr E1A is the feedwater heater with the extreme BOP high level.
o Per ARP-870-53-H09, verify auto close ESS-MOV-3A, HP TURB EXT STM TO 1ST PT WTR E1A ISOL VLV and MANUALLY OPEN DTM-AOV41A, 1ST PT EXTRACTION LINE DRAIN CONTROL VLV.
CRS o Recognize and enter AOP-0007, Loss of Feedwater Heating.
o When WMC requested, after 5 minute delay, report First Point A Booth Heater level instrument seems to be broken and will need further troubleshooting.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 6 of 24 Event No: 4 Event
Description:
SRV (47C) stuck open At the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger event 4.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognize and report SRV B21-F047C is stuck open, which is not a low-low set valve open per ARP:
BOP o H13-P601/19A/A09, MAIN STEAM SAFETY RELIEF VALVE OPEN o H13-P601/19A/B09, ADS/SRV VALVE LEAKING o Recognize and enter AOP-35, SAFETY RELIEF VALVE STUCK OPEN.
o Direct per AOP-35, 5.5.51 At H13-P601, take the control switch to OFF.
o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.5.1, EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCIC) SYSTEM; ECCS - Operating Condition E, One ADS Valve inoperable.
Restore ADS valve to OPERABLE status 14 days.
CRS o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.6.5.3 Drywell Isolation Valves Condition A, One or more penetration flow paths with one drywell isolation valve inoperable.
A.1 Isolate the affected penetration flow path by use of at least one closed and de-activated automatic valve, closed manual valve, blind flange, or check valve with flow through the valve secured. 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />.
AND A.2 Verify the affected penetration flow path is isolated. Prior to entering Mode 2 or 3 from Mode 4, if not performed within the previous 92 days.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 7 of 24 o Announce the following over the Gaitronics:
o Attention in the plant. "Safety Relief Valve Open, all personnel evacuate the Containment. Personnel evacuate to WMC OR describe location ."
o At H13-P601, place SRV control switch to OPEN.
o Refer to EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies, for possible applicability.
BOP o Reduce reactor power to equal to or less than 90%.
o WHEN reactor power is equal to or less than 90%, THEN attempt to close the open SRV as follows:
o At H13-P601, take the control switch to OFF.
o Alarm H13-P601/19A/F08, DIV I ADS/SRV CONTROL SWITCH IN OFF POSITION, comes in.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 8 of 24 Event No: 5 Event
Description:
Main Turbine Vibrations At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 5. As turbine vibrations increase it takes 90 seconds for the alarm to come in after the trigger.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Vibrations continue to increase to 12 mils which require a manual scram and turbine trip per OSP-53, AOP-2 o Diagnose and report rising main turbine vibrations per:
BOP o P870 Insert 53 (Yokogawa on right) bearing vibrations going up.
o H13-P870/54A/D08, TURBINE HIGH VIBRATION o Recognize and report rising main turbine vibrations per:
ATC o P680 CRT1 (Computer screen to left of full core display) bearing vibrations going up. (Number turns red at 7 mils) o Recognize and direct BOP to make Turbine Vibrations a critical parameter.
o Brief crew to manually scram the reactor if main turbine vibrations reach 10 mils per OSP-53 (EMERGENCY AND TRANSIENT CRS RESPONSE SUPPORT) and AOP-2 (MAIN TURBINE AND GENERATOR TRIPS).
o Direct ATC to manually scram the reactor and trip the main turbine when main turbine vibrations reach 10 mils.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 9 of 24 o At 10 mils, manually scram reactor per AOP-1 (Reactor Scram):
o Place C71A S1, REACTOR SYSTEM MODE SWITCH, to SHUTDOWN.
o Check all Control Rods are fully inserted.
o IF all Control Rods are not fully inserted, THEN perform one OR both of the following steps to insert control rods:
ATC o Arm and depress C71A S3A, B, C, and D, MANUAL SCRAM Pushbuttons.
o IF any Control Rods are not fully inserted, THEN arm and depress both C11C S1A and B, ARI CHANNEL A and B MANUAL INITIATION, Pushbuttons.
o Manually trip main turbine.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 10 of 24 Event No: 6 Event
Description:
ATWS After the ATC manually scrams the reactor, a 65% Hydraulic ATWS will occur automatically.
Note: Once the scram is reset it takes approximately 13 minutes to drain the scram discharge volume in order to scram and drive rods.
Enclosure actions are listed at the back of the scenario guide.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior ATWS Report o Mode Switch in shutdown. Scram pushbuttons and ARI not effective.
o Reactor Power 65%. Hydraulic block ATWS.
ATC o Turbine manually tripped due to main turbine vibrations.
o MSIVs are open.
o EOP 1 entry conditions: Power >5% scram required.
o Recognize and enter EOP-1, RPV Control.
o Recognize and enter EOP-1A, RPV Control, ATWS o Directs ATC to trip both reactor recirc pumps.
o Directs ATC to verify ARI initiation.
CRS o Directs BOP to terminate and prevent injection from HPCS.
o Directs ATC to trip the MainTurbine and evacuate Turbine Building IAW OSP-53 and AOP-2.
o Directs BOP to install Enclosures 16 and 24.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 11 of 24 Trips both reactor recirc pumps.
o Depress the STOP pushbutton for B33-C001A(B) RECIRC PUMP A(B)
MOTOR BREAKER 5A(B).
o Verify B33-C001A(B) RECIRC PUMP A(B) MOTOR BREAKER 5A(B) opens and pump coasts down to 0% speed.
o Open NJS-ACB305(029) by depressing the TRIP pushbutton for B33-S001A(B) LFMG A(B) MOT BRKR 1A(B).
o Verify light indication on ARI/RPT shows initiation. OR o Arm and depress ATS ARI/RPT MAN TRIP Channel 1 and CHANNEL 2 pushbuttons.
o Per AOP-2, makes plant announcement to evacuate the Turbine Building.
Per OSP-0053, Attachment 5 (HARDCARD):
o Override Injection / Initiate HPCS o Verify E22-F004 amber override light is lit.
o Stop the HPCS pump.
BOP o Notify the CRS that injection from HPCS has been terminated and prevented.
Inhibits ADS:
o Places ADS INHIBIT switches to the INHIBIT position.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 12 of 24 o Directs ATC to terminate and prevent all injection in the RPV except boron injection, CRD and RCIC to maintain RPV level -60 to -140 inches wide range.
CRS o Directs ATC to stabilize RPV pressure 960-1090 psig using SRVs, Bypass valves, and drains.
o Directs ATC to maintain RPV pressure 800-1090 psig using SRVs, Bypass valves, and drains.
o Terminate and prevent injection from condensate/feedwater.
o Place the Master Controller in Manual and drive all Feed Reg valves full closed; place the Startup Feed Reg valve in Manual and drive it full closed.
o Intentionally lowers water level to maintain -60 to -140 inches wide range.
ATC Critical Task: Terminate and prevent all injection into the RPV except boron injection, CRD and RCIC prior to exceeding HCTL.
o Maintain RPV pressure 800-1090 psig using SRVs, Bypass valves, and drains.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 13 of 24 o Directs SLC injection prior to SP temperature reaches 110F.
Critical Task: Before Suppression Pool temperature reaches 110F, inject boron (SLC). (EOP-1A, Step RQA-4/5)
CRS o Directs BOP to maximize CRD.
o Directs Enclosures 12 for ARI and 24 installed.
o Directs ATC to Drive and rods per Enclosure 14.
Booth o Install EOP Enclosures as requested.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 14 of 24 Event No: 7 Event
Description:
SLC Pump Failure The first SLC pump started will have an automatic malfunction resulting in a failure to inject.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Direct BOP to inject SLC per OSP-53, Attachment 13 Initiating Standby CRS Liquid Control.
Inject SLC per OSP-53, Attachment 13 Initiating Standby Liquid Control:
o Place SLC PUMP A(B) (NOT BOTH), control switch to RUN.
o Perform the following:
o Verify the following:
o SQUIB CONTINUITY A(B), light goes Off.
o C41-F001A(B), SLC PUMP A(B) SUCT VLV, Opens.
o C41-C001A(B), SLC PUMP A(B), Starts.
o IF any required actions do not occur, THEN perform the following:
o Place SLC PUMP A(B), control switch to STOP.
o Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the Alternate pump.
o Notify CRS of SLC injection status.
o Verify IAS-MOV106 is Open. (Enclosure 16 may be required).
o Record SLC Tank Level. gallons _____________
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 15 of 24 Event No: 8 Event
Description:
RHR Min flow valve fails to close in Suppression Pool Cooling TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior CRS o Direct Suppression Pool Cooling using RHR A and B.
o Per OSP 53, Attachment 12, Establishing Suppression Pool Cooling:
o Verify the selected system is not required for adequate core cooling.
o Throttle E12-F068A(B), RHR HX A(B) SVCE WTR RTN, not to exceed 5800 gpm flow.
o Start/Verify Running RHR PUMP A(B).
o Verify E12-F042A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) LPCI INJECT ISOL VALVE, Closed.
o Verify E12-F053A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) SDC INJECTION VALVE, BOP Closed.
o Open/Verify Open E12-F024A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) TEST RTN TO SUP PL.
o Verify E12-F064A(B), RHR PUMP A(B) MIN FLOW TO SUP PL, Closed. This will fail to auto close and requires manual operation.
o Close E12-F048A(B), RHR A(B) HX BYPASS VALVE, when auto open signal has cleared.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 16 of 24 Event No:
Event
Description:
ATWS continued TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior Maximize CRD per OSP-53 hardcard:
o Start any available, non-running CRD pump as follows:
o Start C11-C001AP(BP), CRD AUX OIL PUMP A(B).
o Verify C11-C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B), white control power available light on.
o Start C11-C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B).
BOP o Place CRD HYDRAULICS FLOW CONTROLLER, in MANUAL and raise signal to 100%.
o Fully Open C11-F003, CRD DRIVE WATER PRESS CONTROL VALVE.
o Verify IAS-MOV106 is Open. IF IAS-MOV106 is not open, AND an ATWS condition exists, THEN notify the CRS that EOP Enclosure 16 is required.
o When attachments are installed, direct ATC to scram and drive rods.
Critical task: Commence driving control rods in prior to exiting EOP-1A.
CRS o Recognize and enter EOP-2, Primary Control per:
o DW temperature o Suppression Pool Temperature o Suppression Pool Level o Containment Temperature o Containment Pressure
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 17 of 24 Inserts Control Rods by Scram and normal lnsert drive by:
Manual Scram:
- Reset Scram signal (Division 1 only)
- Allow Scram Discharge Volume to drain
- Arm and depress Manual Scram pushbuttons. (Division 1 only)
Normal Drive ATC
- Reset Scram signal (Division 1 only)
- Select control rod
- Select gang drive mode
- depress IN TIMER SKIP pushbutton until control rods indicate 00 Critical task: Commence driving control rods in prior to exiting EOP-1A.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 18 of 24 Event
Description:
Enclosure 12 DEFEATING RPS AND ARI LOGIC TRIPS NOTE: It takes approximately 13 minutes after the scram is reset to drain the SDV to clear the alarm.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior CRS o Direct BOP to install enclosure 12.
NOTE For non-ATWS events complete Steps 3.1 through 3.4 only. ARI should only be defeated during ATWS events.
DEFEAT Containment Instrument Air isolation interlocks per EOP-0005 ENCL 16, to supply air to the Scram Valves.
o 3.2 OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 12 keys, four (4).
o 3.3 DEFEAT the RPS trip logic by placing the following switches in the EMERGENCY position AND VERIFY the red lights illuminate:
Switch No. Panel No.
BOP o C71A-S15A RPS LOGIC TRIP DISABLE H13-P691 o C71A-S15B RPS LOGIC TRIP DISABLE H13-P692 o C71A-S15C RPS LOGIC TRIP DISABLE H13-P693 o C71A-S15D RPS LOGIC TRIP DISABLE H13-P694 o 3.4 IF DEFEATING the RPS trip logic only, THEN RESET the reactor SCRAM AND ARI. (H13 P680) o 3.5 DEFEAT ARI logic trip as follows:
o 3.5.1 Location: H13-P632 Bay A
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 19 of 24 (Note: Booth Actions required for the following relays)
NOTE All ARI relays are on the right side of the bay.
REMOVE Relays:
o C11C-K2B (3rd row of relays from door, 3rd relay from top) o C11C-K3B (3rd row of relays from door, 4th relay from top) o C11C-K4B (3rd row of relays from door, 5th relay from top) o C11C-K5B (3rd row of relays from door, 6th relay from top) o C11C-K2A (4th row of relays from door, 3rd relay from top) o C11C-K3A (4th row of relays from door, 4th relay from top) o C11C-K4A (4th row of relays from door, 5th relay from top) o C11C-K5A (4th row of relays from door, 6th relay from top) o 3.6 * * *
- VERIFY ARI is RESET. (H13-P680) o 3.7 * * *
- RESET the reactor SCRAM. (H13-P680) o 3.8 * * *
F181). (H13-P680) o 3.9 * * *
- WHEN the ANNUNCIATOR clears, CRD SCRAM DISCH VOL HIGH WATER LEVEL P680-06A-A08 o THEN initiate a manual SCRAM.
o 3.10 * * *
- IF inward control rod motion is observed, THEN REPEAT Steps 3.6 through 3.10 UNTIL the reactor is shut down.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 20 of 24 Event No: 6 Event
Description:
Enclosure 14 DEFEATING RC&IS INTERLOCKS AND EMERGENCY CONTROL ROD INSERTION DATA SHEET TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior CRS o Direct ATC to drive rods using Enclosure 14 until rod block occurs.
o 3.3 Verify Control Rod Pattern Sequence A is selected.
ATC o 3.4 Fully INSERT control rods by group, starting with Group 10, using IN TIMER SKIP pushbutton.
Skip control rods which do not fully INSERT.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 21 of 24 Event No: 6 Event
Description:
Enclosure 16 DEFEATING CONTAINMENT INSTRUMENT AIR ISOLATION INTERLOCKS TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior CRS o Direct installation of Enclosure 16.
o VERIFY Instrument Air Header Pressure pressure on IAS-PI105 (H13-P870) is greater than Containment pressure on CMS-PR2A(B). (H13-P808) o 3.2 OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 16 key, one (1) o 3.3 PLACE the following switch in the EMERGENCY position AND BOP VERIFY the red light illuminates:
o Switch Name Panel No.
3.3.1 CONTMT INST AIR ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P851 o 3.4 VERIFY open IAS-MOV106, INST AIR OUTBD ISOL. (H13-P870)
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 22 of 24 Event No: 6 Event
Description:
Enclosure 24 DEFEATING RPV LOW LEVEL 1 MSIV AND MSL DRAINS ISOLATION INTERLOCKS TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior CRS o Direct installation of Enclosure 24.
o DEFEAT Containment Instrument Air Isolation interlocks per EOP-0005 ENCL 16 to supply air to the inboard MSIVs.
o 3.2 OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 24 keys (4) o 3.3 PLACE the following keylock switches in the EMERGENCY position AND VERIFY the red lights illuminate.
o Switch No. Panel No.
o B21H-S78A RPV LO LVL 1 MSIV AND MSL DR ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P691 BOP o B21H-S78B RPV LO LVL 1 MSIV AND MSL DR ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P692 o B21H-S78C RPV LO LVL 1 MSIV AND MSL DR ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P693 o B21H-S78D RPV LO LVL 1 MSIV AND MSL DR ISOL INTLK BYP H13-P694 o 3.4 OPEN MSIVs and MSL drains as directed by the CRS.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Page 23 of 24 TERMINATION Once crew has established rod movement, reactor water level is being controlled in band, or as directed by Lead Evaluator:
- Take the simulator to Freeze and turn horns off.
- Instruct the crew to not erase any markings or talk about the scenario until after follow-up questions are asked.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 2 Offgoing OSM: Oncoming OSM: Off-Going Shift N D
_______________________ _____ ___________________ _____ ? ?
(Print) KCN (Print) KCN Date PART I - TO BE REVIEWED PRIOR TO ASSUMING THE SHIFT UNIT STATUS MODE 1 RX POWER 100%
EVOLUTIONS (COMPLETED / IN PROGRESS / PLANNED); GENERAL INFORMATION Restore 3-element control for feedwater. I&C has completed maintenance and retest.
Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete.
Main Turbine experienced increased (approximately 1 mil higher than normal) turbine vibrations on previous shift.
SIGNIFICANT LCO STATUS None EQUIPMENT STATUS None
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 1 of 6 Facility: River Bend Nuclear Station Scenario No.: 4 Op-Test No.: NRC LOT 2016 Examiners: ____________________________ Operators: _____________________________
Initial Conditions: Operating at 4% power.
Inoperable Equipment: None Turnover:
Per SOP-7, start CNM-P1B,Section 5.1, and secure CNM-P 1C, Section 6.1 Continue withdrawing rods to achieve mode 1 using RMP-RBS-19-TRG-01 starting on Step 066.
Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete.
Scenario Notes:
This scenario is a NEW Scenario.
Validation Time: 60 minutes
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 2 of 6 Event Malf. No. Event Event No. Type Description N Swap Condensate Pumps per SOP-7, start CNM-1 (ATC/BOP) P1B,Section 5.1, and secure CNM-P 1C, Section 6.1 Withdraw rods for mode change. Crew will withdraw 3 rods 2 R (ATC) per Reactivity Management Plan.
Division 2 Diesel Generator Air Leak per P877-32A-E01, TS 3 p877_32a:e_1 TS (CRS) 3.8.3 and 3.8.1.
IRM E fails upscale. Bypass IRM. Reset the 1/2 scram 4 NMS006E C (ATC)
ARP P680-6-C-10.
CCS001B C (BOP) CCS pump trip. Standby fails to auto start. AOP-12 (Loss of 5
CCS003C AOP Turbine Plant Component Cooling Water)
RMS005C C (BOP) Rad monitor fails. HVF-AOD-104, HVF-AOD-122 and HVF-6 HVFAOD102 AOP AOD-102 fail to auto close. EOP-3, AOP-3 104 AND 122 7 NMS007A TS (CRS) IRM A fails downscale. ARP P680-6-C-9.
ED001 DG002B Station Blackout. Loss of offsite power. Loss of feed.
8 M Reactor scram. Division 2 and 3 DGs fail. EOP 1. Drywell DG002C leak 200 gpm, EOP-2 RCS007 Division 1 DG voltage is low and needs to be raised in order 9 DG006A C (BOP) to energize the bus.
RCIC002 RCIC manual initiation fails. RCIC must be manually aligned 10 C (ATC)
DI_E51-MIDA per hardcard.
(N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor, (A)bnormal (TS) Tech Spec Quantitative Attributes Table Normal Events 1 EOP Contingency Procedures Used 1 Total Malfunctions 7 Simulator Run Time 60 Malfunctions After EOP Entry 2 EOP Run Time 30 AOP Events 2 Critical Tasks 2 Major Transients 1 Reactivity Manipulations 1 EOPs Used (Requiring measurable action) 3
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 3 of 6 SCENARIO ACTIVITIES:
Swap Condensate Pumps A. Per SOP-7, start CNM-P1B,Section 5.1, and secure CNM-P 1C, Section 6.1 Withdraw rods for mode change A. ATC will continue with the rod withdraw to transition to mode 1.
Division 2 DG Air Leak A. BOP recognizes Division 2 Diesel Generator Air Leak per P877-32A-E01.
Dispatches SNEO to investigate alarm and reports low air pressure and air leak.
B. CRS enters TS 3.8.3 and 3.8.1.
IRM E fails upscale:
A. The ATC will bypass IRM E per ARP P680-6-C-10.
B. The ATC will reset the half scram per ARP P680-5-A-9.
CCS pump trip:
A. The running CCS pump will trip and the standby pump fails to start.
B. The Unit Operator will manually start the standby CCS pump per AOP-12 (Loss of Turbine Plant Component Cooling Water).
Rad monitor fails:
A. The Fuel Building Exhaust Rad monitor fails and HVF-AOD-104, HVF-AOD-122 and HVF-AOD-102 fail to auto close. ARP-RMS-DSP230/4GE005 B. The Unit Operator manually closes the three dampers.
IRM A fails downscale:
A. The CRS will enter TS 3.3.1.1.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 4 of 6 Station Blackout:
A. A loss of offsite power will result in a complete loss of feed and an automatic reactor scram on low reactor water level. Division 2 and 3 Diesel Generators will malfunction. A slow drywell leak will occur.
Division 1 Diesel Generator fails to energize ENS-SWGR1A:
A. Upon the loss of offsite power, Event 8 will automatically trigger.
B. The Division 1 Diesel Generator will fail to reach voltage required to automatically energize ENS-SWGR1A.
C. The crew will manually raise diesel voltage and energize ENS-SWGR1A.
RCIC manual initiation fails:
A. Manual initiation of RCIC using the manual pushbutton will not work, Event 9 will automatically trigger.
B. The crew will manually align RCIC per the hard card (OSP-53).
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 5 of 6 Critical Task Number Description Basis The third bullet Emergency diesel generators Per EOP-1, RL-1, adjust division 1 applies because electrical power supplied by a voltage to energize ENS SWGR A within diesel generator may be required to operate 10 minutes. If shutdown, then once fill RPV injection systems under emergency and vent of LP ECCS systems are conditions.
1 complete, restart and power ENS SWGR The statement which should havebut did A prior to auto trip on high temperature. not encompasses conditions for which Diesel Generator is needed to restore automatic action should have occurred but vital switchgear electrical power for AC failed to. In such a case, manual operator control power during a station blackout. action to initiate the appropriate action is required. (EPSTG*0002, B-6-9)
Emergency depressurization is not performed while RPV water level is above the top of the active fuel because the core will remain adequately cooled as long as RPV water level remains above the Minimum Steam Cooling RPV Water Level. (EPSTG*0002, B-6-29)
Per EOP-1, ALC-8, manually start RCIC 2 Submergence is the preferred method for prior to emergency depressurization.
cooling the core. The core is adequately cooled by submergence when it can be determined that RPV water level is at or above the top of the active fuel. All fuel nodes are then assumed to be covered with water and heat is removed by boiling heat transfer.
- Critical Task (As defined in NUREG 1021 Appendix D)
- Per NUREG-1021, Appendix D, If an operator or the crew significantly deviates from or fails to follow procedures that affect the maintenance of basic safety functions, those actions may form the basis of a CT identified in the post-scenario review.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 6 of 6 Simulator Notes:
Provide and mark up GOP 1 and reactivity plan.
Possible Remote Actions:
CRD006 Reset CRDM high Temperature ECCS003 LPCS pump breaker (control power fuses)
ECCS004 RHR A pump breaker (control power fuses)
ECCS005 RHR B pump breaker (control power fuses)
ECCS006 RHR C pump breaker (control power fuses)
IAS009 Diesel Air Compressor
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 1 of 22 Event No: 1 Event
Description:
Swap Condensate Pumps After turnover the ATC and BOP will swap Condensate Pumps per SOP-7.
Initially CNM-P1A and P1C are running which are both powered from the same switchgear. Starting P1B and securing P1C increases reliability.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Directs ATC and BOP to coordinate and swap Condensate pumps, start CRS CNM-P1B and secure CNM-P1C.
o Open CNM AOV43B, PUMP 1B DISCH VENT for the pump to be BOP started.
o Start CNM P1B, CNDS PUMP 1B.
o Verify associated CCS MOV67B, CNDS PMP 1B MOT CLR and CCS MOV68B, CNDS PMP 1B BRG CLR are open for the pump started.
ATC o Open associated CNM MOV3B, CNDS PUMP 1B DISCH.
o WHEN CNM MOV3B, CNDS PUMP 1B DISCH is full open, THEN depress the STOP pushbutton.
o Close CNM AOV43B, PUMP 1B DISCH VENT for the pump just started.
BOP o Dispatch SNEO to locally verify breaker relay trip flags are reset for Condensate Pump started in Step 5.1.8.
o When SNEO dispatched, wait 1 minute and report CNM-1B breaker Booth relay trip flags are reset.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 2 of 22 o Depress the CLOSE pushbutton for CNM MOV3C, CNDS PUMP 1C DISCH.
o WHEN pump motor current lowers below 100 amps, THEN stop CNM P1C, CNDS PUMP 1C.
o WHEN CNM MOV3C, CNDS PUMP 1C DISCH is full closed, THEN depress the STOP pushbutton.
ATC o Verify associated CCS MOV67C, CNDS PMP 1C MOT CLR close for pump stopped.
o Verify associated CCS MOV68C, CNDS PMP 1C BRG CLR close for pump stopped.
o Dispatch SNEO to locally verify breaker relay trip flags are reset for Condensate Pump stopped in Step 6.1.6.
o When SNEO dispatched, wait 1 minute and report CNM-1C breaker Booth relay trip flags are reset.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 3 of 22 Event No: 2 Event
Description:
Normal Rod withdrawal After swapping Condensate Pumps, the ATC will continue with the rod withdraw to transition to mode
- 1. The rods will be withdrawn one notch at a time. After two rods are withdrawn (or at the direction of the Lead Examiner) the booth will manually trigger the event for the diesel air leak.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior CRS o Directs ATC to continue rod withdrawal to transition to Mode 1.
o At H13 P680, on the ROD SELECT MODULE, select the rod to be moved. Rods to be moved from 00-04:
o 16-41 o 40-41 o 40-17 o 16-17 o Depress SELECTED GROUP button to check positions of control ATC rods within group are correct prior to movement.
o Check that a Rod Withdrawal Block or Inhibit does not exist.
o On H13 P680, depress and hold C11A S334, WITHDRAW Pushbutton until the IN indicator is lit or the start of rod motion is observed.
o Check that the new rod notch position displayed is the next highest even number.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 4 of 22 Event No: 3 Event
Description:
Division 2 Diesel Generator Air Leak After four rods are withdrawn the booth will manually trigger event 3 for the event for the diesel air leak.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Recognizes and reports Division 2 Diesel Generator trouble per:
o H13-P877/32A/E01, DIESEL GENERATOR EGS-EG1B SYSTEM BOP TROUBLE o Dispatch a SNEO to investigate diesel trouble alarm.
o When SNEO dispatched to investigate the diesel trouble alarm, wait 2 minutes and report the following:
o starting air pressure in both banks is 140 psig and slowly lowering.
Booth o The air compressors are running and I can hear an air leak.
o The following alarms are in on the EGS-PNL3B:
EGS-PNL3B / D-10, START AIR RECEIVER PRESS LOW EGS-PNL3B / E-5, DSL START AIR PRESS LOW
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 5 of 22 o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.8.3 Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air E. One or more DGs with diesel fuel oil, lube oil, or starting air subsystem not within limits for reasons other than Condition A, B, C, or D. (SR 3.8.3.4 Verify each required DG air start receiver pressure is greater than or equal to 160 psig for DGs 1A and 1B.)
E.1 Declare associated DG inoperable. Immediately.
o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.8.1 AC SourcesOperating C. One required DG inoperable.
C.1 Perform SR 3.8.1.1 for OPERABLE required offsite circuits. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> completion time and once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> thereafter.
CRS AND C.2 Declare required features supported by the inoperable DG inoperable when the redundant required features are inoperable. 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> from discovery of condition C concurrent with inoperability of redundant required features.
AND C.3.1 Determine OPERABLE DG are not inoperable due to common cause failure. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.
OR C.3.2 Perform SR 3.8.1.2 for OPERABLE DGs. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.
AND C.4 Restore required DG to OPERABLE status. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> from discovery of an inoperable division III DG and 14 days and 17 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 6 of 22 Event No: 4 Event
Description:
IRM E fails upscale At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 4.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report IRM E failed upscale per:
o H13-P680/06A/C10, IRM UPSCALE.
o H13-P680/05A/A09, RPS TRIP LOGIC A OR C ACTIVATED ATC o H13-P680/06A/A02, NEUTRON MONITORING SYSTEM o H13-P680/06A/A09, IRM UPSCALE TRIP OR INOP RPS CHAN A o UP light lit for IRM Channel E (Insert 6, apron section).
o Report no single rod scram.
o Recognize and direct ATC to bypass IRM E and reset half scram per H13-P680/05A/A09, RPS TRIP LOGIC A OR C ACTIVATED CRS o May enter a tracking LCO for 3.3.1.1.
o If back panel indications requested, IRM E indicates full upscale. All Booth other IRM indications are normal and steady.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 7 of 22 o Bypass IRM E and reset RPS A per ARP H13-P680/05A/A09, RPS TRIP LOGIC A OR C ACTIVATED:
o Take the bypass joystick to IRM E position.
o On H13-P680, reset any potential reactor scram signals by placing the following switches momentarily to RESET then back to NORMAL:
o C71A-S5A, SCRAM RESET LOGIC A ATC o Check the following indicating lights are on:
o RPS DIV 1 SCRAM SOV VALVES OPEN CR1A and CR1B o RPS DIV 2 SCRAM SOV VALVES OPEN CR2A and CR2B o RPS DIV 3 SCRAM SOV VALVES OPEN CR3A and CR3B o RPS DIV 4 SCRAM SOV VALVES OPEN CR4A and CR4B
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 8 of 22 Event No: 5 Event
Description:
CCS pump B trip At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 5.
A & B Pumps are initially running with C pump in standby.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report the running CCS pump trip and the standby pump fail to automatically start per:
o H13-P870/55A/E01 (RED), TURB CMPNT CLG WATER PUMP BOP BRKR AUTO TRIP o H13-P870/55A/E02, TURB CMPNT CLG WATER PUMP LOW DISCH PRESS o Recognize and direct the BOP to manually start the standby CCS pump C per H13-P870/55A/E01 (RED), TURB CMPNT CLG WATER PUMP BRKR AUTO TRIP.
CRS o Recognize and enter AOP-12, Loss of Turbine Plant Component Cooling Water.
Start the standby CCS P1AC, TPCCW PUMP and verify the following per H13-P870/55A/E01:
o CCS P1C, TPCCW PUMP starts.
o CCS MOV15C, TPCCW PUMP DISCH VLV opens.
BOP o CCS P1C, TPCCW PUMP MOTOR AMPS are normal.
o Alarm H13-P870/55A/E02, TURB CMPNT CLG WATER PUMP LOW DISCH PRESS clears.
o Refers to AOP-12.
o TBO, investigate B CCS pump trip. No obvious indications for trip.
o TBO report post start checks on C CCS pump SAT.
o If SNEO requested to investigate B CCS pump breaker, wait 3 minutes Booth and report no indications of trip.
o If SNEO requested, wait 3 minutes and report reports normal surge tank level.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 9 of 22 Event No: 6 Event
Description:
Fuel Building Exhaust Rad monitor fails At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 6.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o The Fuel Building Exhaust rad monitor fails and HVF-AOD-104, HVF-AOD-122 and HVF-AOD-102 fail to auto close.
o Diagnose and report RMS-RE5A failed upscale per:
BOP o ARP-RMS-DSP230/4GE005, FUEL BUILD STACK / VENT EXHAUST A o H13-P863/75A/H01 (2 red stripes), DIV 1 FUEL BLDG EXH PAM GASEOUS RADN ALARM o Per H13-P863/75A/H01, directs BOP to verify automatic actions.
o Recognize and enter AOP-3, Automatic Isolations and direct BOP to verify group 13 valves.
CRS o Recognize and enter EOP-3, Secondary Containment and Radioactivity Control, until crew determines isolation was caused by a failed instrument not actual plant conditions.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 10 of 22 Per H13-P863/75A/H01, verify the following automatic actions occur:
- Dampers fail to automatically close.
o *HVF-AOD102, FUEL BLDG EXH FAN INLT closes o H13-P863/75A/E02, FUEL BLDG EXHAUST AIR LOW FLOW o *HVF-AOD104, FUEL BLDG EXH ISOL closes o *HVF-AOD122, FUEL BLDG AIR SPLY ISOL closes BOP o H13-P863/75A/C02, FUEL BLDG SUPPLY AIR LOW FLOW o HVF-AOD37A, FUEL BLDG ALT AIR SPLY opens o HVF-AOD20A, FILTER 2A INLET opens o HVF-AOD31A, FAN 3A DISCH opens o HVF-FN3A, EXH FLTR TRAIN starts o HVF-FN8A/B, FUEL BLDG EXH FAN A/B trips o HVF-ACU1FN1A/B, FUEL BLDG SPLY FAN A/B trips Per AOP-3, verify group 13 isolation valves:
- Dampers fail to automatically close.
o *HVF-AOD122, FUEL BLDG AIR SPLY ISOL o *HVF-AOD102, FUEL BLDG EXH INLET ISOL BOP o *HVF-AOD104, FUEL BLDG EXH OUTLET ISOL o HVF-AOD101, FUEL BLDG AIR SPLY INLET ISOL o HVF-AOD112, FUEL BLDG EXH INLET ISOL o HVF-AOD137, FUEL BLDG EXH OUTLET ISOL
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 11 of 22 Event No: 7 Event
Description:
IRM A fails downscale At the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger Event 7.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report IRM A fails downscale per:
o H13-P680/06A/C09, IRM DOWNSCALE ATC o H13 P680/07A/C01, CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK o DOWN light lit for IRM A.
o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.3.1.1 Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation Table 3.3.1.1-1 1. Intermediate Range Monitors.
- b. Inop. 3 Required Channels per trip system.
CRS A. One or more required channels inoperable.
A.1 Place channel in trip. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.
OR A.2. Place associated trip system in trip. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 12 of 22 Event No: 8 Event
Description:
Station Blackout & Recirc leak At the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 8.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report:
o Loss of offsite power.
BOP o Station Blackout.
o Division 2 Diesel Generator trip.
o Division 3 Diesel Generator fails to start.
o Recognize and enter:
o EOP-1, RPV Control o AOP-1, Reactor Scram CRS o AOP-4, Loss of Offsite Power OR AOP-50, Station Blackout o Direct BOP to perform Enclosure 7 for injection into RPV with Fire System.
SCRAM REPORT o Mode Switch is in shutdown.
ATC o All rods are in.
o EOP-1 (RPV CONTROL) Entry Conditions:
o Level 3
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 13 of 22 Event No: 9 Event
Description:
Division 1 Diesel Generator fails to energize ENS-SWGR1A Upon the loss of offsite power, Event 9 will automatically trigger.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report Division 1 Diesel Generator running with low BOP voltage, therefore, did not automatically energize ENS-SWGR1A.
o Recognize and direct ATC to raise Division 1 Diesel Generator voltage CRS and energize ENS-SWGR1A.
o Raise Division1 Diesel Generator voltage. (When voltage is raised to
>3814 VAC, the Division 1 Diesel Generator will automatically energize ENS-SWGR1A.)
Critical Task: Adjust division 1 voltage to energize ENS BOP SWGR A within 10 minutes. If shutdown, then once fill and vent of LP ECCS systems are complete, restart and power ENS SWGR A prior to auto trip on high temperature. Diesel Generator is needed to restore vital switchgear electrical power for AC control power during a station blackout.
o Acknowledge SNEO request to monitor Division 1 EDG.
o If SNEO dispatched to investigate Division 2 EDG trip, wait 3 minutes and report control air leak from control cabinet.
Booth o If requested to remove control power fuses for HPCS, wait 3 minutes and report fuses removed.
o If SNEO dispatched to locally start division 3 EDG, wait 10 minutes and report inability to locally start division 3 EDG.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 14 of 22 o Recognize and enter AOP-16.
CRS o Direct BOP to split SSW to isolate division 2 SSW.
o Per AOP-16, Section 5.2.6 Operate the following valves to isolate SSW Division II and place redundant SSW Division I in service:
o CLOSE SWP-MOV73B, HVR-UC5 SUPPLY SWP-MOV74B, HVR-UC5 RETURN o CLOSE SWP-MOV77B, HPCS D/G SUPPLY SWP-MOV506B, HPCS D/G RETURN o CLOSE SWP-MOV4B, DRYWELL UC SUPPLY BOP SWP-MOV5B, DRYWELL UC RETURN o OPEN SWP-MOV73A, HVR-UC5 SUPPLY SWP-MOV74A, HVR-UC5 RETURN o OPEN SWP-MOV77A, HPCS D/G SUPPLY SWP-MOV506A, HPCS D/G RETURN o OPEN SWP-MOV4A, DRYWELL UC SUPPLY SWP-MOV5A, DRYWELL UC RETURN
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 15 of 22 Event No: 10 Event
Description:
RCIC manual initiation fails Manual initiation of RCIC using the manual pushbutton will not work, Event 10 will automatically trigger. (The collar to rotate to arm fails to arm.)
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report RCIC fails to manually initiate. The ARM collar is not working.
The crew will manually align RCIC per the SOP-35, RCIC Section 4.2 (or per OPS-53 hardcard):
o Start E51-C002C, GLAND SEAL COMPRESSOR.
o Open E51-F045, RCIC STEAM SUPPLY TURBINE STOP VALVE.
o Verify the following valves are closed:
o E51-F025, RCIC STM SPLY DR POT UP STREAM ISOL VALVE o E51-F026, RCIC STM SUPLY DR POT DN STREAM ISOL VALVE o E51-F004, RCIC TURB EXH DR POT UP STREAM ISOL VALVE o E51-F005, RCIC TURB EXH DR POT DN STREAM ISOL VALVE o Verify E51-F019, RCIC MIN FLOW VLV TO SUPPRESSION POOL is closed.
o To inject into the vessel perform the following:
ATC o Open E51-F013, RCIC INJECT ISOL VALVE.
o Verify closed E51-F022, RCIC TEST BYPASS VLV TO CST.
o Verify closed E51-F059, RCIC TEST RETURN VLV TO CST.
o WHEN it is required to control RPV water level with RCIC, THEN Go To Section 5.7:
o Open E51-F013, RCIC INJECT ISOL VALVE o Close the following valves o E51-F022, RCIC TEST BYPASS VLV TO CST o E51-F059, RCIC TEST RETURN VLV TO CST o Verify E51-F019, RCIC MIN FLOW VLV TO SUPPRESSION POOL is closed.
Critical Task: Manually start RCIC prior to emergency depressurization.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 16 of 22 o Per OSP-53, assume both level control and pressure control.
o Open 1 SRV to begin cool down. Once pressure is less than 700#
ATC band will be 500 to 700#.
o Maintain level between -5 and +15 inches is ideal for shrink and swell during SRV cycles.
o CRS: establish bands of -20 to 51 inches with RCIC for level and 500 CRS to 1090# with SRVs for pressure. Assign STP-050-0700 for cool down.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 17 of 22 Event
Description:
Station Blackout continued.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Assign AOP-0004 Loss of Offsite Power time critical actions to the ATC.
CRS o Enter EOP-2, Primary Containment Control o Drywell Temperature o Containment Pressure o Perform time critical / other important task based on priority /
availability:
o Start Suppression Pool cooling (30 minutes) o Verify proper operation of ventilation system and secure redundant trains (20 minutes) o Install enclosure 20 and start drywell cooling BOP o AOP-0010 for loss of RPS (after alt EPAs are reset) o Secure EBOP (15minutes post turbine stop concurrent with LOCA) o Restart Radiation Monitors (ATC/3rd Operator) o ATC should dispatch the o ACR to start Diesel Air compressor o Control Building to reset Alt EPA bkrs and then to monitor D/G
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 18 of 22 Event
Description:
Enclosure 7.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Direct BOP to perform Enclosure 7 to align injection into RPV with fire CRS system.
o OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 7 key OR opening device, one (1) o 3.2 VERIFY Diesel fire pumps running (Auxiliary Control Room, 1CES-PNL4) o 3.3 CLOSE the following Standby Service Water valves: (H13-P870) o
- SWP-MOV96A, NORM SVCE WTR RETURN o
- SWP-MOV96B, NORM SVCE WTR RETURN BOP o
- SWP-MOV57A, NORM SVCE WTR SUPPLY o
- SWP-MOV57B, NORM SVCE WTR SUPPLY o
- SWP-MOV55A, STBY CLG TOWER 1 INLET o
- SWP-MOV55B, STBY CLG TOWER 1 INLET o 3.4 VERIFY E12-C002B, RHR PUMP B is secured. (H13-P601) o 3.5 VERIFY CLOSED E12-F024B, RHR PUMP B TEST RTN TO SUP PL. (H13-P601)
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 19 of 22 o 3.6 OPEN (UNLOCK if necessary) the following Fire Protection/Service Water Inlet Valves.
o * (Control Bldg EL 102 ft. SW corner each side of check valve SWP-V965) o 1. FPW-V818, SWP BACKUP TO CB HOSE RACKS ISOLATION VALVE AND o 2. SWP-V961, SVCE WTR SUPPLY TO FIRE PROTECTION IN CONTROL BLDG ISOL VLV o * (Fuel Bldg EL 74 ft. SW corner each side of Check Valve SWP-V973) o 1. FPW-V396, ISOLATION VALVE FOR SWP BACKUP TO FUEL BLDG HOSE RACKS AND o 2. SWP-V971, DIV 2 STBY SWP TO FUEL BLDG FIRE BOP PROT ISOL VLV o * (Aux. Bldg EL 100 ft. crescent area NE corner each side of Check Valve SWP-V964) o 1. FPW-V321, SWP BACKUP TO RB AND AUX BLDG HOSE RACKS ISOLATION VALVE AND o 2. SWP-V968, SVCE WTR TO FIRE PROTECTION MAN ISOL VLV o 3.7 IF Reactor Pressure is below 150 psig, o THEN VERIFY OPEN E12-F042B, RHR PUMP B LPCI INJECT ISOL VALVE, (H13-P601)
OR o OPEN E12-F053B, RHR PUMP B SDC INJECTION VALVE (H13-P601) defeating isolation interlocks per EOP-0005 ENCLOSURE 32 if necessary.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 20 of 22 o 3.8 IF unable to open E12-F042B, RHR PUMP B LPCI INJECT ISOL VALVE OR E12-F053B, RHR PUMP B SDC INJECTION VALVE AND Containment Flooding is required THEN o OPEN E12-F024B, RHR PUMP B TEST RTN TO SUP PL. (H13-P601)
OR o OPEN E12-F037B, RHR B TO UPPER POOL FPC ASSIST (H13-P601) defeating isolation interlocks if necessary as follows:
o 3.8.1 OBTAIN EOP-0005 ENCL 22 jumper kit from the Control Room Emergency Locker.
o 1. INSPECT kit for 1 jumper.
o 3.8.2 Location: H13-P618 Bay B o Affected Relay: E12A-K135B (Top row of agastat relays, 1st relay from left)
BOP o 1. REMOVE relay E12A-K135B.
o 2. Jumper No. 1 o JUMPER Terminal M1 on relay block E12A-K135B o to o Terminal R1 on relay block E12A-K135B o 3.9 OPEN E12-F094, UP STREAM SVCE WATER CONTMT FLOOD VALVE. (H13-P601) o 3.10 OPEN E12-F096, DN STREAM SVCE WATER CONTMT FLOOD VALVE. (H13-P601) o 3.11 VERIFY OPEN E12-F027B, RHR PUMP B OUTBD ISOLATION VALVE. (H13-P601) o 3.12 As reactor pressure decreases, VERIFY service water flow commences to the RPV or containment as indicated on E12-R603B RHR B LOOP FLOW. (H13-P601)
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Page 21 of 22 TERMINATION Once reactor water level is being controlled in band, or as directed by Lead Evaluator:
- Take the simulator to Freeze and turn horns off.
- Instruct the crew to not erase any markings or talk about the scenario until after follow-up questions are asked.
- Save SBT data.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 4 Offgoing OSM: Oncoming OSM: Off-Going Shift N D
_______________________ _____ ___________________ _____ ? ?
(Print) KCN (Print) KCN Date PART I - TO BE REVIEWED PRIOR TO ASSUMING THE SHIFT UNIT STATUS MODE 2 RX POWER 4%
EVOLUTIONS (COMPLETED / IN PROGRESS / PLANNED); GENERAL INFORMATION Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete.
- 1. Per SOP-7, start CNM-P1B,Section 5.1, and secure CNM-P 1C, Section 6.1
- 2. Continue withdrawing rods to achieve mode 1 using RMP-RBS-19-TRG-01 starting on Step 066.
SIGNIFICANT LCO STATUS None EQUIPMENT STATUS None
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 (Spare) Page 1 of 6 Facility: River Bend Nuclear Station Scenario No.: 3 (Spare) Op-Test No.: NRC LOT 2016 Examiners: ____________________________ Operators: _____________________________
Initial Conditions: Operating at 100% power.
Inoperable Equipment: None Turnover:
Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete.
RPS B power supply is on alternate due to repairs to B RPS MG set. RPS B normal power supply is available and tags are being cleared.
Swap CRD pumps STP-203-6305 is in progress commence on step 7.6.3.
Scenario Notes:
This scenario is a NEW Scenario.
Validation Time: 60 minutes
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 (Spare) Page 2 of 6 Event Malf. No. Event Type Event No. Description 1 N (BOP) Swap CRD pumps per SOP-2 HPCS001 N (BOP) HPCS STP. HPCS pump trip. STP-203-6305. TS 3.5.1.
2 Event 1 TS (CRS) ARP P601-16-B-3, P601-16-F-5, and P601-16-G-4.
C (BOP/ATC) Loss of alternate RPS power supply. Power supply switched back to normal and half scram reset. AOP 10 (Loss of RPS 3 ED0040 TS (CRS) Bus). ARP P877-32-C-3, P877-32-E-1, P877-32-E-2, P877-32-F-2, P877-32-G-1, P877-32-H-3, and P877-32-H-4. TS AOP 3.3.8.2, EOP-3 C (ATC) Recirc pump seal leak, pump trip, (isolate recirc loop). ARP RCS005A 4/5 AOP P680-4-E-5. GOP-4. AOP-24.
RCS002A R (ATC) Exit restricted region (insert rods or increase recirc flow)
THI increases and requires manual scram. ARP P680-6-C-6 MSC006 M (CREW) 1, P680-7-A-5, P680-7-A-6, P680-7-B-5, and P680-7-B-6.
ED001 Delay 2:30 Loss of offsite power. Loss of feedwater. RCIC trips on RCIC001 7 M (CREW) overspeed. Failure of Division 2 DG to energize ENS T8, Ev 8 SWGR-1B. Recirc loop rupture.
ED003I, Delay 2:30 8 RHR009A C (ATC) RHR A pump fails to auto start LPCS002 9 delete on C (ATC) LPCS injection valve fails to auto open event 9 (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor, (A)bnormal (TS) Tech Spec Quantitative Attributes Table Normal Events 2 EOP Contingency Procedures Used 1 Total Malfunctions 5 Simulator Run Time 60 Malfunctions After EOP Entry 2 EOP Run Time 30 AOP Events 2 Critical Tasks 3 Major Transients 2 Reactivity Manipulations 1 EOPs Used (Requiring measurable action) 2
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 (Spare) Page 3 of 6 SCENARIO ACTIVITIES:
Swap CRD Pumps A. Crew will swap CRD pumps per SOP-0002. This is a normal evolution that is not faulted.
HPCS pump trip:
A. After turnover the Unit Operator will perform STP-203-6305. During the performance of the STP the HPCS pump will automatically trip (Event 1). The Unit operator should secure HPCS STP lineup per ARP P601-16-B-3, P601-16-F-5, and P601-16-G-4.
EJS SWGR B lockout:
A. After the Unit Operator secures HPCS, CRS enters TS 3.5.1, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 2.
B. The EJS SWGR B lockout will result in loss of alternate RPS power supply and a division 2 half scram.
C. The Unit Operator will switch the power supply back to normal and the ATC will reset the half scram. AOP 10 (Loss of RPS Bus). ARP P877-32-C-3, P877-32-E-1, P877-32-E-2, P877-32-F-2, P877-32-G-1, P877-32-H-3, and P877-32-H-4.
D. The CRS will enter TS 3.8.4 and 3.8.9.
Recirculation pump seal leak:
A. After the Unit Operator swaps the RPS power supply and has completed AOP-10 through step 13 of Attachment 2, the ATC resets the Division 2 half scram, the CRS enters TS 3.8.4 and 3.8.9, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 3.
B. The A Recirculation pump #1 seal will degrade.
C. After the crew diagnosis of the seal failure and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger Event 4 to trip the Recirculation Pump.
D. The ATC may be required to reduce flow to < 33 kgpm and monitor for THI.
ARP P680-4-E-5. GOP-4. AOP-24. The ATC will also isolate tripped recirc pump and take actions to exit restricted region (insert rods or increase recirc flow).
E. The CRS will enter TS 3.5.1.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 (Spare) Page 4 of 6 Thermal Hydraulic Instability:
A. After the ATC reduces flow to < 33 kgpm, the CRS enters TS 3.5.1, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 5.
B. THI power swings get bigger and require a manual scram. ARP P680-6-C-1, P680-7-A-5, P680-7-A-6, P680-7-B-5, and P680-7-B-6. AOP-1. AOP-24. EOP-1.
Loss of offsite power & Recirc leak:
A. After the manual scram, Event 6 will automatically occur.
B. The loss of offsite power will result in a loss of all feedwater. RCIC will trip on overspeed. The Division 2 DG will fail to energize ENS SWGR-1B.
C. When RCIC trips, recirc leak will develop leading to lowering reactor water level.
D. Due to a loss of all high pressure injection sources, the crew will be forced to emergency depressurize and inject with Division 1 low pressure ECCS systems.
RHR A pump fails to auto start:
A. The RHR A pump will fail to auto start after automatic initiation. Automatic trigger Event 7.
B. The crew will manually start the RHR A pump to assist restoring reactor water level.
RHR alone will not be enough to restore reactor water level. LPCS will be required as well.
LPCS injection valve fails to auto open:
A. The LPCS injection valve will fail to open after automatic initiation and emergency depressurization. Automatic trigger Event 8.
B. The crew will manually open the LPCS injection valve to assist restoring reactor water level. LPCS alone will not be enough to restore reactor water level. RHR will be required as well.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 (Spare) Page 5 of 6 Critical Task Number Description Basis Per AOP-24, 4.2, Mode switch to It is possible for the Critical Power Ratio Safety shutdown immediately after Division 1 Limit to be violated during a Thermal Hydraulic 1 and 2 PERIOD BASED DETECTION Instability Event, even if the peak-to-peak SYSTEM HI-HI DECAY RATIO alarms power oscillations are less than 10%.
are in (P680-07A-A6 and B6). (AOP-24, 1.9)
Emergency RPV depressurization (signaled by Step ALC-11) permits injection from low head systems, maximizes the total injection flow, and minimizes the flow through any primary system break.
Per EOP-1, ALC-11 & 14, Emergency If it is believed that available injection sources 2 Depressurize prior to -211 inches are capable of restoring and maintaining RPV compensated fuel zone.
water level above the Minimum Steam Cooling RPV Water Level following RPV depressurization, the blowdown may be performed as soon as RPV level reaches the top of the active fuel. (EPSTG*0002, B-6-29)
The primary action of Step RL-3 defines the range in which RPV level should be established and maintained, and specifies the preferred systems to use in doing so.
Maintaining RPV water level below the high end of the identified control band preserves the availability of RCIC. RPV level above the low Per EOP-1, RL-2 & 3, Manually start end of the identified control band permits the RHR A pump and open LPCS injection scram to be reset (barring the existence of other scram signals), and allows the use of the 3 valve prior to entering SAPs (restore and normal shutdown cooling system to establish maintain reactor water level >-211 and maintain cold shutdown conditions.
inches).
Submergence is the preferred method for cooling the core. The core is adequately cooled by submergence when it can be determined that RPV water level is at or above the top of the active fuel. All fuel nodes are then assumed to be covered with water and heat is removed by boiling heat transfer.
(EPSTG*0002, B-2-4)
- Critical Task (As defined in NUREG 1021 Appendix D)
- Per NUREG-1021, Appendix D, If an operator or the crew significantly deviates from or fails to follow procedures that affect the maintenance of basic safety functions, those actions may form the basis of a CT identified in the post-scenario review.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 (Spare) Page 6 of 6 Simulator Notes:
RPS B in alternate using the key switch in the back.
Set up the IC rod line to ensure when the recirc pump trips the crew is deep in the restricted region.
Make the recirc loop rupture big enough not to be turned by RHR alone.
Event 1 E22-MOVF011 red light on zdi5(856)
Event 10 remove MSC006 5 seconds after mode switch Event 9 LPCS injection valve (5) to open zdi5(538)
T9, RCS001 to 20 on event 9 Event 7, Mode switch not in run Event 8, RCIC turb >90% speed.
Event 30, Narrow range <0, T30 reacotr recirc loop rupture RCS001A to 10. Ramp 2 minutes.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 1 of 20 Event No: 1 Event
Description:
CRD Pump Swap Note: Crew will be starting CRD Pump A and securing CRD pump B TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Alternating CRD Pumps o NOTE o Precaution and Limitation 2.18 should be referenced prior to alternating CRD Pumps.
o Perform the following steps for the CRD Pump to be started.
o Check that the oil level for CRD Pump A(B) and its associated gear box is normal.
o Close C11 VF014A(B), CRD PMP A(B) DISCH STOP CHECK VLV.
o 3. Vent the CRD Pump A(B) casing using C11 VF109A(B), CRD PUMP A(B) CASING VENT VLV.
o Start C11 C001AP(BP), CRD AUX OIL PUMP A(B).
BOP o Verify white light comes on for C11 C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B).
o Start C11 C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B) AND immediately perform the following:
o Slowly open C11 VF014A(B), CRD PMP A(B) DISCH STOP CHECK VLV.
o Verify CRD Pump A(B) is operating properly.
o Check that CRD System flow has stabilized.
o Perform the following steps for the CRD Pump to be stopped:
o Close C11 VF014A(B), CRD PMP A(B) DISCH STOP CHECK VLV.
o Stop C11 C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B).
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 2 of 20 Event No: 1 Event
Description:
HPCS pump trip After turnover the Unit Operator will perform STP-203-6305. During the performance of the STP the HPCS pump will automatically trip (Event 1). Pump trips 45 seconds after the E22-F011 is taken to the open position (red light on)
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Perform STP-203-6305, HPCS QUARTERLY PUMP AND VALVE OPERABILITY TEST:
o 7.6.3 Start E22-C001, HPCS PUMP.
o Expected alarm H13-P808 / 86A / E04, NNS-SWG1A OR 1B FAST TRANSFER BLOCKED o 7.6.4 Check E22-F012, HPCS MIN FLOW VALVE TO SUPPRESSION POOL, auto opens.
o 7.6.5 Simultaneously throttle open E22-F010, HPCS TEST BYPASS BOP VLV TO CST, AND E22-F011, HPCS TEST RETURN VALVE TO CST, equal amounts to establish the Reference Value of 5050 gpm as indicated on E22-R603, HPCS FLOW. (bottom right meter) o 7.6.6 Check E22-F012 auto closes.
o Diagnose and report HPCS Pump trip per o H13-P601/16A/B03, DIV III 4KV BUS AUTO TRIP o H13-P601/16A/F05, HPCS PUMP MOTOR OVERCURRENT o H13-P601/16A/G04, HPCS INJECTION LINE PRESSURE LOW o Recognize and direct BOP to secure HPCS STP lineup.
o Recognize and enter Tech Spec 3.5.1 ECCS -Operating B. High Pressure Core Spray (HPCS) System inoperable.
CRS B.1 Verify by administrative means RCIC System is OPERABLE when RCIC is required to be OPERABLE. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> completion time.
AND B.2 Restore HPCS System to OPERABLE status. 14 days completion time.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 3 of 20 BOP o Secure HPCS lineup by closing E22-F010 and E22-F011.
o If SNEO requested, at the HPCS pump there are no obvious indications for cause of pump trip.
Booth o If SNEO dispatched to breaker, wait 3 minutes and report trip flags present. 86 lockout device is present.
o Acknowledge request for work control to protect RCIC.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 4 of 20 Event No: 3 Event
Description:
Loss of RPS Bus B Alternate After the Unit Operator secures HPCS, CRS enters TS 3.5.1, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 3. The lights will be manually flickered to add realism of lightning strike and grid transient.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Flicker lights when event is initiated.
o After event is triggered, call control room and report from security that a lightning strike in the switchyard was observed.
o When directed to investigate loss of Alternate RPS B, wait 3 minutes Booth and report both EPA breakers have trip flags present but remain closed.
o If status of B MG set is requested, report B MG set is running and ready to be loaded. Tags have been removed.
o Diagnose and report loss of alternate RPS power supply.
BOP o Diagnose and report loss of division 2 RPS and division 2 half scram per:
o H13-P680/05A/A06, LOSS OF RPS B - ALT PWR SUPPLY ATC o H13-P680/05A/A10, RPS TRIP LOGIC B OR D ACTIVATED o The division 2 white lights are out.
o Diagnose and report Division 2 isolation and loss of division 2 RPS per:
o H13-P601/18A/E03, 120 VAC RPS LOGIC D POWER FAILURE o H13-P601/18A/G04, DIV 2 & 3 NSSSS ISOLATION BOP o H13-P601/19A/F03, TURB BLDG DIV 2 HIGH TEMP OR INOP o H13-P601/19A/G01, TURB BLDG DIV 4 HIGH TEMP OR INOP o H13-P601/19A/H03, AIR TEMP MON R608 DRYWELL AMBIENT HIGH TEMP
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 5 of 20 o Recognize and enter TS 3.3.8.2 RPS Electric Power Monitoring 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.8.2 LCO 3.3.8.2 Two RPS electric power monitoring assemblies shall be OPERABLE for each inservice RPS motor generator set or alternate power supply. Reactor Protection System (RPS) Electric CRS Power Monitoring A. One or both inservice power supplies with both electric power monitoring assemblies inoperable.
B.1 Remove associated inservice power supply(s) from service.
1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> o Recognize and enter AOP 10 (Loss of RPS Bus).
o Direct BOP to transfer RPS B to Normal Supply per SOP-79, Section 5.2 and AOP-10, Attachment 2.
CRS o Once power is restored to RPS B, direct ATC to reset division 2 half scram per AOP-10, Attachment 2, Step 7.
o Reset the half-scram.
ATC o Place C71A-S5B, SCRAM RESET LOGIC B and C71A-S5D, SCRAM RESET LOGIC D in RESET to reset the half scram per AOP-10, Attachment 2, Step 7.
o When requested, backpanel reset NI cabinet power supply.
Booth o When requested, backpanel sway control room lighting from EJS B to EJS A (Breaker 053).
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 6 of 20 o May prioritize the order of restoration of AOP-10 if desired.
CRS o Enters EOP-3 for annulus pressure until crew verifies actual entry conditions are not present per H13-P863/72A/A01, ANNULUS PRESSURE HIGH.
Transfer RPS B to Normal Supply per SOP-79, Section 5.2 and AOP-10, Attachment 2:
o At H13-P610, verify power is available from the MG Set as indicated by GEN. B NORM FEED AVAIL white indicating light.
o On H13-P610, place the POWER TRANSFER Switch in NORM B.
o Reset the following as applicable:
o At H13-P670 and P672, Neutron Monitoring Cabinets, depress S1, RESET Pushbutton for RPS B, located in the power supply section on the lower section of the cabinet.
o Reset the half-isolation:
o B21H-S33, INBD ISOLATION SEAL-IN RESET Pushbutton o B21H-S32, OUTBD ISOLATION SEAL-IN RESET Pushbutton BOP o Check appropriate RPS Trip Logic annunciator clears:
o For RPS Bus B, P680-05A-A10, RPS TRIP LOGIC B OR D ACTIVATED o At H13-P870, reopen the following isolation valves:
o CCP-MOV144, RR PUMP CLG UP STREAM RTN o CCP-MOV158, CONTMT RTN INBD ISOL o At H13-P670, Neutron Monitoring Cabinets, depress S1, RESET Pushbutton for RPS B, located in the power supply section on the lower section of the cabinet.
o At H13-P672, Neutron Monitoring Cabinets, depress S1, RESET Pushbutton for RPS B, located in the power supply section on the lower section of the cabinet.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 7 of 20 o Place control switches for all tripped Drywell Unit Coolers to OFF.
o At H13-P877, close the following breakers:
o EJS-ACB49, NORM CHGR 1B SPLY BRKR (NO POWER) o EJS-ACB50, NHS-MCC101 SPLY BRKR o EJS-ACB66, NHS-MCC 102B SPLY BRKR o EJS-ACB77, IHS-CHGR 1D SPLY BRKR o At H13-P870, reopen the following isolation valves:
o SWP-MOV4B, DRYWELL UC SUPPLY o SWP-MOV5A, DRYWELL UC RETURN o DFR-AOV101, RB FLOOR DR INBD ISOL (NO POWER)
BOP o DER-AOV126, RB EQUIP DR INBD ISOL (NO POWER) o WCS-MOV178 BW TK DR INBD ISOL o Start additional Drywell Unit Coolers as needed per SOP-0060, Drywell Cooling.
o At H13-P863, reopen the following isolation valves:
o HVN-MOV129, CHW SPLY SHUTOFF VLV o HVN-MOV102, CHW RTN INBD ISOL o HVN-MOV130, CHW RTN SHUTOFF VLV o JRB-SOV15, SUPPLY AIR ISOL VLV (NO POWER) o JRB-SOV25, SUPPLY AIR ISOL VLV (NO POWER)
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 8 of 20 o At H13-P863, perform the following to reset HVK-MOV10B, CHW SURGE TK B NORM MKUP:
o Place HVK-MOV10B, CHW SURGE TK B NORM MKUP Control Switch in CLOSE. (NO POWER) o Place HVK-MOV10B, CHW SURGE TK B NORM MKUP Control Switch in AUTO. (NO POWER) o At H13-P808, reopen the following isolation valves:
o RCS-MOV61B, FCV B ACTUATOR LEAKOFF o RCS-MOV60B, FCV B RETURN ISOL VLV BOP o RCS-MOV59B, FCV B CLOSING SPLY VLV o RCS-MOV58B, FCV B OPENING SPLY VLV o At H13-P601, reopen the following isolation valves:
o B33-F019, REACTOR WATER UPSTREAM ISOL VLV (NO POWER) o B21-F016, MSL WARMUP HDR INBD CONTMT ISOL VLV o B21-F085, MSL WARMUP HDR SHUTOFF VALVE
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 9 of 20 Event No: 3 Event
Description:
A Recirculation pump seal leak After the Unit Operator swaps the RPS power supply and has completed AOP-10 through step 13 of Attachment 2, the ATC resets the Division 2 half scram, the CRS enters TS 3.8.4 and 3.8.9, and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator trigger Event 3.
After the crew diagnosis of the seal failure and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger Event 4 to trip the Recirculation Pump.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report the A Recirculation pump #1 seal degrading:
o H13-P680/04A/E05, RECIRC PUMP A SEAL STAGING ATC HIGH/LOW FLOW o #2 PRESS SEAL CAVITY, B33-R602A, Pressure equalizes with #1 PRESS SEAL CAVITY pressure.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 10 of 20 Event No: 4 Event
Description:
Recirculation pump A trip After the crew diagnosis of the seal failure and/or at the direction of the lead evaluator, trigger Event 4 to trip the Recirculation Pump.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report recirc pump trip per:
o H13-P680/04A/A01, RECIRC MOTOR A TRIP o H13-P680/04A/B01, RECIRC MOTOR A LOCKOUT/TRIP ATC o H13-P680/05A/C03, RECIRC PUMP SUPPLY BRKR 4A OVERCURRENT o H13-P680 / 03A / B08, REACTOR HIGH/LOW WATER LEVEL o Recognize and enter:
o AOP-24, THERMAL HYDRAULIC STABILITY CONTROLS o GOP-4, SINGLE LOOP OPERATION CRS o Direct ATC to perform actions per AOP-24, section 4.3.
o If flow is not within limits, direct ATC to reduce recirculation loop flow to
<33 kgpm, per GOP-4 (28.1 kgpm).
o Direct ATC to secure Recirc Pump A per SOP-3.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 11 of 20 AOP-24, 4.3 Determine power/flow region using Attachment 1, RBS Dual Loop Operation Power/Flow Maps OR Attachment 2, RBS Single Loop Operation Power/Flow MapsEnter GOP-0004, Single Loop Operation.
o IF entry into the Restricted Region is unexpected, THEN perform the following:
o IF both channels of PBDS are inoperable, THEN immediately place the reactor mode switch in the SHUTDOWN position.
o NOTE o With only one Recirc Pump in operation, GOP 0004, Single Loop Operation Precautions and Limitations should be referenced prior to raising Recirc flow.
o Immediately exit this region by performing the following actions:
o Insert Control Rods using the Shutdown Control Rod Sequence ATC Package or as specified by Reactor Engineering, OR o Raise recirculation flow by opening Recirc FCVs o Per the RMP, step 002, the following control rods will be moved from position 10 to position 00 o 20-37 o 36-37 o 36-21 o 20-21 Note: When the third rod per the Reactivity Management Plan is inserted or when one of the recirc flow control valves have been adjusted to raise flow, THI will be inserted.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 12 of 20 Shutdown the Recirc Pump A per SOP-3:
o Close B33-F067A(B), RECIRC PUMP A(B) DISCH VLV, for the pump that was shutdown to permit the pump to come to a complete stop and prevent reverse rotation.
ATC o WHEN at least 5 minutes have elapsed, THEN open B33-F067A(B), RECIRC PUMP A(B) DISCH VLV to permit the flow of reactor coolant through the pump loop to maintain it within 50*F of the running loop.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 13 of 20 Event No: 5 Event
Description:
Thermal Hydraulic Instability When the crew takes action to exit the restricted region, the booth will trigger Event 5.
Takes approximately 1 minute for the alarm to come in after the event is triggered.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior Diagnose and report indications of THI per:
o H13-P680/06A/C01, APRM UPSCALE o H13-P680/07A/A05, DIV 1 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI DECAY RATIO o H13-P680/07A/A06, DIV 1 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI-ATC HI DECAY RATIO o H13-P680/07A/B05, DIV 2 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI DECAY RATIO o H13-P680/07A/B06, DIV 2 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI-HI DECAY RATIO o APRM power oscillations getting larger.
o Recognize THI and enter:
o AOP-1, REACTOR SCRAM CRS o AOP-24, THERMAL HYDRAULIC STABILITY CONTROLS o EOP-1, RPV CONTROL o Direct ATC to place the mode switch in SHUTDOWN, per AOP-24, 4.2.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 14 of 20 o Per AOP-24, 4.2 IF core thermal hydraulic instability is observed THEN place the reactor mode switch in the SHUTDOWN position.
o Per EN-OP-115 (Conduct of Operations), 5.2 Conditions Requiring An Immediate Manual Reactor Scram: Licensed operators SHALL immediately insert a manual scram whenever any of the following conditions occurs: Core theral-hydraulic instability is observed.
Critical Task: Mode switch to shutdown immediately after Division 1 and 2 PERIOD BASED DETECTION SYSTEM HI-HI ATC DECAY RATIO alarms are in (P680-07A-A6 and B6).
Scram report:
o Mode switch is in shutdown.
o All rods are in.
o EOP Entry Conditions: Level 3.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 15 of 20 Event No: 6 Event
Description:
Loss of offsite power & Recirc leak:
2 minutes after the manual scram, LOP will occur and small Recirc leak commences. On level 3 the recirc leak will get larger to drive the crew to emergency depressurization. When the first Low Pressure ECCS injection source is commenced, the recirc leak will get larger to ensure RHR A and LPCS are both required for injection to restore reactor water level.
Note: All 1.68 psid actions for isolation and initiations will have to be re-performed when LOP occurs.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report:
o Loss of offsite power.
BOP o RCIC overspeed trip during startup.
o Division 1 DG will start and energize ENS SWGR-1A.
o Division 2 DG will start but fails to energize ENS SWGR-1B.
o Diagnose and report:
ATC o Loss of offsite power.
o Loss of all feed and condensate.
o Recognize and enter EOP 1 for level 3 and 1.68 psid drywell pressure.
o Recognize and direct ATC to verify Level 2 and 3 initiations, isolations and diesel generators.
o If RPV level cannot be restored and maintained between 10 inches and 51 inches, then restore and maintain RPV level above -162 inches using Table L-2 Alternate Injection Subsystems if necessary.
CRS o Recognize and direct BOP to maximize CRD flow and inject SLC.
o Direct ATC to install Enclosures 32, 22, 6, 7, and 35.
o Assign level band -20 to 51 inches on RCIC.
o Assign pressure band 500-1090 psig on SRVs.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 16 of 20 ATC o Verify Level 2 and 3 initiations, isolations and diesel generators.
INITIATING STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL o Place SLC PUMP A(B) (NOT BOTH), control switch to RUN.
o Verify the following:
o SQUIB CONTINUITY A(B), light goes Off.
o C41-F001A(B), SLC PUMP A(B) SUCT VLV, Opens.
o C41-C001A(B), SLC PUMP A(B), Starts.
o Notify CRS of SLC injection status.
o Verify IAS-MOV106 is Open. (Enclosure 16 may be required).
BOP MAXIMIZING CRD (Recognizes no power to maximize CRD) o Start any available, non-running CRD pump as follows:
o Start C11-C001AP(BP), CRD AUX OIL PUMP A(B).
o Verify C11-C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B), white control power available light on.
o Start C11-C001A(B), CRD PUMP A(B).
o Place CRD HYDRAULICS FLOW CONTROLLER, in MANUAL and raise signal to 100%.
o Fully Open C11-F003, CRD DRIVE WATER PRESS CONTROL VALVE.
o Verify IAS-MOV106 is Open. IF IAS-MOV106 is not open, AND an ATWS condition exists, THEN notify the CRS that EOP Enclosure 16 is required.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 17 of 20 o If RPV level cannot be restored and maintained above -162 inches, then go to alternate level control.
CRS o Recognize when RPV level cannot be restored and maintained above -
187 inches, emergency depressurization is required.
o Direct ATC to open 7 ADS/SRVs.
Inhibits ADS:
o Places both ADS INHIBIT switches to the INHIBIT position.
ATC o Open 7 ADS/SRVs Critical Task: Emergency Depressurize prior to -187 inches compensated fuel zone.
o Direct ATC to maintain RPV level -20 to 51 inches, using RHR A CRS through SDC injection valve E12-F053A and LPCS.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 18 of 20 Event No: 7 Event
Description:
RHR A pump fails to automatically start The RHR A pump will fail to auto start after automatic initiation. Automatic trigger Event 7.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report RHR A pump fail to auto start.
o Manually start RHR A pump.
ATC Critical Task: Manually start RHR A pump and open LPCS injection valve prior to entering SAPs (restore and maintain reactor water level >-211 inches).
o Recognize RHR A pump fail to auto start and direct ATC to manually CRS start RHR A pump.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 19 of 20 Event No: 8 Event
Description:
LPCS injection valve fails to automatically open The LPCS injection valve will fail to open after automatic initiation and emergency depressurization.
Automatic trigger Event 8.
TIME Position Applicants Actions or Behavior o Diagnose and report LPCS injection valve fails to auto open.
o Manually open LPCS injection valve.
ATC Critical Task: Manually start RHR A pump and open LPCS injection valve prior to entering SAPs (restore and maintain reactor water level >-211 inches).
o Recognize LPCS injection valve fails to auto open.
CRS o Direct ATC to manually open LPCS injection valve.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Page 20 of 20 TERMINATION Once reactor water level is being restored, or as directed by Lead Evaluator:
- Take the simulator to Freeze and turn horns off.
- Instruct the crew to not erase any markings or talk about the scenario until after follow-up questions are asked.
- Save SBT data.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-2 NRC 2016 Scenario 3 Offgoing OSM: Oncoming OSM: Off-Going Shift N D
_______________________ _____ ___________________ _____ ? ?
(Print) KCN (Print) KCN Date PART I - TO BE REVIEWED PRIOR TO ASSUMING THE SHIFT UNIT STATUS MODE 1 RX POWER 100%
EVOLUTIONS (COMPLETED / IN PROGRESS / PLANNED); GENERAL INFORMATION Severe Thunderstorm warning in effect for West Feliciana in effect. All required actions per AOP-29 are complete.
RPS B power supply is on alternate due to repairs to B RPS MG set. RPS B normal power supply is available and tags are being cleared.
CRD pumps need to be swapped for maintenance per SOP-2. Steps 5.1.1 1-3 are complete (Perform this prior to STP).
STP-203-6305 is in progress commence on step 7.6.3.
SIGNIFICANT LCO STATUS None EQUIPMENT STATUS None
ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 FACILITY: RBS DATE OF EXAM: 09/12/2016 OPERATING TEST NO.: NRC 301-1 Scenarios A E P V 1 2 3 (Spare) 4 T M P E O I L N T N I T C
A I A T L M N Y U T P Tues Wed Thurs M(*)
E CREW POSITION CREW CREW CREW POSITION POSITION POSITION R I U S A B S A B S A B S A B R T O R T O R T O R T O O C P O C P O C P O C P 0 1 1 0 RX R1 0 1 1 1 NOR 3,4,9 3,4, 7 4 4 2 I/C 7,8 6,8 5,6 4 2 2 1 MAJ TS 0 0 2 2 3 1 1 1 0 RX R2 1 1 1 1 1 NOR 2 4,5 5 4 4 2 I/C 8,9 5,6 7 3 2 2 1 MAJ TS 0 0 2 2 2 1 1 1 0 RX R3 1 1 1 1 1 NOR 3,4, 3 5 4 4 2 I/C 7,8 5,6 7 3 2 2 1 MAJ TS 0 0 2 2 3 1 1 1 0 I1 RX 1 1 1 1 1 NOR 1-4, 2 7 4 4 2 I/C 7,9 6,8 5,6 4 2 2 1 MAJ TS 1,5 2 0 2 2 Instructions:
- 1. Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (BOP) positions; Instant SROs must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an Instant SRO additionally serves in the BOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC position.
- 2. Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. (*) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-1 basis.
- 3. Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand columns.
- 4. For licenses that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-I applicants in either the ATC or BOP position to best evaluate the SRO-I in manipulating controls.
ES-301 Transient and Event Checklist Form ES-301-5 FACILITY: RBS DATE OF EXAM: 09/12/2016 OPERATING TEST NO.: NRC 301-1 Scenarios A E P V 1 2 3 (Spare) 4 T M P E O I L N T N I T C
A I A T L M N Y U T P Tues Wed Thurs M(*)
E CREW POSITION CREW CREW CREW POSITION POSITION POSITION S A B S A B S A B S A B R I U R T O R T O R T O R T O O C P O C P O C P O C P 3 2 2 1 1 0 RX I2 1 1 2 1 1 1 NOR 1-4, 2 3-6, 7 4 4 2 I/C 7,9 8,9 6,8 5,6 7 5 2 2 1 MAJ TS 1,5 2,6 4 0 2 2 3 1 1 1 0 RX U1 1 1 1 1 1 NOR 1,2,7 2-4, 8 4 4 2 I/C 7,8 6,8 5,6 4 2 2 1 MAJ TS 2,4 2 0 2 2 3 1 1 1 0 RX U2 1 1 1 1 1 NOR 1,2,7 2-4, 8 4 4 2 I/C 7,8 6,8 5,6 4 2 2 1 MAJ TS 2,4 2 0 2 2 1 1 0 RX 1 1 1 1 NOR 1-4, 3,4, 2,3 4 4 2 I/C 8,9 8,9 6,7 6,7 6,7 2 2 1 MAJ TS 2,3 0 2 2 Instructions:
- 1. Check the applicant level and enter the operating test number and Form ES-D-1 event numbers for each event type; TS are not applicable for RO applicants. ROs must serve in both the at-the-controls (ATC) and balance-of-plant (BOP) positions; Instant SROs must serve in both the SRO and the ATC positions, including at least two instrument or component (I/C) malfunctions and one major transient, in the ATC position. If an Instant SRO additionally serves in the BOP position, one I/C malfunction can be credited toward the two I/C malfunctions required for the ATC position.
- 2. Reactivity manipulations may be conducted under normal or controlled abnormal conditions (refer to Section D.5.d) but must be significant per Section C.2.a of Appendix D. (*) Reactivity and normal evolutions may be replaced with additional instrument or component malfunctions on a 1-for-1 basis.
- 3. Whenever practical, both instrument and component malfunctions should be included; only those that require verifiable actions that provide insight to the applicants competence count toward the minimum requirements specified for the applicants license level in the right-hand columns.
- 4. For licenses that use the ATC operator primarily for monitoring plant parameters, the chief examiner may place SRO-I applicants in either the ATC or BOP position to best evaluate the SRO-I in manipulating controls.
RBS 2016-09 NRC Exam ES-301 Competencies Checklist Form ES-301-6 Facility: RBS Date of Examination: 09/12/2016 Operating Test No.: NRC 301-1 APPLICANTS RO RO RO 1 RO 2 SRO-I SRO-I SRO-I SRO-I SRO-U 1 SRO-U 2 SRO-U SRO-U Competencies SCENARIO SCENARIO SCENARIO SCENARIO 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 3,5, Interpret/Diagnose 1,2, 1,2, 3,4, 3,4, 6,8, 2-8 2-8 5,6, 3-8 5,6, Events and Conditions 6-8 6-8 8,9 8,9 9,
10 3,5, Comply With and 1,2, 1,2, 3,4, 3,4, 6,8, 2-8 2-8 5,6, 3-8 5,6, Use Procedures (1) 6-8 6-8 8,9 8,9 9,
10 3,5, Operate Control 1,2, 1,2, 3,4, 3,4, 6,8, N/A N/A 5,6, 3-8 5,6, Boards (2) 6-8 6-8 8,9 8,9 9,
10 Communicate and ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL Interact Demonstrate Supervisory N/A 1-8 N/A 1-8 N/A N/A N/A N/A Ability (3)
Comply With and 1,5 2,4 1,5 2,4 N/A N/A N/A N/A Use Tech. Specs. (3)
Notes:
(1) Includes Technical Specification compliance for an RO.
(2) Optional for an SRO-U.
(3) Only applicable to SROs.
Instructions:
Check the applicant's license type and enter one or more event numbers that will allow the examiners to evaluate every applicable competency for every applicant. (This includes all rating factors for each competency.) (Competency Rating factors as described on forms ES-303-1 and ES-303-3.)
Page 1 of 2
RBS 2016-09 NRC Exam ES-301 Competencies Checklist Form ES-301-6 Facility: RBS Date of Examination: 09/12/2016 Operating Test No.: NRC 301-1 APPLICANTS RO 3 RO RO RO SRO-I SRO-I 1 SRO-I 2 SRO-I SRO-U SRO-U SRO-U SRO-U Competencies SCENARIO SCENARIO SCENARIO SCENARIO 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 Interpret/Diagnose 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1-3-8 4,7, 1-9 3,5, 1-9 3,5, Events and Conditions 8 6 6 10 Comply With and 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 1-3-8 4,7, 1-9 3,5, 1-9 3,5, Use Procedures (1) 8 6 6 10 Operate Control 1,2, 1,2, 1,2, 3-8 4,7, N/A 3,5, N/A 3,5, N/A Boards (2) 8 6 6 Communicate and ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL Interact Demonstrate 1-Supervisory N/A N/A 1-9 N/A 1-9 N/A 10 Ability (3)
Comply With and N/A N/A 1,5 N/A 1,5 N/A 3,7 Use Tech. Specs. (3)
Notes:
(1) Includes Technical Specification compliance for an RO.
(2) Optional for an SRO-U.
(3) Only applicable to SROs.
Instructions:
Check the applicant's license type and enter one or more event numbers that will allow the examiners to evaluate every applicable competency for every applicant. (This includes all rating factors for each competency.) (Competency Rating factors as described on forms ES-303-1 and ES-303-3.)
Page 2 of 2